Lyons Township High School District 204 2021-2022 Academic Program Guide Table of Contents INTRODUCTION Table of Contents ...... i-ii 2021-2022 Calendar ...... iii Mission Statement ...... iv LTHS District 204 Information ...... iv Four Year Academic Plan & Course Request Forms ...... v-xii

DIRECTORIES District 204 Board of Education and Administrative Directory ...... 1 Division/Department Chair Directories ...... 2 Counselor and Social Worker Directories ...... 3

TIMELINES 2021-2022 Course Registration Timelines ...... 4

GENERAL INFORMATION Academic Ability Level Placements ...... 13 Academic Ability Level Placement Procedures ...... 10 Academic Ability Levels - Standards and Expectations ...... 11 Academic Awards ...... 19 Academic Grading System ...... 14-15 Academic Grading Scales ...... 15 Academic Honesty ...... 27 Academic Requirements for Athletic/Activity Eligibility ...... 10 Advanced Placement (AP) Program ...... 9-10 Auditing Courses and Audit Grades ...... 16 Capstone Courses ...... 30 Career Information ...... 28 Career Internship Guidelines ...... 10 Class of 2020 - Post-Secondary Profi le ...... 8 Class of 2020 - AP Exam Profi les ...... 10 College Entrance Requirements ...... 8 Course Request Timeline ...... 4 Course Titles and Numbers ...... 30 Creative and Practical Arts Requirements ...... 6-7 Credit/No Credit (CR/NC) Option ...... 16-17 Daily Schedule ...... 6 Duplicate Credit Option ...... 17-18 Early Graduation ...... 7 Equal Educational Opportunity ...... 5

Final Exam Exemptions ...... 18 Introduction Grade Point Average ...... 18 Grade Reports and Grading Periods ...... 16 Graduation Requirements...... 6 Homework Guidelines ...... 31

i Honor Roll ...... 19 Independent Study ...... 25 Initial Academic Placement ...... 10 Instructional Materials and Textbooks...... 27-28 Internet Use Policy ...... 27 Introduction ...... 5 LTHS-College and University Dual Credit ...... 29 LTHS Honors ...... 19-20 Lunch/Study ...... 6 National Honor Society ...... 20 NCAA Academic Requirements ...... 22 North Central Association (NCA)/AdvancED/Cognia ...... 5 Promotion and Retention of Students ...... 7 Repeating a Course ...... 13 Schedule Changes/Adjustments ...... 12-13 Special Education Services ...... 25-26 Standardized Test Dates ...... 21 Student Course Assignment/Class Load ...... 13 Student Records ...... 23 Summer Programs ...... 26 Technology Center of DuPage (TCD) ...... 28 Testing and Assessment ...... 21 Tests for College Admission ...... 8-9 Textbook and Course Fees ...... 28 Transfer Students ...... 23 Transfer Students - Late Admittance to School ...... 23-24

DEPARTMENTS AND COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Academic Support Programs ...... 41 Applied Technology ...... 44 Art ...... 53 Business Education ...... 60 Driver Education ...... 68 Family and Consumer Sciences ...... 71 Language Arts ...... 79 English Language Learner ...... 95 Mathematics ...... 99 Music ...... 109 Physical Welfare ...... 117 Science ...... 127 Social Studies ...... 137 Special Education ...... 148 World Languages ...... 158 2021 Summer Academic Program ...... 173

ADDITIONAL STUDENT SERVICES Technology Services ...... 37 LADSE ...... 150 Student Services...... 32 Technology Center of DuPage (TCD) and DAOES...... 178 MISCELLANEOUS Associate School Directory ...... 189 Index of Courses ...... 190-191 Introduction

ii 2021-2022 Calendar

iii Lyons Township High School District 204 Information

Offi cial Name Lyons Township High School District 204 Founded 1888 Motto Vita Plena

School Seal

Mascot Lion

Colors Royal Blue and Gold

Communities Served • Burr Ridge • Indian Head Park • McCook

• Countryside • LaGrange • Western Springs • Hodgkins • LaGrange Highlands • Parts of Brookfi eld • LaGrange Park & Willow Springs

Brief History • September 3, 1888 - original building on North Campus site contained assembly room, four classrooms, library, and offi ce; enrollment - 39 • 1891 - fi rst commencement - seven diplomas • 1914 - athletic fi eld constructed and named Emmond Field • 1926-1929 - expansion included clock tower, auditorium, offi ces, library, and gym • 1944 - Corral established • 1952 - Vaughan Building constructed • 1956 - South Campus constructed and opened • 1957 - Corral building constructed • 1968 - Emmond Field designated as site for fi eldhouse, pool, and gym • 1998-2006 - renovations/additions at South Campus including Performing Arts Center, Field House and swimming pool • 2014 - reconstructed North Campus cafeteria and updated Reber Center

LTHS - SCHOOL SONG Mission Statement

LTHS, LTHS Lyons Township High School makes meaningful learning and dedicated teaching in a student- The dear old school of gold and blue centered environment its highest priority. LTHS, LTHS With the help of the entire LTHS community Your sons and daughters sing your praises true and through comprehensive curriculum and We know you’re fair, we know you’re square co-curricular programs, we pledge to foster In all the games you play to win the full intellectual, physical, moral, and aesthetic growth of all students and affi rm We will back you to the end our century-old motto, Vita Plena, the quest And our cheers on high we’ll send for the fulfi lling life. Gold and Blue, LTHS Adopted: February 25, 2002 Introduction

iv Four Year Plan

v Course request process for grades 9-11

vi Sophomore Course Requests

vii Course request process for grades 9-11

viii Junior Course Requests

ix Course request process for grades 9-11

x Senior Course Requests

xi Course request process for grades 9-11

xii LYONS TOWNSHIP HIGH SCHOOL District 204 Board of Education and Administrative Directory

Kari Dillon, President Alison Kelly, Vice President Michael Th omas, Secretary Dawn Aubert, Member Jill Beda Daniels Member Jill A. Grech, Member Julie M. Swinehart, Member

District Administrators Building Administrators

• Dr. Brian Waterman 579-6451 • Dr. Jennifer Tyrrell NC 579-6305 Superintendent Principal SC 579-6505 Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected] • Mr. Scott Eggerding 579-6470 Director of Curriculum & Instruction South Campus Email: [email protected] • Mr. Greg Gardner 579-6500 • Ms. Leslie Owens 579-6429 Associate Principal, South Campus Director of Student Services Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected] • Mr. Adam Davis (Freshmen) 579-6528 • Mr. Ed Piotrowski 579-6456 Assistant Principal, South Campus Director of Human Resources Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected] • Ms. Kelly Dostal (Sophomores) 579-6528 • Dr. Jennifer Rowe 579-6415 Assistant Principal, South Campus Director of Student Equity Email: [email protected] Email: @lths.net • Mr. Brian Stachacz 579-6464 North Campus Director of Business Services • Mr. Kevin Brown 579-6300 Email: [email protected] Associate Principal, North Campus • Mr. Ed Tennant 579-6478 Email: [email protected] Director of Technology • Mr. Darrell Mathis, Jr. (Juniors) 354-4700 Email: [email protected] Assistant Principal, North Campus Email: [email protected] Community Relations • Mr. Bryan Radavich (Seniors) 354-4700 • Ms. Jennifer Bialobok 579-6471 Assistant Principal, North Campus Community Relations Coordinator Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]

North Campus District Offi ce South Campus

100 S. Brainard Avenue 100 S. Brainard Avenue 4900 S. Willow Springs Road Directories LaGrange, IL 60525-2101 LaGrange, IL 60525-2101 Western Springs, IL 60558-1795 TEL: (708) 579-6300 TEL: (708) 579-6300 TEL: (708) 579-6500 FAX: (708) 579-6768

LTHS District 204 Website: www.lths.net

1 Directories CTL 78 7-51NC TEL:(708)579-6341 NC TEL:(708) 579-6393 Driver Education Student SupportServices SC TEL:(708)579-6521 Special EducationServices SC TEL:(708)579-6567 Email: [email protected] CTL 78 7-50NC TEL:(708)579-6409 Physical Welfare SC TEL:(708)579-6580 Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected] NC TEL:(708)579-6488 Consumer Sciences NC TEL:(708)579-6420 Mathematics andScience Applied Technology, Family & SC TEL:(708)579-6563 Language Arts SC TEL:(708)579-6546 Global Studies SC TEL:(708)579-6585 Email: [email protected] Fine Arts Divisions ...... Art, Music,...... Art, World Languages...... Business Education, Studies Social ...... Mr. ELL,Media Th Arts, ...... English, ...... Physical Education/Health...... Mathematics, Science V Collin ...... Mr...... SuetSrie ...... Mr. Dr Student Services ...... Division &DepartmentChair Directory ...... SeilEuainSrie ...... Dr. Melissa Moore Special Education Services ...... eatet DivisionChairs Departments 2 eatre Karen Raino ...... Ms. NC TEL:(708)579-6402 Email: [email protected] NC TEL:(708)579-6433 ...... Ms. Paula Nardi Email: [email protected] .Mr. Kurt Johns Paul Houston ew Eder ew oigt Counselor/Social Worker Directory

Telephone, fax, and email information below is for the 2022-2023 school year. Counselor-student assignments for the class of 2026 will be determined at a later date. Direct questions regarding the Class of 2026 to the Student Services Division Chair. NC Tel (708) 579-6433

Class of 2025 Class of 2024 Lauren Cuchna (A-Fay) Kate Pruski (A-E) SC Tel: (708) 579-6514 SC Tel: (708) 579-6508 Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]

Alex Ip (Fe-Le) South Campus Counselors Chris Grosrenaud (F-La) SC Tel: (708) 579-6509 and Social Workers SC Tel: (708) 579-6512 Email: [email protected] (Grade 9-10) Email: [email protected] Tel: (708) 579-6510 Kristen Sisto (Li-Rad) Brooke Spencer (Le-Ri) SC Tel: (708) 579-6513 SC Tel: (708) 579-6516 Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]

Nadia Malik (Rh-Z)) Gia Garro (Ro-Z) SC Tel: (708) 579-6507 SC Tel: (708) 579-6501 Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]

Class of 2025 Social Worker Alternative Program Social Worker Class of 2024 Social Worker Pamela Locke Jennie Fanta Joan Cushing SC Tel: (708) 579-TBD SC Tel: (708) 579-6438 SC Tel: (708) 579-6515 Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]

Class of 2023 Class of 2022 Nicole Ziroli (A-Fu) Patrick King (A-Gr) NC Tel: (708) 579-6352 NC Tel: (708)579-6351 Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]

Kathryn Kozlowski (Ham-Mla) North Campus Counselors Jane Bauer (Gu-O) NC Tel: (708) 579-6348 and Social Workers NC Tel: (708) 579-6349 Email: [email protected] (Grades 11-12) Email: [email protected] Tel: (708) 579-6343 Leo Torres (Par-To) Michael Ziroli (P-Z) NC Tel: (708) 579-6350 NC Tel: (708) 579-6347 Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]

Anne Strickland (All Remaining Juniors) NC Tel: (708) 579-6028 Email: [email protected]

Class of 2023 Social Worker College/Career Coordinator Class of 2022 Social Worker

Mary Palacios Lianne Musser Bobbette Pulliam Directories NC Tel: (708) 579-6345 NC Tel: (708) 579-6357 NC Tel: (708) 579-6374 Directories Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]

3 CCourseourse RequestRequest TimelineTimeline fforor 22021-2022021-2022 AAcademiccademic SSchoolchool YYearear

DATE INCOMING FRESHMAN ACTIVITY DATE GRADES 9-11 ACTIVITY December • Future Freshman Night at LTHS South Late December • Academic Program Guide available Campus (LTHS-SC) online

January • LTHS Division Chairs collaborate and Mid-January • Teachers talk with students about consult with Associate School Teachers sequence of courses in their subject areas. to make joint recommendations in math, science, and English Mid-January • Students attend Guidance Groups with January • Orientation visits to Associate Schools Counselors on the Course Request • Students during the daytime; parents at Process by grade level 7:00 p.m. • Handouts on accessing Portal distributed • Academic Program Guide distributed • Course selection process reviewed Mid-January • Parents and students receive further information about course request January • Required courses with academic process in Infi nite Campus ability levels entered into Infi nite Campus by LTHS January 19 • Infi nite Campus Portal open for students at 3:00 p.m. - 1. Parents and students review Course January 26 Request Worksheet and Four Year Plan January • Orientation meeting for all Private/ at 3:00 p.m. 2. Student inputs course requests for Parochial School students & parents at Electives and alternates in Portal LTHS South Campus 7 p.m. 3. Student prints out Portal requests and parent signs End of • Academic level placement • Portal closes January 26 at 3:00 p.m. January recommendations emailed home

January & • Annual Review/IEP meetings held for January 25 - • Students meet individually with their February students with special education needs February 22 Counselor to review requests. Student February 2-5 • Summer School online registration at brings the following documents signed http://www.lths.net/domain/201 by parent: 1. Course Request Worksheet February • Elective course requests - Counselor 2. Portal Printout of Course Requests visits to Associate Schools for elective 3. Four Year Plan Worksheet course requests. Aft er-school times available at LTHS for private/parochial school students February 2-5 • Summer School online registration at • Parents keep copy of requests; no http://www.lths.net/domain/201 further confi rmations are mailed February 19 • Final day for parents/students to request February 19 • Final day for parents/students to request academic level changes academic level changes • Th e next window for academic level (Requests are made to Division Chairs) change requests is aft er school starts • Th e next window for academic level change requests is aft er school starts February 22 - • Course tallies generated based on February 22 - • Course tallies generated based on March 5 student requests March 5 student requests • Student’s Alternative Requests used if • Student’s Alternative Requests used if course requested does not run course requested does not run

*All dates subject to change. All changes will be posted. IMPORTANT NOTE: Personal growth involves making informed decisions and learning from the consequences of those decisions. For this reason, the selection of courses should be made carefully by students and parents with information from teachers and counselors. The role of these professionals is to help students and parents make informed decisions which minimize failure, maximize success, and ensure the orderly and effi cient operation of the school. Finally, teachers have the responsibility to maintain the integrity of standards and expectations of courses. Timelines

4 General Information

Th e Academic Program Guide should be reviewed carefully. As you make your course selections, it may be helpful to keep the following questions in mind:

1. What courses will I need to take each year to meet Lyons Township High School graduation requirements? 2. Considering my strengths, talents, and challenges, what career alternatives do I consider now? 3. In pursuing my probable educational and career plans, what continuing education will I want or need? Will I go directly to work? Should I consider a career in the armed services? 4. If I plan to seek additional education in college or other career preparation, am I familiar with the specifi c requirements needed for such a program? 5. Am I fully aware that my success depends upon good study habits, consistent self-discipline, an attitude of inquiry and cooperation, regular attendance, and positive progress toward predetermined goals? 6. Have I considered how much time is required to successfully manage the courses I have chosen? Will I be able to meet the demands of the course both physically and emotionally? Have I chosen courses that will allow for healthy and manageable levels of stress? You should list the courses you need and desire, then discuss your choices with school staff in light of your perfor- mance, your aptitudes, your test scores, your interests, and your future planning. Consider not only the courses that are appropriate for next year but those that will meet your goals over four years of high school.

All faculty & staff at LTHS are available to assist students and parents. Counselors are especially qualifi ed to help students assess their academic, personal, and social aptitudes to become increasingly capable of mature self- guidance. Th e fi nal responsibility for making wise educational decisions ultimately rests with the student and the parents. I encourage you to read through this Guide and choose your courses carefully. LTHS has much to off er. We look forward to helping you achieve your goals through our motto: Vita Plena - the quest for the fulfi lling life.

Yours,

Scott D. Eggerding Director of Curriculum and Instruction Equal Educational Opportunity All persons who legally reside within LTHS attendance boundaries under the age of 22 (or until graduation) shall be aff orded the right and opportunity to an equal education. No student shall be excluded, segregated, or dis- criminated against in the District’s programs on account of race, color, national origin, sex, handicap, disability, or religion. District 204 affi rms the human dignity and worth of each student to be free from discrimination and harassment. Th e District does not permit harassment in its educational programs, activities, or employment policies as re- Information General quired by Title IX of the Federal Education Amendments of 1972, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and Title IIA of the Americans with Disabilities Act. Grievance procedures have been established for student and employee complaints. Th e Nondiscrimination Coordinator for District 204 is Mr. Ed Piotrowski, Director of Hu- man Resources. Th e Section 504 Coordinator for District 204 is the Student Services Division Chair. Th e Special Education Director is Dr. Brian Mahoney. LTHS, Cognia and the North Central Association/AdvancEd Lyons Township High School District 204 has been a member of the North Central Association (NCA) since the organization’s inception in 1904. Th e Cognia/NCA/ AdvancEd school accreditation process is cyclical, with school improvement goals developed and implemented over a fi ve year period. Culminating in accreditation in 2016, LTHS was reaccredited with high distinction. LTHS is proud to be an NCA 100+ year charter member and a participant in the school improvement process. 

5 Daily Schedule LTHS Graduation Credit Requirements Th e daily schedule is the same at South and North Cam- SUBJECT AREA pus. LTHS exceeds the required instructional time set Civics /AP US Gov’t .5 Consumer Economics .5 forth by the State of , AdvancEd, and the Carn- Creative Arts/Practical Arts 1.0 egie Instructional Unit. A daily schedule and special Driver Education (classroom) .5 schedules will be set by the Principal’s offi ce for assem- English 4.0 Health Education .5 blies, guidance, registration, staff development, testing, Mathematics 3.0 late starts, early dismissals, school improvement, and -Algebra (1) other programs. -Geometry (1) Physical Education 3.5 Science 2.0 Period Regular Schedule United States History 1.0 World History 1.0 1 7:45 - 8:33 Electives 5.5 2 8:39 - 9:27 Total Credits 23 3 9:33 - 10:21 4 10:27 - 11:22 Graduation Requirements 4A (Lunch/Study) 10:27 - 10:52 A student must successfully complete all graduation 4B (Lunch/Study) 10:57 - 11:22 requirements as specifi ed by the LTHS Board of 5 11:28 - 12:23 Education, State Board of Education, 5A (Lunch/Study) 11:28 - 11:53 and The School Code of Illinois 105 ILCS 5/27-22. 5B (Lunch/Study) 10:58 - 12:23 In summary, a student must earn twenty three (23) 6 12:29 - 1:17 academic credits as shown in the box on this page to 7 1:23 - 2:11 receive a diploma from LTHS. 8 2:17 - 3:05 Enrollment in all courses is subject to requirements and prerequisites as noted throughout the Guide and as Lunch/Study listed in each departmental section. Students and par- All students will be assigned a 25 minute study period ents should carefully review these as courses are selected that is led by a teacher. Students may be assigned to and as Four Year Academic Plans are developed. For a support study hall for extra help until their grades any exception or deviation from the regular program improve. not covered in the Guide, please refer to pp. 24-25 of the Guide for listing of Alternative Educational Opportunities. Hybrid Schedule

General Information

6 curricula or in courses of study demonstrated to be Creative Arts Course Selections comparable to that of District 204. Art - All Courses Students earn academic grade level promotion based Language Arts upon the following: All elective courses EXCEPT • To be promoted from grade 9 to grade 10, a student • Philosophy of Self-Knowledge • Language Learning Experience (ELL) must pass a minimum of 5.00 units of academic credit. Music - All Courses • To be promoted from grade 10 to grade 11, a stu- dent must pass a minimum of 10.00 units of aca- Physical Education • Dance Studies demic credit. • Dance Arts • To be promoted from grade 11 to grade 12, a stu- dent must pass a minimum of 15.00 units of aca- Technology Center of DuPage (TCD) • Multi-Media & Television Production demic credit and the state administered SAT. • To graduate and earn a diploma from LTHS, a student must pass a minimum of 23.00 units of Practical Arts Course Selections academic credit and fulfi ll all other District 204 requirements for high school graduation. Alternative Program • Work and Careers Students who successfully earn suffi cient credits to

Applied Technology -All Courses advance to the next grade level will be reclassifi ed to the appropriate grade level at the close of the semester in Business Education - All Courses EXCEPT which such additional credit is earned. • Consumer Economics

Family and Consumer Sciences - All Courses EXCEPT Early Graduation • Family Health Issues Th e goal of early graduation must not be based simply

Special Education Services on the desire to leave school before the completion of • Career Training & Education a four year plan of studies. Students who satisfacto- rily complete the graduation requirements prior to the Technology Center of DuPage (TCD) • All programs and courses except Multi-Media and TV completion of four years may, at the option of the stu- dent and the parent(s), decide to leave LTHS for further education or work experience. Students who plan to Creative & Practical Arts Requirements graduate early must take required courses from LTHS LTHS maintains its mission of meaningful learning or transfer into LTHS their equivalent. Students who through a comprehensive curriculum, in part, by requir- complete graduation requirements ahead of the usual ing students to earn Creative and Practical Arts credits. four year schedule receive their diplomas at the time Th e Creative and Practical Arts allow students to pursue their class graduates. Students are urged to consult with unique areas of study that may interest them and that their counselors early to determine required courses and the student may not have been aware of. Students must to adjust their four year academic plans as needed. earn one credit from the combined lists of Creative Arts and Practical Arts. Students and parents should discuss A student wishing to pursue a program leading to early the selection of these required courses with their coun- graduation is required to arrange the following: Information General selors. Please refer to course descriptions for campus 1. A conference with the counselor to discuss the feasi- location and year of course availability. bility for such plans Promotion and Retention of Students 2. A conference with the student, parent(s), and class In general, students are classifi ed as freshmen, sopho- counselor, where parental understanding and approval mores, juniors, and seniors according to the number of will be established credits they have earned. Requests for special classifi ca- 3. If parental approval is given, a conference is held tion should be made to the principal. involving student, parent(s), counselor, and the princi- pal. Th e purpose of this last conference is to discuss and Th e Board of Education will promote students to seek administrative approval for a plan leading to early succeeding grade levels as they successfully meet the graduation to pursue further education or meaningful District 204 academic standards embodied in course work experience.

7 College Entrance Requirements CClasslass ofof 20202020 Post-SecondaryPost-Secondary ProfiProfi llee Students who intend to attend college should carefully • 22020020 GGraduates:raduates: 991212 review the requirements for admission to the institu- • CCollegeollege PlansPlans DistributionDistribution ofof thosethose attendingattending tions in which they are interested. Talking to counselors • 44-year-year CCollegeollege 7171 % 4-year4-year Colleges:Colleges: is a good fi rst step in this process. Th e group guidance • 2-year2-year CollegeCollege 29%29% • 185185 CollegesColleges inin 4141 SStatestates ppluslus curriculum will also provide students with important C Canada,anada, SScotlandcotland & IIstanbulstanbul resources to aid in the college search. College informa- • PPrivaterivate CCollegesolleges 25%25% tion is available in the College/Career Center. Some • PPublicublic CCollegesolleges 75%75% colleges may not accept credit/no credit courses TTotalotal CContinuingontinuing Education:Education: 97%97% which are used for college entrance or consider SSignifiignifi ccantant AcademicAcademic AccomplishmentsAccomplishments credit/no credit as a “D” when calculating GPA. • 5 NNationalational MeritMerit FinalistsFinalists Wise program planning, registration each semester for • 3355 LLettersetters ooff CCommendationommendation ffromrom NNationalational MeritMerit six (6) to seven (7) subjects, and utilization of oppor- • 213213 IllinoisIllinois StateState ScholarsScholars tunities aff orded by summer school will yield solid col- lege preparation. Tests for College Admission Most colleges require the score results from either the The Four Year Academic Plan on p. v of the SAT or the ACT test for admission. Students are encour- Guide will help students create the best high school aged to take college entrance examinations during the program to meet college admission requirements. spring of their junior year. Sixteen (16) to eighteen (18) units of academic work in Th e SAT test consists of two test sections, Evidence- the areas of English, mathematics, science, social studies Based Reading and Writing (which contains 2 tests: and world language are recommended for admission Reading test and Writing and Language test) and Math to most colleges. A solid background of courses in the (which contains 2 tests: Math with calculator and Math academic areas is important. Strength of preparation no calculator). Students also have the option of taking in English, mathematics, languages, science and social the SAT essay. Th e total score on the SAT ranges from studies has great signifi cance not only for securing col- 400 to 1600. Th is is broken down into two scores, Evi- lege admission but also for attaining success in college dence-Based Reading and Writing (200-800) and Math work. Many colleges continue to revise their admission (200-800). Th e SAT essay has three scores for reading, requirements to include additional, specifi c courses; analysis and writing, ranging from 2-8. Th e College therefore, students should plan to fulfi ll more than the Board also off ers SAT Subject tests which assess knowl- minimum entrance requirements for the colleges of edge in specifi c subject areas. Please check the College their choice. Board website at sat.collegeboard.org for a complete list of specifi c subject tests and to learn more about the SAT Students who enter four-year Illinois universities must test. meet minimum requirements. Up to three additional Th e ACT test is comprised of 4 subtests: English, math, credits may be distributed among these fi ve categories: reading and science. Th ere is also an optional ACT es- 1. 4 credits of English (emphasizing written and say. ACT scores range from 1 to 36 on each subtest. A oral communications and literature) composite score is calculated by averaging the subtest 2. 3 credits of social studies (emphasizing history scores. Th e ACT essay total score range is 1-12. and government) Th e best preparation for college entrance tests is a rigor- 3. 3 credits of mathematics (introductory through ous background of academic courses. Th e following advanced algebra, geometry, trig onometry and/or academic sequences are recommended for the best SAT precalculus or fundamentals of computer program- and ACT preparation: English – the sequence of courses ming) at the prep, accel, or honors level; mathematics – the 4. 3 credits of science (laboratory sciences) sequence of courses at the prep, accel, or honors level; 5. 2 credits in a world language; some universities al- science – begin the study of science as early as possible low substitution from language arts, music, career in high school and select one of the following sequences: and technical education, or art. (practical arts) biology – chemistry – physics, or physical science – biology - chemistry; and social studies – world history, For students who wish to play sports in college, the American history before the senior year, and one or NCAA has strict course requirements. Th ey can be more social studies electives. found on page 22 of the Guide. Students may register for special SAT and PSAT test preparation classes which are off ered aft er school and in the evenings. Th ese classes help students familiarize themselves with the tests and teach test-taking strate- gies. Information about these classes can be obtained from the Testing Offi ce at North Campus.

General Information

8 Advanced Placement (AP®) Program grade—to prepare for AP® opportunities by making sure Th e Advanced Placement Program® provides students that the appropriate prerequisite courses are taken. AP® with the opportunity to take college-level courses in a courses are off ered, provided enrollment is suffi cient. Th e high school setting. Students who participate in the AP® AP® policies listed in the departmental sections should be Program not only gain college-level skills, but in many studied along with the specifi c course descriptions. Stu- cases they can earn college credit while still in high dents should also consider the time required to adequate- school. ly study and prepare for an AP course when developing a 4 year plan so as not to be overwhelmed. AP® courses are taught by highly qualifi ed high school teachers with curriculum approved by the College Board AP® Audit process. AP® Courses & Exams Off ered at LTHS AP® Examinations are administered in May. Th e exams MMayay 2 - MMayay 113,3, 22022022 contain a free-response section (either essay, problem solving, or listening and speaking) and a multiple- Art Government & Politics choice question section (exception: the AP® Studio Art Art History  Comparative Government subject follows a portfolio assessment format). Th e  Studio Art: 2-D Design & Politics multiple-choice questions are scored by computer.  Studio Art: 3-D Design  United States Government Th e free-response portions are evaluated by a team of  Studio Art: Drawing & Politics skilled college professors and high school teachers who Biology meet annually to score exams in their area of expertise. History Each AP® Exam grade is a weighted combination of the Calculus  European History  Human Geography student’s score on the multiple-choice section and on  Calculus AB  United States History the free-response section. Th e fi nal grade is reported on  Calculus BC a 5-point scale: Italian Language and Cul- 5 = extremely well qualifi ed Chemistry ture 4 = well qualifi ed Computer Science Latin 3 = qualifi ed Principles 2 = possibly qualifi ed Music Theory 1 = no recommendation Computer Science A Physics AP® Grade Reports are sent in July to the college(s) that Economics  Physics C: Electricity & the student chooses, to the high school, and are avail-  Macroeconomics Magnetism able to the students online. Th e reports include grades  Microeconomics  Physics C: Mechanics for all of the AP® Exams a student has ever taken, unless  Physics I: Algebra Based the student has requested that one or more grades be English withheld from a college or canceled. English Language Psychology & Composition Each college decides which AP® examination scores it English Literature Spanish Language and will accept. Students may earn credit and/or placement & Composition Culture at most colleges and universities in the U.S., as well as colleges and universities in more than 40 other coun- Environmental Science Statistics tries, through qualifying AP® Exam scores. At many of these institutions, students can earn up to a full year of French Language and college credit (sophomore standing) through a suf- Culture fi cient number of qualifying AP® Exam grades. In July, German Language & 2015, Illinois enacted a law requiring state colleges to Culture give credit for AP® scores 3 or higher. Individual col- Information General leges and universities, not the College Board or the AP® Program, grant course credit and placement. Because credit policies vary from school to school, students should obtain a college’s AP® policy in writing. Students can fi nd this information in the institution’s catalogue, on its website, or by using collegeboard.org’s AP® Credit Policy Info search. Colleges that have received an AP® Grade Report will generally notify the student of any placement, credit, and/or exemption earned during the summer. Students can also contact the college’s admis- sions offi ce to fi nd out the status of AP® credits. Parents and students who are anticipating college should begin early—even in the ninth and tenth

9 SSpringpring 20202020 - APAP ExaminationExamination ProfiProfi lele procedure to be employed by the supervising teacher that incorporates input from the employer. • 11,168,168 SStudentstudents ttookook 22,394,394 EExaminationsxaminations • A written partnership agreement between LTHS and • OOff tthehe ttotalotal ggradesrades rreported,eported, 80%80% werewere 3,3, 4,4, oror 5.5. the employer. • A fi nal written document including the fi nal grade and CCourseourse ExamsExams CourseCourse ExamsExams any artifacts used to determine the grade. AArtrt HHistoryistory 6 GGovernment-Unitedovernment-United SStatestates 114343 BBiologyiology 6262 GGovernment-Comparitiveovernment-Comparitive 2727 Internship Acceptance and Procedures CCalculusalculus (AB)(AB) 1 12727 HHumanuman GGeographyeography 113113 CCalculusalculus (BC)(BC) 7733 IItaliantalian LanguageLanguage 8 An application, document review, interview, and written CChemistryhemistry 4422 MMusicusic Th eoryeory 8 partnership agreement will be required as a part of the CComputeromputer ScienceScience A 5577 PPhysicshysics I 222929 acceptance process. Th e application, along with a resume MMacroacro EEconomicsconomics 5757 PPhysicshysics C:C: E & M 4444 and all required components, will be submitted to the MMicroicro EEconomicsconomics 5151 PPhysicshysics CC:: MMechanicsechanics 4343 teacher in the division that the student wishes to receive EEnglishnglish LLang./Comp.ang./Comp. 3 38585 PPsychologysychology 115050 EEnglishnglish LLit./Comp.it./Comp. 1 12929 SSpanishpanish LLanguageanguage 110202 credit for the internship. Th e teacher, upon receiving a EEnvironmentalnvironmental ScienceScience 1 13131 SStatisticstatistics 5588 Career Internship Registration form, will confer with the EEuropeanuropean HHistoryistory 1166 SStudiotudio ArtArt 2 Division Chair to ensure that all criteria are met. FFrenchrench LLanguageanguage 1133 UU.S..S. HistoryHistory 331919 GGermanerman LanguageLanguage 7 Upon acceptance, a meeting with the teacher, Division Chair, student and employer (if possible) will set out the Career Internship Guidelines for Approval expectations for work, evaluation and any other necessary arrangements. Upon completion of the meeting, the Di- A career internship is designed for students who are seek- vision Chair will submit a complete packet of documents ing work experience in an area that they wish to pursue to the Associate Principal, Principal, and the Director of as a career upon graduation or aft er attending college. Curriculum and Instruction. Students will apply for the internship through the depart- ment that they wish to receive credit for the experience. Academic Ability Levels A student will work a minimum of 90 hours during the semester for credit in the course. Th e student will have Students are assigned to course levels on the basis of test weekly contact with the supervising teacher, develop a scores, performance/achievement, and teachers’ recom- culminating project based upon the experience, and be mendations. A student may be in one or more honors evaluated by the supervising teacher and the employer for or accelerated level courses at one time since depart- the fi nal grade. Th e student is responsible for transporta- ments individually place students. No student can take tion to and from the workplace. It is the sole discretion of all courses at either the honors or accelerated level. each department team to recommend the student for a Several courses required for graduation (practical arts, work internship. Th e internship course may not be taken creative arts, consumer education, and physical educa- as an 8th course, but it may be taken for duplicate credit. tion) are off ered only at the preparatory level. Application does not guarantee admission. Internships may be developed in any Division. Career Interships Initial Academic Ability Level earn Level IV credit only and are available to juniors and seniors. As Internships are approved entirely on a case- Placement Procedures by-case and departmental basis, every proposal is unique. Students are placed initially into ability levels as incom- ing freshmen through a process that involves articula- Components of an eff ective internship include: tion between LTHS and Township associate schools, • A culmination of study, not an introduction. both public and private. Placements are made using the • A link to a career fi eld with activities designed to following criteria: prepare a student for a specifi c career, not necessarily a college major.  standardized test scores; • A minimal time frame of 90 hours, which corresponds  grades from fi rst semester ; and to a ½ (semester) Carnegie unit of credit.  eighth grade teacher recommendations. • An instructor on LT’s staff who will coordinate and Discrepancies between recommended placements by the ultimately evaluate the student’s progress (determine the associate schools and LTHS are best resolved by confer- grade). ences among LTHS division chairs, associate school • A design/outline for a culminating project that the teachers, and parents. Special Education Services instructor has reviewed and approved. placement information is available through the Special • Th e possibility of earning an industry certifi cation in Education Services Division. Placement information the career fi eld of focus. specifi c to each department may be found in the divi- sion sections of the guide. Required steps include: • A review by the internship teacher of prior student work in the internship area.

General Information • A written document that describes the evaluation

10 Academic Ability Levels - Standards and Expectations

E Q: How do we ensurevita plena for all students at LTHS? G: All students who enter LTHS will graduate prepared for college and careers through the system- atic connections made among academics, character and leadership, career and technical education, health and physical education, the arts and design. F: Th e minimum expectation for all students at LTHS is to succeed at the Preparatory level. E: All students will challenge themselves to delve deeper into courses and programs that stretch their abilities and provide opportunities for college and career goals.

An emphasis on application of learning, problem solving, and critical thinking are imperative for all of our graduates, no matter their plans for their futures or the level assigned to the course of study. • Rigor pertains to the fundamentals of education. All students will be expected to demonstrate mas- tery of the essential outcomes at the Preparatory level. Interventions and supports will be designed, implemented and measured to allow each student to succeed in accordance with individualized plans (e.g. IEP, Section 504, RtI). • Relevance links the past, the present and the future. Relevance at LT is the use of the building blocks of the past as learned through disciplines, applied to the problems of the present, to design solutions for the future. • Relationships are interconnected networks and systems. Wherever possible, opportunities to link course content to other courses and disciplines will be explored. While many assignments and courses require individual attention to achieve mastery, teachers and students will also seek relationships be- tween and among all disciplines.

What Levels Signify at LTHS Level III Preparatory (Prep)

Each course in the Academic Program Guide Courses for students are college-bound and desire sec- (core and elective) is assigned an academic ability ondary training, have attained basic school skills and level. Each level has a standard/expectation which are working toward higher competencies. Courses are outlines the academic rigor students are expected off ered in grades 9-12. to meet to successfully complete these courses.

In addition to these expectations, academic ability level Level IV Accelerated (Accel) descriptions, standards and expectations are designed to assist students and parents in course selections and Courses for students working at higher, challenging levels in understanding the diff erences among academic and school skills and/or at an accelerated pace. Courses ability levels. Th ese standards are also intended to help are off ered in grades 9-12. Information General students meet the expectations of State Standards and to score well on ACT, SAT and AP assessments. Indi- vidual courses may have additional expectations and/ Level V Honors (Hon/Advanced or move at an accelerated pace. Students and parents Placement (AP) should note each course’s individual prerequisites, characteristics, and expectations in the Guide. Courses for students with exceptionally rapid learning abili- ties, advanced school skills, and/or who are preparing for an Advanced Placement Examination.

11 Student Course Assignment/Class Load or capstone courses (see p. 32) regardless of their A student will be enrolled only in courses for which he/ enrollments. she has met the prerequisites as published annually in 8. Students may register for only one study hall per the Academic Program Guide. Initial student course semester. selections will be accommodated whenever possible. 9. Study hall period assignments are made by the Dis- Important and timely course and staffi ng decisions are trict and may not be requested for specifi c periods or based upon these selections. LTHS guarantees educa- semesters. tional opportunities to students as posted in the Guide and as noted below: Schedule Changes 1. A full-time student at LTHS carries a minimum of Once initial student academic ability level placement six (6) classes per semester. Most students at LTHS is made following the process described under Initial are enrolled in seven (7) classes per semester. Academic Ability Level Placement Procedures on page Students who enroll in Th e Technology Center of 10, a student’s placement may be reviewed periodically DuPage (TCD) enroll for the equivalent of three (3) to ensure that he/she is placed at an appropriately chal- classes. Th e work experience portion of Cooperative lenging level. Academic ability level changes may be Career Education is the equivalent of one class per made for students seeking a challenge (to a higher level) semester. Students returning to LTHS for a fi ft h or for students experiencing exceptional diffi culty (to year carry only those classes necessary to complete a lower level). District guidelines for academic ability graduation requirements. level changes are necessarily restrictive to ensure space is 2. LTHS will make every eff ort to deliver courses available in classes and that students begin the year in the on the basis of two criteria: best possible placement in an appropriate class. Barring • minimum enrollment of 18 students per course, signifi cant exceptions, most changes are made for 1st se- with the possible exception of capstone courses; and mester by March of the previous school year and starting • student selection of courses does not result in the week aft er Th anksgiving for 2nd semester. irresolvable master schedule confl icts. 3. Th e class period in which a course is off ered • Placements for sitting freshmen, sophomores, juniors depends on a variety of scheduling considerations and seniors are based on the recommendations of LT including staff availability, fewest master schedule teachers. confl icts, and facility usage. • If a student and/or parent wish to adjust a placement, 4. If a course does not have the minimum enrollment the student and parent consult fi rst with the student’s at either North or South Campus, students have the teacher to review the current placement and deter- following two options: mine if a change is warranted. • selecting that same course at the other campus, • Aft er parents and students have reviewed the diff er- provided it has the minimum enrollment and ences in levels and the reasons for level recommenda- provided it is off ered during 1st and/or 8th tion changes, parents and students have the fi nal say periods or in the decision. • dropping the course and adding another available • Changes are only made when space is available. course in its place. 5. If a student chooses a course off ered at the other Aft er initial placement and scheduling are completed in campus, that student will only commute/travel February, schedule changes are not permitted. Initial between campuses on transportation provided by student course selections made during registration will District 204. Students who select this option should be accommodated whenever possible. Important course be fully aware that instructional time of the and staffi ng decisions are based upon these selections. periods before, during, and aft er the course Student changes of mind or schedule preferences selected will be lost due to travel time. Careful (teacher, period, time of day) will not be accommo- consideration of the student’s academic and organi- dated. Th erefore, only for limited reasons will adjust- zational strengths should be made before selecting ments be considered and/or approved. Regardless of this option. Students may not choose courses at the the request, students must continue attending class and other campus during periods 2 - 7. completing assignments until notifi ed of the decision re- 6. Specifi c semester course requests may not be ac- garding adjustment requests in case space is not available commodated based on balancing schedules for staf- or a request cannot be accommodated. fi ng purposes. 7. LTHS does not guarantee the delivery of elective

General Information

12 Schedule Adjustments 5. Th e student will be required to make up major Adding a Course assignments. Th ese will be determined by A course may be added to a student schedule during the courses and departments so they are consistent fi rst 10 days of the semester if the following criteria are among teachers who teach the same courses. met: The student has a study hall that can be replaced by Please note the master school schedule is built based on student requests during winter registration; a course AND there is available space in the class consequently, any changes beyond that may not be during the same semester AND same period. possible due to space availability. Therefore, ap- proved level changes are not a guarantee of schedule Necessary Course Adjustments changes when seats are not available to accommo- Individual courses can be adjusted based on the follow- date the change. ing criteria: A1) An adjustment necessitated by completion or Any appeals on schedule adjustments should be non-completion of summer courses directed to the North or South Campus Associate A2) An adjustment necessitated by fi rst or second Principal. semester failures A3) An adjustment necessitated by a student’s Indi- Repeating a Course vidualized Educational Plan (IEP) supports 1. A student who repeats a course in order to im- A4) Documented change of college/career plans prove the course grade shall have both courses requiring a diff erent course that cannot be ac- and grades earned reported on the student’s re- complished during the 4 year academic plan, port card, transcript, and permanent record. summer or remaining school years prior to 2. If a course is repeated, both grades earned are graduation. Th is requires review by the College averaged, and the new averaged grade is used in & Career Coordinator. the computation of the student’s weighted and unweighted GPA. Drop to a Study Hall 3. Course credit shall apply only once towards a Individual reviews by Student Assistance Teams may be student’s cumulative graduation credit require considered for the following reasons: ment. D1) Documented economic necessity to work D2) Documented provision for unusual family care Full Time Student situations and/or Students are enrolled in 7 classes per semester with a D3) Documented psychological inability to handle minimum 6 credit bearing courses to be considered as schedule. a full time student. When students have circumstances that prevent them from carrying a full day schedule, Level Changes school beyond 4 years is a potential path that must be Student changes of mind on course preferences (teach- considered. er, period, time of day) are not considered for a level change and will not be accommodated. Level changes need review and approval by the corresponding Divi- sion Chair. Th ere are two windows of opportunity for requesting level changes--during course selec- tion in the winter and during the fi rst four weeks of Information General each semester. Students requesting a change from initial course placement must follow the procedural guidelines.

1. The change must be initiated within the fi rst four weeks of a given semester. 2. Space must be available in the desired course and any other courses that may need to be changed to accommodate the request. 3. No existing course may be dropped to accommo- date a level change aft er the start of a semester. 4. Th e grade from the previous course will not travel with the student.

13 Academic Grading System ing learning. Feedback and consequences for behav- iors should and must still occur; however, they Th e goals of a comprehensive high school education are should not be included in a measure of student accomplished by the pursuit of knowledge, skills, con- achievement. cepts and understanding. Diligent study and eff ort result in learning, achievement and rewards not measured by • must not reward or punish for participation. grades, GPA, and/or credits; however, grades and credit Grades need to measure the skills and outcomes are universally accepted elements used to report on aca- of the course. In courses requiring participation, demic performance. A student’s academic achievement feedback must still be given so that the fi nal summa- in a course will be represented by a letter grade based on tive grade can indicate mastery of outcomes, not the attainment of objectives, standards and outcomes of compliance or participation. the course. • must not measure personal organization or Grading Vision: executive functioning. The grading system at Lyons Township High Feedback for organization and executive function- School is consistent throughout the school, eq- ing is an important part of helping students to uitable and fair to all students, and refl ective of develop habits that lead to improved mastery of out- student performance. comes. Teachers should defi nitely give this feed- back to a student, but organization and executive Purpose Statement functioning do not measure the attainment of learn- ing outcomes. A grade communicates a student’s level of achievement toward identifi ed learning objectives at a point in time. • must not “give” points for extra credit or compliance. The LTHS Grading System: Teachers should reward students for demonstrat- • must refl ect growth and learning. ing new mastery of skills and outcomes. Extra Credit By allowing students to retake tests and projects implies that points are not tied to learning and that (with the ability to replace previous scores), teach- they can be “given” based on work not oft en tied to ers can reward learning, support a growth mindset, the outcomes of the course. measure learning that occurs when a student is ready, and level the playing fi eld for students who Assessment enter classrooms with weaker academic back • Th e primary purpose of formative assessment is to grounds. improve learning by providing feedback to students. • must value knowledge and understanding. • Th e primary purpose of summative assessment is Instead of grading subjectively interpreted behav- to determine the amount of learning at a particular iors such as a student’s “eff ort” or “participation,” point in time. teachers should determine grades based on required • A system of formative and summative assessments skills, content or standards. Grades should not be provides the most accurate profi le of a student’s used to reward compliance or homework comple- abilities. A variety of assessment tools must be used tion, both of which invite implicit and institutional to ensure this. biases. Grading Practices will continue to evolve to provide • must provide a road map for success. additional information for students and parents in the Standards-aligned rubrics, simplifi ed grade cal- years to come, with plans to provide process marks on a culations, outcomes-aligned curriculum maps and new report card. Process marks will communicate im- standards-based scales and gradebooks make teacher portant information to families about a student’s dem- expectations explicit and facilitate student under onstrated learning behaviors (organization, readiness standing, ownership, and power over their grades. to learn, collaborating with others, etc.), but will not • must not include behavior or soft skills. be displayed on a student’s offi cial transcript. Process Teachers can give students feedback on their behav- marks will also not impact a student’s GPA. ior and teach soft skills; however, that feedback should not be included in a grade unless the course has specifi c outcomes focused on a specifi c behavior or soft skill. • must not measure eff ort, punctuality or attendance. If a student demonstrates understanding, the grade should not also measure the degree to which they tried, whether or not they came late to class, or if they missed multiple classes prior to demonstrat-

General Information

14 Academic achievement is represented by letter grades as and is not part of either the weighted/unweighted follows: GPA or Honor Roll computation.

A - Superior  A grade of “WF” (Withdrawal Failure) is generally B - Above Average used when a student drops a course during the C - Average second or fourth quarters (i.e., the halfway point or D - Below Average later of a semester) or is removed from a course at F - Failure any time due to attendance or disciplinary reasons. AS - Audit completed successfully Th e “WF” grade will appear on the report card and AU - Audit completed unsuccessfully transcript thereaft er. Th e “WF” grade receives a P - Pass grade point value of 0 and is part of the weighted/ CP - Conditional Pass unweighted GPA and Honor Roll computation. DP - Doubtful Pass CR - Credit Teachers may use + or - signs with grades A-D in order NC - No Credit to diff erentiate levels of achievement. Th ese signs will I - Incomplete appear on report cards and transcripts but they are not W - Withdrawal used to determine grade point averages. WF - Withdrawal Failure Academic Grading Scales All letter grades noted above may be used for evaluation Th e following grading scale is used to determine grades of student work per the following: earned in most courses: A = 90 - 100%  A, B, C, D, F, I, AS, AU, CR, NC, W, WF all may be used at quarter and/or semester marking B = 80 - 89% periods. C = 70 - 79% D = 60 - 69%  P grades were used for Second Semester in 2020 due to pandemic challenges for students. Th e “P” grade F = 59% or less carries the same grade point value as a D. Some courses do not use percentages and assign just the  CP/DP grades were used to either move a student letter grades, A-F. For these and other details regarding along for a course in a sequence despite not passing grading scales, please consult the course syllabus. (CP) or to move a student down a level in a sequence aft er failing or nearly failing (DP). Both grades car- In Special Education, when a student receives a modi- ried the grade point value of a D. Beginning in 2020, fi ed curriculum that has been collaboratively developed these grades have been eliminated with teachers as- by Special Education and regular education professional signing a D or an I. staff and parents, grading criteria are established and  A grade of “I” (Incomplete) is used when a student stated in the modifi ed curriculum. In the L.I.F.E. Pro- has not completed requirements for a course grade. gram, authentic assessment and portfolios are used to It may be used at either quarter or semester time. determine grades. For some Special Education students, Th ough completion of work as quickly as possible Individualized Education Plan (IEP) goals may indi- is recommended, a student may complete his/her cate grading criteria that are diff erent from the grading work and receive a fi nal grade for the course within scales noted above.

the fi rst six weeks of the following semester. Stu- General Information General dents receiving incomplete grades for second semes- ter courses may complete work for fi nal grades within the fi rst six weeks of the following fall semester. Aft er six weeks, the Incomplete becomes an F.

A grade of “W” (Withdrawal) is generally used when a student drops or is removed from a course between the 10th day of a semester through the last day of the fi rst or third quarter. Th e grade “W” will appear on the report card and transcript thereaft er. Th e “W” grade does not receive a grade point value,

15 Grade Reports and Grading Periods (CR/NC) by LTHS and to students who elect to take LTHS informs parents of student grades twice each these courses under the (CR/NC) option: semester: Quarter Grades (9 weeks) and Final Semester Students must carry a minimum of fi ve (5) subjects Grades (18 weeks). Grade Status Reports are used by exclusive of Physical Education/Health. teachers through the Infi nite Campus parent portal to Students may enroll in only one course for (CR/NC) notify parents if students are not working to their abili- per semester or per summer term. ties and/or who are not passing classes. Quarter and Students electing a course designated (CR/NC) in fi nal semester grading periods are posted on the offi cial the Guide must turn in a completed application school calendar (see page iii of the Guide) and in the form with parent and counselor approval no later annual Parent Teacher Council Calendar. Final semester than the 4th week of each semester and cannot grade reports include 18-week daily grades, fi nal exami- change back to the regular grading system aft er the nation grades (if applicable), weighted and unweighted decision has been made. GPA and honor roll designation. Completed applications must be submitted within the fi rst 4 weeks of a semester. Auditing Courses and Audit Grades An annual course may be selected at the start of its On rare occasions, a student is granted permission to second semester for (CR/NC) even though it was not audit a course and receive an audit grade (AS-audit selected as such for the fi rst semester, provided all completed satisfactorily; AU-audit completed unsatis- conditions are still met. Students selecting both se- factorily). Th e school employs a stringent process for mesters of an annual course as (CR/NC) must apply recommendation and approval of audit status. for each semester separately. An Audit Student (other than late admittance or transfer): Th e procedure for grading students electing courses • Begins and ends the semester without having trans- as (CR/NC) will be the same as for students enrolled ferred in or out of LTHS. under the regular grading system; however, instead • Applies to the Principal for audit status prior to the of a letter grade, a “credit” (CR) or “no credit” (NC) 15th day of a semester. will be entered on the quarter and semester grade • Meets all course behavioral and academic standards card, transcript, and in the permanent record. Tra- and expectations including but not limited to attend- ditional letter grades will be reported on all interim ance, quizzes, tests, fi nal exams, projects, and progress reports. homework. Students taking courses for the (CR/NC) option Once the audit is approved by the Principal, it cannot must earn grades of C- or higher in order to receive be changed aft er 15 school days. Th e student will not credit for these courses. receive a traditional grade (A, B, C, D, F) or credit. Th e Courses selected by students for (CR/NC) will not grade (AS/AU) will not apply toward graduation re- be utilized in the computation of GPA (grade point quirements or weighted/unweighted grade point average average). (GPA). Students who are considering selective colleges should not take college preparatory courses for For information concerning audit status for transfer (CR/NC). Students and parents should consult their and late admittance students, please see page 23. counselors in these instances. Students seeking additional information regarding audit Independent study courses may not be taken as (CR/ standing should contact their counselor. NC). Dance Studies and Dance Arts may be elected for Credit/No Credit (CR/NC) Option (CR/NC) only if they are taken as a Creative Arts LTHS off ers a series of courses for credit/no credit (CR/ graduation requirement and must be taken in addi- NC). Th e (CR/NC) option was developed so that stu- tion to a regular PE course during the same semester. dents would take advantage of the full, comprehensive high school curriculum at LTHS. In addition, the (CR/ A list of departments and (CR/NC) course options are NC) option provides an opportunity to take a broader listed on the next page. Students and parents should re- range of courses that students might not otherwise fer to specifi c course descriptions for (CR/NC) courses. experience. (CR/NC) courses are identifi ed as such in the depart- Th e following conditions apply to all courses designated mental course descriptions.

Students should be aware that some colleges may not accept credit/no credit courses which are needed for college entrance. In addition, some colleges* change a credit/no credit course on a transcript to the grade of “D” when considering your GPA and coursework for admission. If you plan to apply to California schools, do not elect CR/NC. *especially all colleges in the University of California system

General Information

16 Credit/No Credit Courses Special Education Services Applied Technology Personal/Social Development I-IV All courses EXCEPT World Languages  Independent Study Etymology Prep  Industrial & Related Occupations (IRO) I, II Work Experience Duplicate Credit Option  All Aviation Courses LTHS off ers a small number of courses which can be  Advanced Small Engine Performance taken more than once for full academic credit each time. Art Each of these courses, taken at diff erent times, provides All courses EXCEPT an academic experience that is unique and is designed to meet the individual needs/skills of students at given  Independent Study points in time. Students and parents should refer to Business Education specifi c course descriptions for duplicate courses listed  Accounting 1 below and discuss these options with their counselor.  Business Law Duplicate credit option courses are identifi ed as (dc) in  Computer Applications (MOS) the course descriptions. Course selections here are list-  Introduction to Business ed by department and by campus availability. Duplicate  Keyboarding credit courses may only be taken twice unless otherwise  Marketing noted. Courses with a 3+ may be taken 3 or more times. Courses with a 3 or 4 may be taken no more that the  MobileMakers 1 number of times indicated.  PC Repair & Maintenance (A+)  Programming in Python Alternative Program  Web Page Development Life Skills 3+ Family and Consumer Sciences Work and Careers 3+ All courses EXCEPT South Campus English  North Campus English  Career & Community Partnerships I, II Work Experience Applied Arts  Chefs Engineering and Invention 2 (NC)  Family Health Issues Furniture/Cabinet Making II  Independent Study Private Pilot Operations Teaching Internship - Teaching Internship - Elementary 1 & 2 Art Studio Art Accel (NC) Language Arts All elective courses EXCEPT Language Arts  Independent Study Beginning, Intermediate & Advanced ELL (SC/NC) 3  Interdisciplinary Workshop (IDW) Beginning Reading ELL (SC/NC) 3  Journalism courses Beginning Tutorial ELL (SC/NC) 3  Radio: WLTL Management Intermediate and Advanced Tutorial ELL (SC/NC) 3  Language Learning Experience (Summer) 3 Music Tutorial ELL (SC/NC) 4 All courses EXCEPT Journalism: Newspaper Production (NC)

 Independent Study Journalism: Yearbook Production (NC) General Information Information General Playwriting (NC) Physical Education and Health Th eatre: Acting (SC/NC)  Dance Studies & Dance Arts (Must be taken in Th eater: Improvisation and Mime (NC) addition to P.E. if taken as CR/NC and/or Th eater: Playwriting (NC) Creative Arts graduation requirement.) Th eater: Stage Tech(SC/NC) Social Studies LTTV Production (SC/NC) 3+ TV: LTTV Summer Programming 3+ Constitutional Law  Economics WLTL Production 3+  Human Geography World Languages Intro to Psychology Spanish for Heritage Speakers (SC/NC) Sociology

17 Music Grade Point Average (GPA) Concert Band (SC) LTHS computes, records and provides both weighted Concert Choir (NC) and unweighted Grade Point Averages (GPA’s) on a Concert Orchestra (SC) semester basis. Th e GPA is the cumulative point total of all letter grades earned (A, B, C, D, & F only) divided Jazz Ensemble (NC) by the number of semester courses in which grades are Symphonic Band (NC) attempted. Weighted and unweighted GPA will be in- Symphony Orchestra (NC) 3 cluded on report cards and transcripts, are cumulative, Treble Choir (NC) and represent all fi nal semester grades earned to date. Wind Ensemble (SC/NC) 3 In computing the unweighted GPA, letter grades in all Physical Education courses are assigned the same numeric values regard- Dance Studies less of the academic ability level of each course, i.e., Dance Arts 3+ A=4, B=3, C=2, D=1, and F/WF=0. In computing the Dance Fitness 3+ weighted GPA, letter grades in all courses are assigned Applied Personal Fitness (NC) 3+ numeric values based on the academic ability level of Sports Offi ciating each course, i.e., A=6, 5, or 4, depending on the aca- demic ability level. Please refer to the Academic Abil- Special Education 3+ ity Levels/Standards/Expectations section (pp. 11-12) Academic Resource Center (SC/NC) of the Guide for more information on academic levels. B.A.S.E. II (SC/NC) Two tables refl ecting the unweighted and weighted numeric value for courses are provided below. Course Career Training & Education (SC/NC) credit transferred to Lyons Township High School from Personal/Social Development I-II (SC/NC) another accredited and approved institution is included Social Awareness & Perspective Taking (SC/NC) when computing and determining GPA. Advanced Social Awareness & Perspective Taking (SC/NC) GRADE POINT VALUE TABLE L.I.F.E. Life Skills I (SC) WEIGHTED UNWEIGHTED L.I.F.E. Life Skills II (SC)

All other L.I.F.E. courses III IV V III IV V A 4 5 6 A 4 4 4 Final Exam Exemptions B A. During the COVID-19 Pandemic, fi nal exams B 3 4 5 3 3 3 were not given and the criteria for earning exemp- C 2 3 4 C 2 2 2 tions was not collected. A decision on how exams D 1 2 3 D 1 1 1 and exemptions will be handled in the 2021-2022 F 0 0 0 F 0 0 0 school year has not been determined as of the date of publication for this Guide. If a new policy is Th e sum total of each of these diff erent values is then implemented for next year, the online version of this divided by the number of courses in which 1/2 (.5) cred- Guide will refl ect the change. its are attempted per semester to determine the student’s two GPAs. Using the above tables and formula, a stu- B. Seniors A senior in his/her last semester (or eighth dent taking 7 half-credit (.5) classes would receive the semester, whichever occurs fi rst) of full-time enroll- following unweighted and weighted GPAs: ment may be exempt from a fi nal semester exami- nation in a course provided he/she has met all of the COURSE LEVEL GRADE UNWEIGHTED WEIGHTED following criteria: VALUE VALUE 1. has achieved a grade of B- or higher on the last 1 III A 4.0 4.0 day of regularly scheduled classes in that 2 III B 3.0 3.0 course. 3 IV C 2.0 3.0 2. has returned all of his/her rental textbook(s) for 4 III B 3.0 3.0 that course on or before the last day of regu- 5 IV D 1.0 2.0 larly scheduled classes. 6 V B 3.0 5.0 Th is exemption incentive may be applied to and may 7 III F or WF 0 0 be taken for any and all courses in which the student is GPAs 2.28 2.85 enrolled provided the student has met the criteria.

General Information

18 Honor Roll Lyons Township High School Honors Lyons Township High School maintains one honor roll Academic awards are granted through LTHS for aca- that recognizes the academic achievement of its stu- demic achievement. Each of these has specifi c academic dents. criteria which students must meet in order to be eligible for and to receive the awards. Th ese include the follow- All grades earned by a student apply toward honor roll ing: determination with the exception of Audit (AS/AU) and Credit/No Credit (CR/NC) courses. Honor roll status  Academic Letter Awards: academic performance is determined using unweighted or weighted GPAs, over time – honor roll status for three consecutive whichever is higher. Honor roll is determined by using or four cumulative semesters. the unweighted or weighted grade point value table  Academic Chevron: continuing academic perfor- st for grades earned. To qualify for honor roll status, a mance, 1 Chevron - honor roll status for nd student: fi ve consecutive or six cumulative semesters, 2 1. must obtain a grade point average of 3.125 Chevron - honor roll status for seven consecutive or or higher. eight cumulative semesters. 2. cannot receive an F or WF.  Gold L Award: students graduate with a Gold L if, 3. must be enrolled in at least 4 courses for which aft er the 7th semester, they achieve an unweighted he/she received grades of A, B, C, D, or DP. GPA of 3.6667 or higher or a weighted GPA of 4.5 4. must be enrolled in at least 5 courses, each of or higher. which carries .5 credit.  High Honors: students graduate with high honors Students enrolled in courses at TCD, or the Teaching if, aft er the 7th semester, they achieve an unweight- Internships - Elementary 1 & 2 courses may be exempt ed GPA of 4.0 or a weighted GPA of 5.0 or higher. from 4. LTHS Division and Department Honors Th e LT honor roll is calculated, awarded and announced At the end of each school year, LTHS recognizes out- Advisory Honor Roll four times each year. is posted standing students for their academic performances in at the end of fi rst and third quarters and is based on and their contributions to departments and divisions. quarter work only, including mid-term examinations. Semester Honor Roll is posted at end of fi rst and sec- LTHS Scholarships ond semesters and is based on the entire semester work, LTHS and certain out-of-school individuals and orga- including fi nal semester examinations and exemptions. nizations award a number of scholarships to graduating Both Advisory Honor Roll and Semester Honor Roll seniors. Th ese scholarships have special signifi cance are submitted to the local media for publication. Sum- because they are awarded from within the school for mer School grades do not apply to Honor Rolls. academic achievement in and contributions to other school and community related areas. Th e LT Awards, Academic Awards Honors, and Scholarship Selection Council comprised Lyons Township High School off ers a wide array of of faculty and administration selects recipients for these awards to its students for their academic achievement honors. throughout their high school careers. Each award/honor has specifi c criteria which students must fulfi ll in order Local Honors to be eligible. Some awards/honors require applica- Many local community groups, agencies, and organiza- tions support LTHS by providing scholarships, awards tions while others are based on test scores, GPA, or Information General other criteria. Students are notifi ed about these awards and honors to students each year. Th ey represent a and honors through a variety of ways including daily commitment to LTHS students and are visible proof that announcements, College News, in Counseling Offi ces, we are a community that cares deeply about its young on the College/Career page of the LT website and in the people. Th rough school communication, LT makes College/Career Center. eff orts to publicize the availability of these honors to students, and in appropriate forums to recognize both Th e following awards, honors, and/or scholarships have donor(s) and student recipients. as their basis weighted GPAs: Gold L Award, Honor Graduate, Illinois State Scholar, IHSA All-State Aca- Athletic and IHSA Academic Awards demic Team, LTHS local scholarships, National Honor Awards are presented to student-athletes and co- Society, National Merit Scholarship Program, President’s curricular students who perform at exceptionally high Education Award, Robert C. Byrd Scholarships, and academic levels and are members of IHSA recognized State of Illinois Merit Recognition Scholarships. athletic and activity teams/groups. Athletic-academic

19 awards are also presented to student-athletes through Advanced Placement (AP Scholars) the West Suburban Conference (WSC). Th e College Board maintains an academic recognition program for students who excel in AP examinations. Illinois State Scholar AP Scholars are those students who achieve high scores Th e Illinois State Scholar Award is based on a com- on three, four, fi ve, or eight AP examinations. Th e fol- bination of test scores and GPA. Th e Illinois Student lowing designations apply: Assistance Commission determines both eligibility and • AP Scholar: granted to students who received recipients for this award. Approximately 10% of the grades of 3 or higher on three or more AP Exams seniors in the state are recipients each year. on full-year courses National Honors • AP Scholar with Honor: granted to students who Th ere are several national honors awarded to LTHS stu- received grades of 3 or higher on four or more AP dents each year. Included are national academic awards Exams on full-year courses, with an average exam in content areas and the President’s Education Award. grade of at least 3.25 • AP Scholar with Distinction: granted to students Based on performance and eligibility requirements, who received grades of 3 or higher on fi ve or more students are also eligible for induction into the following AP Exams on full-year courses, with an average exam national academic honor societies of which LTHS is a grade of at least 3.5 school member: world languages, Th espians, Quill and • AP National Scholar: granted to students in the Scroll, and the National Honor Society. U.S. who receive an average grade of 4 or higher on eight or more AP Exams on full-year courses Based upon their achievement on the PSAT taken in the LT students earning these designations are recognized at fall of the junior year, students compete in the following the annual Senior Honors Assembly. categories of the National Merit Competition: National Merit Commended students (top 5% PSAT scores National Honor Society nationally); National Merit Semifi nalists (top ½ of 1 Th e National Honor Society (NHS) is a national orga- percent of PSAT scores in Illinois); and National Merit nization established to recognize students who demon- Finalists (National Merit Semifi nalists who have suc- strate excellence in scholarship, leadership, service, and cessfully competed using an application, essay, SAT character. scores, high school grades, and school recommendation). At LTHS, invitations to apply for NHS consideration will be extended to juniors and seniors who meet the Annual Academic Recognition Ceremonies minimum standard of scholarship of an unweighted Each year, LTHS recognizes its students for their GPA of 3.5 or higher or a weighted GPA of 4.25 or academic achievement at several major awards cer- higher. Qualifi ed candidates are also selected based on emonies: a monthly Student of the Month breakfast at character, leadership and service. each campus, a National Merit recognition evening, a Membership applications are distributed during the South Campus Awards Assembly held at the end of May, third quarter and require students to list demonstrated and the annual Senior Honors Assembly. In all cases, leadership and service to LTHS and the community. parents are invited and encouraged to attend to show Teachers, coaches, and sponsors are asked to rate and visible support for their student. comment on candidates they have had as students, play- The South Campus Awards Assembly is held in May ers, and/or club members. Th e ratings are tallied and during the day to recognize outstanding achievement candidates are ranked. A selection committee com- and eff ort on the parts of freshmen and sophomores. prised of an assistant principal, counselors, the Director Divisions and departments recognize individual stu- of Student Activities, NHS sponsor(s), and at least one dents for various achievement, awards, eff ort, and teacher each from North and South campus, review honors. Th e school letter “L” is presented annually to each application. Once selected, a student is invited to sophomores who have achieved honor roll status for be a member at an induction ceremony. With induction, three semesters. Each student’s name is read while ac- a member assumes certain obligations and must par- cepting his/her award from the Principal or Superinten- ticipate in at least half of the chapter’s service functions. dent on stage. Examples include sponsoring the annual Th anksgiving luncheon for senior citizens, serving dinner at a local The Senior Honors Assembly is held during the day Ronald McDonald House, assisting at numerous school at the end of the year to recognize graduating seniors functions or serving as peer tutors. in front of their peers, parents, and the community. Members are awarded an honor but are expected to Awards, honors, and scholarships are personally pre- share their talents and excellence in leadership, service, sented to students by the Principal or scholarship and character with their community and fellow students. representative.

General Information

20 Ms. Katie Smith, Assessment & Research Coordinator Nancy Kalkowski, Admin. Assistant TEL: NC (708) 579-6360 TEL: (708) 579-6762 FAX: (708) 579-7442 EMAIL: [email protected] Offi ce of Assessment and Research LTHS maintains an Offi ce of Assessment and Research College Placement College admissions examinations are and employs a coordinator who is responsible for the oft en required of students who plan to pursue higher edu- comprehensive assessment program as well as the col- cation. Th e program at LTHS provides for these require- lection, analysis, and dissemination of data to promote ments. student achievement. Th e offi ce organizes and conducts large group and all-school assessment programs as well as State SAT with Essay Test Th e State of Illinois provides the prepares summary information for these tests and assists SAT with Essay test, free of charge, to all juniors in the state curricular development and instructional eff ort through who attend a public high school. Students must take this test assessment analysis. Please contact the Testing Offi ce at in order to receive a high school diploma. Th e SAT consists of 708-579-6762 for information regarding standardized tests three subtests in the areas of Reading, Writing and Language, and test preparation. and Math and a written Essay. No registration is necessary for this test as it is handled by LT’s Offi ce of Assessment and Program Placement To facilitate an eff ective learning Research. environment, LTHS off ers programs which challenge stu- dents at an appropriate level of diffi culty. Testing is neces- sary to assess the scholastic aptitude and achievement levels of students in order to provide a basis upon which to 22021-2022021-2022 SSTANDARDIZEDTANDARDIZED TESTTEST DATESDATES recommend student placement to academic departments. SAT Saturday Test Dates (anticipated) Educational Program Assessment Some testing pro- vides a means for assessing how well students in a par- August 28, 2021 ticular group are performing. As a result, adjustments in October 2, 2021 curricular off erings and instructional methods may be made. Testing may also be used to determine progress in November 6, 2021 (hosted at LTHS) attaining school improvement goals. December 4, 2021 March 12, 2022 (hosted at LTHS) Growth Measurement By being tested periodically in high school, students can be provided information May 7, 2022 (hosted at LTHS) concerning their academic growth. Areas in need of re- June 4, 2022 mediation and areas where improvements have occurred can also be identifi ed. Additional assistance or greater Register for Saturday test dates by creating a web account challenges in course selection can be off ered to students. at: www.collegeboard.org Th e appropriateness of students’ academic and post-high LTHS School Code: 142483 school plans can be assessed.

Test Preparation Th e best preparation for doing well on any college entrance exam is a solid foundation of course work which includes four or more years in each of the core subjects. In addition, LTHS off ers students the Information General opportunity to enroll in test preparation classes that will help them develop testing strategies and review subject material for those tests. Th e PSAT prep classes are off ered to juniors at the start of the fall semester in preparation for the fall national exam. Th ere are several SAT test prep class options available to students. Th e aft er-school pro- grams are off ered in the fall and winter with aft er-school or evening class options. All test prep classes are taught by high school teachers who have been trained to teach these classes. Registration forms which provide details pertain- ing to dates, times and costs are available in the Testing Offi ce, Room 45 at North Campus or on the LTHS website (www.lths.net).

21 Academic Requirements for Athletic of additional English, math, or natural/physical science, and Activity Eligibility 2 years of social science and 4 years of additional years of core courses. NCAA Division I initial eligibility also Illinois High School Association (IHSA) In order to requires 10 core courses to be completed prior to the maintain athletic/activity eligibility in high school, a stu- student’s 7th high school semester. Students also must dent must pass work in at least fi ve high school courses earn a 2.3 GPA in the core courses. Division II requires 3 per week and he/she must have earned a total of two and years of English, 2 years of math, 2 years of natural/physi- a half credits in fi ve - 1/2 credit bearing courses in the cal science, 3 years of additional English, math or natural/ previous semester. physical science, 2 years of social science, and 4 years of Lyons Township High School follows the IHSA re- additional core courses. Beginning August 1, 2018, Divi- quirements and also requires students who participate in sion II students must earn at least a 2.2 GPA in the core athletics and/or activities and who are failing two courses courses. For specifi c NCAA requirements, please refer to and/or near failing three courses to do remedial work on the NCAA website (www.eligibilitycenter.org). Student- a weekly basis with their teachers. athletes must also be certifi ed by the NCAA Initial- Eligibility Clearing House. Prospective college athletes NCAA Academic Requirements should consult their counselors for further information To be eligible to receive athletic scholarship assistance on NCAA requirements and regulations. A list of NCAA and to practice and play in the freshman year at a Divi- approved core LTHS courses is below. For a complete sion I or II college, NCAA Divisions I and II require list, including archived courses, please visit the NCAA 16 core courses. Division I requires 4 years of English, 3 website at www.eligibilitycenter.org. years of math, 2 years of natural/physical science, 1 year

General Information

22 Student Records case-by-case basis. Each District 204 student has both a permanent and a • Transfer students must satisfy all State of Illinois temporary record maintained by the Principal (or des- high school requirements as specifi ed in The ignee) from the time of the student’s initial enrollment School Code of Illinois, and, from the point until his/her departure. Information about students is of initial enrollment through graduation, those collected, maintained, used, disseminated, and retained requirements specifi ed by LTHS. in accordance with District administrative procedures • Transfer students and their parents should see their and state and federal laws. Student records are con- assigned counselors for complete information. fi dential and are treated as such. Th ey are accessible • Students transferring into LTHS aft er 15 days of the and released to the professional staff , parent/guardian, beginning of a school term or semester or who have student, or other qualifi ed individuals only as permitted not attended school for 15 days since leaving their by state and federal laws. For more information, please previous schools should review Transfer refer to the Student and Parent Handbook. Students - Late Admittance to School below.

LTHS complies with the Illinois Student Records Act Transfer students who hope to participate in inter- of 1975, Sections 50-2 through 50-4; the State of Illinois’ scholastic athletics must follow all Lyons Township Freedom of Information Act; and certain established High School enrollment procedures before they are procedures with regard to retaining or destroying eligible to participate in tryouts, practice or competi- student records and with confi dentiality of student tions of any kind. Each student will need to complete information. All student records are considered to be eligibility forms for the Illinois High School Association confi dential information that is protected under state (IHSA) in order to be eligible to participate on these and federal laws. Records may not be shared or dis- athletic teams. Please contact the Athletic Offi ce if you closed without prior written consent of the parent/eli- are a transfer student who would like to participate in gible student. Student information may only be shared any sports program. with other school offi cials, including teachers with a legitimate educational interest. Additional information Transfer Students - is found in the Student and Parent Handbook and in Late Admittance to School school offi ces. A student is required to enroll in courses at LTHS if he/ she is a transfer student and meets one of the following Transfer Students criteria: Students transferring into District 204 must complete several important steps before enrolling and beginning 1. transfers to and enrolls in classes at LTHS classes. more than 15 school days aft er the beginning of the semester and has not attended any school since the • Transfer students and their parents must contact the beginning of the current semester or the current appropriate campus associate principal to school year; or establish and verify residency. 2. transfers to and enrolls in classes at LTHS aft er • All transfer students are tested by the Testing and the beginning of the semester, and had attended a Assessment Offi ce to determine their appropriate school since the beginning of the semester but who academic course placements. left that school and did not enroll in the District • Transfer students are ineligible to receive audit within 15 school days or less. Information General grades (AS/AU) during the semester in which they transfer to LTHS, unless they meet the qualifi cations Students in both circumstances listed above will be of late admittance. required to audit the classes in which the student enrolls • LTHS grants credit to a transfer student’s previous for that semester. Th ey must complete all assignments work contingent upon receipt of offi cial tran- and examinations prior to the date of enrollment as scripts from a student’s previous schools. determined by the teacher of the course and all assign- • LTHS reserves the right to assign academic ability ments and examinations subsequent to the date of level credits to courses on transcripts based on enrollment. reviews by school personnel. Courses with aca- Students who, in the judgment of their teachers, suc- demic ability level credits will be assigned LTHS cessfully complete course requirements will be awarded academic ability level credit befi tting the parallel grades, weights, and credits. Th ose students who do not structure at LTHS. Courses without academic successfully complete course requirements will receive ability level designations will be reviewed on a fi nal grades of NC (no credit) for those courses. Th e

23 District will not enroll any person over the age of 19 Edgenuity will be off ered only at LT and will be who has dropped out of school and who, because of age accepted for credit recovery only. and/or lack of credits, cannot attend classes during the normal school year(s) and graduate before or on his/her 2. College/University Courses 21st birthday. (Board Policy 5.03.5) With prior approval from the Principal (or desig- nee), a student may be granted credit for successful Alternative Educational Opportunities completion of a course from an accredited college/ LTHS permits students to transfer credits into LTHS to university. Successful completion must be docu- meet its graduation requirements, but only under strict mented with an offi cial transcript from the granting policies and procedures. A student may transfer a maxi- institution. A student may transfer a maximum of mum of three (3) credits from among the opportunities two (2) Carnegie Units of credit from the college/ listed below to meet LTHS graduation requirements. university to meet LTHS graduation requirements. Students may not enroll in or receive transfer credit(s) 3. Adult and Continuing Education Program for the alternative educational opportunities listed A student may be granted credit for successful below during their enrollment in the same course(s) completion of a course from the LTHS Adult during the regular school day. Students may not enroll and Continuing Education Program. Th ese include in or receive transfer credit(s) for the alternative edu- high school completion courses in English and cational opportunities listed below if their 8 period social studies, as well as correspondence courses day schedule permit them to be enrolled in those same noted in 1. above. A student may transfer a maxi- courses at LTHS during the regular school day. Students mum of one (1) credit from an Adult and Continu- must make choices about required and elective courses ing Education Program course to meet LTHS gradu- to fulfi ll graduation requirements on time. In addition, ation requirements. All courses off ered through pre-approval and credit for the listed alternative edu- the Adult and Continuing Education Program are cational opportunities is given on a case-by-case basis tuition-based and require students to work inde- aft er consultation with the student’s counselor, appro- pendently over a semester’s time. priate division chair, Director of Student Services, and approval by the Principal (or designee). A student may 4. Other High School Courses not transfer credit from a correspondence and/or exten- Full-time students who seek to receive and to trans- sion study course in order to graduate prior to the 8th fer into LTHS credit(s) earned at other high schools semester of enrollment. Grades and grading scales used are subject to the same limitations as prescribed in by the credit-granting institutions will be the only ones this section. With prior approval from the Principal accepted. No attempt will be made to adjust, modify, (or designee), a student may be granted credit substitute, or change those given by the credit-granting for successful completion of courses at other high institution. Students are advised to carefully read the schools. Accreditation is a minimal standard, and requirements below prior to enrolling in any of these students are advised that approval and credit is opportunities. contingent on a review of the high school’s academ- 1. Correspondence Courses/Edgenuity/Extension ic standards, expectations, and rigor. A student may Study transfer a maximum of one (1) Carnegie Units of With prior approval from the Principal (or desig- credit from another high school, not including sum- nee), a student may be granted credit for successful mer school, to meet LTHS graduation requirements. completion of a correspondence course and/or LTHS is not responsible for any costs or fees includ- ing transportation, textbooks, materials, services, Edgenuity and/or extension study from a regional etc., for credits earned at other high schools. Other or state accredited institution. Accreditation is a high school transfer credit as described here does minimal standard, and students are advised that not apply to transfer or home-schooled students. approval and credit is contingent on a review of correspondence course academic standards and rigor. Successful completion must be documented At the time of publication, a review of with an offi cial transcript from the granting institu- alternative credit opportunities was tion. A student may transfer in a maximum of one ongoing. Check the online APG for any (1) credit from a correspondence course, Edgeunity www.lths.net and/or extension study to meet LTHS graduation updates & clarifi cations. requirements. Th ese courses are typically tuition- based and require students to work independently.

General Information

24 Independent Study chair. When approved and signed by the division Independent study provides students with the opportu- chair, the Application and Contract are forwarded nity for enrichment of learning. Records of successful to the Principal (or designee) for approval and completion of independent study will be designated on processing. A student’s schedule will not be the student’s transcript by department and/or course, changed and will not refl ect an IS course until all with the accompanying designation “IS” (independent counselor conditions have been met and the Con- study). An Independent Study Application and Con- tract has been approved by all signatories. tract must be completed and signed by the student 4. Prior to approval and signature, the division chair and approved by his/her parent(s), the supervising will conduct an interview with the student and the teacher, counselor, the division chair, and the Principal supervising teacher, which will include the (or designee). Th e Independent Study Contract is an following: agreement between a teacher and a student to complete a. a review of the student’s work (samples) or a course of study in an approved area of the school cur- other materials, which provide evidence of the riculum. student’s ability to complete work on an inde- pendent study basis For courses listed in the Guide, IS is taken only at the b. a presentation of the evaluation procedure to be levels indicated. IS taken for courses of study not pub- employed by the supervising teacher lished in the Guide must receive recommendations by c. preparation of an evaluation form to be teachers and approvals by division chairs and the Prin- presented at the end of the IS cipal (or designee). Students pursuing such IS credit d. recommended academic level of credit. are expected to pursue a rigorous course of study above 5. Applications for IS credit must be completed and beyond that demanded in a Level III course, with and submitted according to the following schedule: content that challenges their intellectual abilities and a. applications for annual or fall semester only requires learning concepts at signifi cantly higher cogni- must be approved and submitted by May 1 of the tive and aff ective levels. Standards and expectations for previous semester the level at which the IS is approved and taken must be b. applications for spring semester only must be met by the student and evaluated by the teacher. approved and submitted by December 1 of the Conditions previous semester A student may enroll in coursework through an IS if all c. applications for summer must be approved the following guidelines are met: and submitted by March 1 of the previous semes- 1. A teacher is willing to supervise the IS student on ter. a regularly scheduled basis and be responsible for 6. Because a student may not take IS as an 8th course, validating that LTHS Standards and Expectations a student will be assigned to a study hall for the IS for the course and level have been met. (7th class). In addition, IS will also be refl ected 2. Th e course is not being off ered during the current on the student’s schedule but without a period school year or a scheduling confl ict exists that adjustment. prevents the student from taking the course in a Independent Study is available in each academic area; normal school schedule. however, it is not posted in the departmental areas of 3. Th e student wishes to complete a prescribed the Guide. Students interested and eligible for an IS program of study that goes beyond that off ered in must begin the process with a supervising teacher.

the normal school curriculum. Information General 4. Th e course is not a required course for graduation. RTI/504/Special Education Services 5. Th e course may not be taken for credit/no credit. Response to Intervention (RtI) 6. Th e course is not taken as an 8th course/class. Federal and state laws have directed schools to focus more on helping all children learn by addressing prob- Procedures lems earlier within the general education setting. Th is 1. A student must obtain an Application for new process of providing interventions to students who Independent Study Credit from the teacher and/or are at risk for academic or behavioral problems is called division offi ce. Response to Intervention (RtI). 2. Th e application form must be completed in full Th e RtI process at LTHS involves a problem-based re- (including parent signatures verifying approval) and view of available data and monitoring of student prog- signed by the supervising teacher and counselor. ress aft er identifying high-quality interventions matched 3. Th e completed Application and the completed In- to student needs. Th e information gained from the RtI dependent Study Contract are given to the division process is used by school personnel and parents to adapt

25 instruction and to make decisions about the student’s evaluation. All private evaluations are considered in educational program. Problem-solving teams are called light of the school’s case study. Th e need for special edu- Student Achievement Teams (SAT) at each grade level cation services will be determined at a multidisciplinary with the assistant principal, grade level social worker, conference following a case study evaluation. counselors, school psychologist and /or special educa- tion coordinators in attendance. Information is shared Depending on a student’s Individual Education Plan and teachers submit information to provide interven- (IEP), modifi cations and/or supports for students may tions within the general education program. be provided in general education classes and/or special education instructional classes. Additionally, depending RtI plans are only for students who are not currently on the IEP, a student may be encouraged to and may ac- receiving Special Education Services through an Indi- cess the broad range of courses available throughout the vidual Education Plan (IEP) or Section 504 Accommo- general education curriculum at LTHS. dations Plan. Th e student and his parents will work with the SAT team to identify strengths and possible areas of Summer Programs for educational interventions through the Response to LTHS off ers a wide variety of programs each summer Intervention process. for incoming and current students. Th ese range from recreational/activity programs and non-credit work- Section 504 of Rehabilitation Act of 1973 American shops to required, credit courses. All summer programs Disabilities Act are tuition-based, unless otherwise advertised. Stu- Students who qualify for Section 504 accommodations dents must provide their own transportation to and have a physical or mental impairment which substan- from summer programs. Th e Program is designed to tially limits one or more life activities, such as caring help students make-up credits, accelerate their academic for one’s self, performing manual tasks, walking, seeing, progress, enrich their high school experiences, provide hearing, speaking, breathing, learning, and working; do opportunities for developing healthy life-styles and/or not have a disability under the individuals with Dis- pursue vocational interests. Summer Academic Pro- abilities Act (IDEA); or do not need special education grams are an extension of the most recent and previous services. Information is reviewed by the SAT team to school term/year. identify reasonable accommodations. Th e counselor monitors and informs teachers of the accommodations Information about the Summer Academic Program for the Section 504 Plan. may be found in the Guide beginning on p. 174. Infor- mation about the Summer Activity Program will be Special Education Services mailed to residents of LTHS District 204 in February. Th e Special Education Services program at LTHS in- Both programs can be accessed and registration should cludes a broad continuum of specialized services rang- be completed at www.lths.net. ing from supports in the general education classroom to special education instructional classes. Th e program Pre-High School Credit serves students who have been identifi ed as having one LTHS grants incoming freshmen high school credit for or more of the following characteristics or conditions: selected courses taken at a Township or at speech and language impairment, learning disability, be- LTHS prior to enrollment as a high school student. Th is havior emotional disorder, physical impairment, visual is possible due to articulation eff orts between LTHS and impairment, hearing impairment, mental impairment, each Township associate district. Students and parents multiple impairments, autism, and/or traumatic brain of incoming freshmen should consult their elementary injury. school principals and/or district offi ces for specifi c information concerning their articulated agreements LTHS actively seeks out and attempts to identify all with LTHS. Only students from schools within Lyons students with disabilities who reside in the District. Township and with whom LTHS maintains articu- Teachers, counselors, and other professional personnel lated agreements will receive pre-high school credit. may refer for screening those students who exhibit char- acteristics/conditions which interfere with educational Many organizations, summer camps, and talent progress and/or adjustment to the educational setting. development groups suggest that students can Any parent, guardian, and/or student may also request earn credit for high school through their off erings. that a student be screened for a disability. Requests LTHS does not accept or consider any pre-high for a domain meeting should be made to the student’s school credit unless we have a written articulated counselor. At the time of domain meeting, it will be agreement with the organization off ering the edu- determined if the school should complete a case study cational opportunity.

26 Articulated courses are found in the World Language a student’s ideas and interpretations. Cheating and Pla- and Mathematics departments only. Students and giarism are diametrically opposed to the fundamental parents should review the requirements and informa- goals of all of our courses. To that end, students should tion under the respective departmental sections in the consider all work assigned to an individual unless the Guide. By state law, any math course accepted by LTHS teacher specifi es it diff erently. for pre-high school credit does not count towards the state graduation requirement of 3 years of mathematics. Cheating is an attempt through fraud or collusion to Additionally, Pre-High School World Language courses gain unfair advantage for a student which undermines accepted by LTHS for credit are generally not recog- learning, the primary focus of our school. Cheating nized for college and university admission. If students always involves the loss of academic integrity and in- and parents have questions regarding pre-high school hibits the student’s opportunity to learn. Th erefore, any credit during the registration process, they should con- student involved in cheating will be subject to corrective tact the respective division chairs. action.

Th ere are rare occasions when pre-high school credit Plagiarism is the act of taking, in part or in whole, may be gained prior to 9th grade in advanced mathe- someone else’s original ideas without appropriately cred- matics or in world language courses. In these instances, iting the source and presenting them as one’s own. Th e middle school students and parents begin the pre-high ideas may be presented in written, visual, auditory, com- school enrollment process through their middle school putational, electronic, or other forms. Plagiarism, like principals’ offi ces. A Pre-High School Student Enroll- other kinds of cheating, sacrifi ces academic integrity. ment Form must be completed and approved by the Students who plagiarize will be subject not only to cor- respective Division Chair for these situations. rective action, but also to possible legal consequences. Network and Internet Use Policy Due Process: All divisions will follow the Disciplinary Th e use of the Network and Internet shall be consistent Procedures Relating to Cheating and Plagiarism in the with the curriculum adopted by the District as well as Student Handbook. If, during the process of setting up the varied instructional needs, learning styles, abilities, a conference to remediate the behavior, a teacher fi nds and developmental levels of students. Th e use of the another instance of plagiarism prior to the completion Network and Internet comply with the selection criteria of the steps outlined in the policy, the student will be for instructional materials and library/media materials subject to the consequence of the next off ense as well. and is in support of education and/or research. LTHS procedures refl ect the district-wide commitment Th e use of the Network/Internet is a privilege, and to honesty, integrity, and the fi rst class principle “we general rules for its use, behavior of the student using are responsible and accountable for our actions.” All it, and communications apply. Th e District’s Student violations of the plagiarism and cheating procedure are and Parent/Guardian Network Access Agreement Form cumulative throughout the duration of the high school outlines the appropriate uses, ethics, and protocols experience at LTHS. Please refer to the Student Hand- for Network/Internet use by students and staff . Each book for specifi c consequences. student and his/her parent(s)/guardian(s) must read and sign the Agreement Form indicating understanding Instructional Materials and Textbooks

and acceptance of the District’s policies, procedures, and Th e LTHS Board of Education adopts all required text- Information General uses prior to student use. Students and parents should books used in its curricular and instructional programs. contact the Principal’s Offi ce or the Director of Technol- New titles are adopted annually at the regular Board ogy for more information. of Education meeting aft er a 30 day review period. In addition, the Board has established procedures for the Academic Honesty selection and use of textbooks and other, supplemental Lyons Township High School is committed to providing instructional materials and summer reading. Inspection students with ample opportunities to practice and im- of, objections to, and complaints about instructional prove their learning. To this aim, the assignments given textbooks and materials may be made in accordance to students by the classroom teacher are designed to with procedures outlined by the District. Th ese are give each student an opportunity to demonstrate what he/she knows and is able to do. In the writing process in particular, much time and eff ort is given to nurturing

27 available by contacting the Principal’s offi ce, the Cur- many instances, these are noted within course descrip- riculum and Instruction offi ce, or the Superintendent’s tions. Costs for courses taken at the Technology Center offi ce. of DuPage (TCD) are noted within each of its courses.

Th e purpose of any instructional material (print, non- Calculators are a required component of all math- print, or classroom assignment) is to provide quality ematics courses and are a natural part of many sci- learning experiences for students. Th e following objec- ence courses. All incoming freshmen are required to tives have been established by the Board in the selection have calculators. As a result, LTHS off ers to incoming of all instructional materials: freshmen students only the opportunity to purchase its  to provide materials that will enrich and support recommended calculators during freshmen process- the curriculum, taking into consideration the varied ing and before each school day the fi rst two weeks of interests, abilities, maturity, and development level classes. Please refer to p. 104 of the Guide for additional of the students served information.  to provide materials that will stimulate growth in knowledge, literary appreciation, aesthetic values, Students may be eligible for fee waivers from course and and ethical standards textbook costs. Fee waivers are processed through the Assistant Principal’s Offi ce at each campus. Students and  to provide background information that will enable students to make intelligent judgments in their daily their parents should contact the appropriate offi ce for lives additional information.  to provide materials on opposing sides of controver- sial issues so that students may develop the practice Technology Center of DuPage (TCD) of critical thinking and critical analysis of all media LTHS is a member of a career education consortium  to provide materials representative of the many reli- with other DuPage County districts for the benefi t of gious, ethnic, and cultural groups and their contri- junior and senior students. TCD is located in Addison, butions to our American heritage and its role in the IL. It provides capstone training in a limited number modern world of program areas: Building and Machining, Business,  to place principle above personal opinion and Communications, Health Services, Marketing, Mechan- reason above prejudice in the selection of materials ical, Personal Services, and Technical. Th e typical TCD of the highest quality to assure a comprehensive col- student spends a morning (periods 1-5) at TCD taking lection appropriate for the users of texts and supple- courses that earn him/her 1.5 credits per semester or 3.0 mentary materials credits per year. Interested students should review TCD  to provide access to a current, balanced collection information under the departmental/divisional section of reference materials, periodicals, and audio-visual on p.180 of the Guide and consult with counselors for materials, which depict in an accurate and unbiased additional assistance and applications. way the cultural diversity and pluralistic nature of American society Career Information  to provide materials that are appropriate to the All students participate in a career guidance curriculum objectives of a course/lesson. in which they are provided the beginnings of on-line Career Planning. Th is is built upon throughout a stu- Textbook and Course Fees dent’s four year high school experience at LTHS. Career LTHS has a District Rental Plan for textbooks and in- Planning includes but is not limited to a career assess- structional materials. Students pay a fl at $75 Textbook ment, Four Year Academic Plan (p. v of the Guide), Rental Fee, and in most cases, the District provides personal resume, and summaries of internship and course textbooks and instructional materials for this career speaker experiences. Most departments have fee. Several courses within a student’s schedule may identifi ed specifi c career paths/professions for which require purchase of consumable items in addition to they prepare students, and may be found under each de- the Textbook Rental Fee. Th ese consumable items vary partmental section in the Guide. Th ey refl ect the need widely in cost. Students receive and/or purchase their for students to develop a wide range of skills, in-depth textbooks and materials at the beginning of each school knowledge, and the ability to be fl exible and adaptable term. District Rental Textbooks/Materials are returned in a rapidly changing world. to the school at the end of semester or annual courses, while consumable items for which the student paid remain his/hers to keep. Some lab courses have fees in addition to textbook/instructional material costs. In

General Information

28 LTHS C/U D C

An increasing number of the courses off ered at LT allow for students to earn credit in a variety of ways through local and national colleges and universities. Check the Academic Program Guide online for up-to-date articulation agreements. Dual Credit is awarded by a college or university in addition to the credit earned at LT. In order to receive dual credit, a student must complete a course at LT that has been recognized by the college or university as meeting the curricular standards of the college course. As part of the registration of the LT course, students will also register with the college or university granting dual credit. Th e grade earned in the LT course will also be listed on the college or university transcript. Transcripted grades may then be forwarded from the college/university granting dual credit to any subsequent college or university. In some states, dual credit is not synonymous with concurrent credit, although for LT student purposes, we may consider them as one and the same. LT of- fers Dual Credit though COD, Moraine Valley, Indiana University, Triton and Embry Riddle Aeronautical University (ERAU). Benefi ts for Students: • Earn college credits while still in high school • An enriched and challenging curriculum that reduces the duplication between the last years of high school and the fi rst years of college • Individualized instruction from teachers than might be possible from college professors • Confi dence that derives from success in a college course

ACP Program through Indiana University Advance College Project (ACP) is a dual-enrollment partnership between Indiana University and select high schools throughout Indiana and surrounding states. IU courses taught through the ACP program provide both high school and college credits (known as concurrent or dual enrollment) and allow students to fulfi ll high school graduation requirements as well as start building their college career. IU Courses are taught during the regular school day by certifi ed high school teachers who hold adjunct lecturer status through Indiana University. Th ere is a cost of only $25 per credit or free for students who qualify fi nancially. College/ LTHS Course University Course Credit

DUAL or CONCURRENT CREDIT: Principles of Aeronautical Science ERAU ERAU AS120 Principles of Aeronautical Science 3 Private Pilot Operations ERAU ERAU AS121 Private Pilot Operations 5 Chefs:ServSafe COD CULIN 1120 1 Teaching Internship: Elementary 1 & 2 COD EDUCA 1110 Introduction to Education 3 Keyboarding COD OFTI 1100 Introduction to Computer Keyboarding 3 PC Repair & Maintenance (Sem. 1) COD CIT 1111 Computer & Hardware Maintenance 3 PC Repair & Maintenance (Sem. 2) COD CIT 1112 Advanced System Maintenance 3 Accounting 1 COD ACCOU 1110 3 Computer Applications (MOS) COD OFTI 1200 Word Processing I 3 American Sign Language I COD SIGN 1101 American Sign Language 3 Spanish for Heritage Speakers COD Spanish 2206 Heritage Speakers I 4 Spanish for Heritage Speakers COD Spanish 2208 Heritage Speakers II 4 Astronomy Accel Moraine Valley PHS 103 Descriptive Astronomy 3 Linear Algebra Moraine Valley Linear Algebra 3 Calculus III Moraine Valley Calculus III/Analytic Geometry 3 Information General Engineering & Invention I Triton ENT 100 Introduction to Manufacturing 4 Engineering Design Triton ENT 110 Engineering Design Graphics/CAD 4 Automotive Engineering & Fabrication Triton ENT 116 Fabrication Processes 4 French III H (ACP) Indiana Univ. FRIT F200 Second-Year French I 3 French IV H (ACP) Indiana Univ. FRIT F250 Second-Year French II 3 Spanish III H (ACP) Indiana Univ. HISP S200 Second-Year Spanish I 3 Spanish IV H (ACP) Indiana Univ. HISP S250 Second-Year Spanish II 3 English IV Hon: Reading, Writing & Inquiry (ACP) Indiana Univ. IU English W131 Reading, Writing & Inquiry 3 English IV Hon: Literary Interpretaion (ACP) Indiana Univ. IU English L202 Literary Interpretation 3

29 Capstone Courses Math/Science A capstone course is a fi nal course in a well-defi ned, Mathematics multi-year course sequence within a department. While • AP Calculus BC • Trig/PreCalculus (Accel) capstone courses are reviewed by the Administration • AP Calculus AB • Linear Algebra and the Board of Education and given special consider- • Calculus III ation with regard to enrollment, LTHS does not guaran- tee the delivery of capstone course off erings regardless Science of their enrollments. Th e list of capstone courses below • AP Biology* • Astronomy* is by division and department. • AP Chemistry* • Organic Chemistry* • AP Environmental • Human Anatomy and Applied Arts Science* Physiology* Applied Technology • AP Physics C* • Architectural Engineering Design II * At least one of these courses is needed to complete a four-year • Private Pilot Operations science program. • Advanced Engineering Design Physical Education/Health

Family and Consumer Sciences • Dance Fitness • Advanced Culinary Arts • Applied Personal Fitness • Career and Community Partnerships II Technology Center of DuPage (TCD) • Chefs • All programs/courses. (Programs and courses are • Teaching Internship-Early Childhood Option available through TCD procedures, but they are • Teaching Internship-Elementary Option considered capstone courses at LT.) Fine Arts Art Course Titles and Numbers • Ceramics Advanced Th e Academic Program Guide contains information • Drawing and Painting Advanced for each course off ered at LTHS. Information such as • Studio Art Accel levels, grades off ered, credits, course numbers, prerequi- • AP Studio Art sites, and course descriptions are included. Th e follow- ing should assist students and parents in understanding Music course information: • Concert Choir • Symphonic Band • Varsity Choir • Symphonic Orchestra • Roman numerals are used to designate annual • Treble Choir • Wind Ensemble courses that are in sequence. “I” represents an • Sinfonietta annual fi rst course, “II” represents an annual second course, etc. Latin I and Latin II are examples of an- World Languages nual sequence courses. • French Language (Prep/Accel) • Advanced French Communication • Arabic numerals are used to designate semester • AP French Language courses that are in sequence. “1” represents a fi rst semester course and “2” represents the next semes- • German Language (Prep/Accel) ter course in sequence, etc. Accounting 1 & 2 are • German Communication (Prep/Accel) examples of semester sequence courses. • AP German Language & Culture • In all other cases, descriptive course titles such as • Italian IV Accel Biology (Prep) and Biology AP (Advanced Place- • AP Italian Language & Culture ment) are used. • Latin Prose (Accel) • Latin Poetry (Accel) • Aft er each course title, specifi c information about • AP Latin the course is listed as follows: credit (1/2, 1, etc.); academic ability level(s) (I, II, III, IV, or V); • Spanish Language Accel grade off ered (9, 10, 11, and/or 12); term off ered • Advanced Spanish Communication fall, spring, and/or annual); course number; and • AP Spanish Language prerequisites (courses, approval, etc.). Also, where applicable, notations for credit/no credit Language Arts courses (CR/NC) and duplicate credit courses (dc) English appear next to credit. • Journalism: Newspaper Production • English IV (Prep): all courses Students and parent(s) should carefully review these • English IV (Accel): all courses as academic programs are developed and as registra- • AP English IV Rhetoric of Literature & Language tion for the following semester and year are completed. • AP English IV Literature & Composition Course descriptions begin on p. 44 of the Guide.

General Information

30 Lyons Township High School District 204 Homework Guidelines

Homework Philosophy Homework is a valuable learning activity performed outside of the classroom that contributes to student achieve- ment and is an essential part of the educational process. It enhances learning by providing opportunities for prac- tice, enrichment, and extension of classroom learning. Th e assignment of homework is given by the teacher and completed by the student in order to reinforce skills and/or knowledge presented during classroom instruction and is used to assess student achievement. Students at LTHS are expected to be assigned and to complete purposeful homework on a regular and timely basis. By completing homework, students develop mastery by applying what they have learned; acquire eff ective habits of self-discipline and time management; learn to work independently and in groups; gain a sense of personal responsibility for learning; and develop research skills such as locating, organizing, and condensing information.

Responsibilities Homework is a shared responsibility among the teacher, student and parents to encourage, provide and create an environment conducive to learning.

Teachers will…  assign homework that:  is realistic in length, duration and diffi culty.  extends and/or reinforces learning.  students have the necessary resources to complete.  is meaningful and purposeful.  corresponds to course content.  targets students’ needs, learning styles, and abilities through a wide variety of activities.  represents a variety of levels of understanding.  allows for fl exibility in its completion to accommodate individual circumstances at the teacher’s discretion and without sacrifi cing the integrity of the assignment.  complies with the Academic Ability Levels – Standards and Expectations as outlined in the Academic Program Guide.  provide: • clear explanations about what is expected. • suffi cient time for completion of assignments. • feedback by checking and/or grading the assignment.  return homework in a timely manner.  never use homework as punishment.  communicate with both students and parents regarding any on-going homework concerns. Information General

Students will…  be responsible for completing their assigned homework (including make-up assignments).  take responsibility for their learning by seeking additional help when needed.  exhibit academic honesty when completing homework assignments.  communicate with both teacher and parents regarding any on-going homework concerns.

Parents will…  monitor homework completion.  provide an environment conducive to studying.  off er guidance, not answers.  communicate with both teacher and student regarding any on-going homework concerns.

31 Student Services

32 Student Services e team monitors ons an of consists e team Services e Student curriculum, programs, eld. 33 ese programs and activities strengthen and encourage the de- encourage and strengthen activities and ese programs ective program of student services is instructional in nature and and services student is instructional in nature of program ective make individually appropriate choices which promote healthy intellectual, intellectual, healthy promote which choices appropriate individually make ective programs and activities are delivered by counselors, social workers, and school health school health and social workers, counselors, by delivered are activities and programs ective Informational Service, for academics and post high school for Informational Service, personal, social development planning Counseling Service, for home and school integration Consultation Service, for home, school, and community interacti Coordination Service, for ective of current research and practice in this fi practice and research current of ective     cation of the student’s personal sense of uniqueness. Th uniqueness. sense personal of the student’s of cation ere are great resouces for parents and students on interesting topics relevant to today’s today’s to relevant topics interesting on students and parents for resouces great are ere ..Going to lths.net, clicking on Student Resources, then College/Career Center, you can can you Center, then College/Career Resources, Student on clicking lths.net, to ..Going

e Student Services curriculum, programs, and activities at Lyons Township High School are designed to address the address designed to School are High Township Lyons at Services activities and e Student curriculum, programs, the part of services integral an student School are believes High that Township Services Lyons of e Student Department

nd career and college links. college and nd career Did You Know? You Did and activities are enhanced through continuing student and alumni assessments and ongoing professional development development professional ongoing and assessments alumni and student continuing through enhanced are activities and refl are that endeavors Th them to assisting by all students needs of th believe that We development. physical and emotional, clarifi and velopment and personal of the attainment to Services contributions meaningful believe Student makes we this mission, pursuing By School. High Township Lyons success at academic student An emphasis on the developmental/preventive processes of student services has led to the creation of a comprehensive a comprehensive services of student the creation of has led to processes the developmental/preventive on An emphasis curriculum.guidance Eff includes developmental activities organized and implemented by student services personnel in collaboration with teach- with services student in collaboration personnel by implemented and organized activities developmental includes students. and parents/guardians, administrators, ers, services: major the following through personnel Student Services Department Mission Statement Department Services Student Th eff an believe that We program. educational school’s total Ms. Leslie Owens, Division Chair Division Leslie Owens, Ms. (708) 579-6433 TEL: (708) 579-6439 FAX: [email protected] EMAIL: Assistant Principal, Counselors, a Social Worker, a Nurse, and a School Psychologist. Th a School Psychologist. and a Nurse, a Social Counselors, Worker, Principal, Assistant groups. psychoeducation or academic supports internal to referrals provides and performance student health mental or abuse substance with students support to resources community locating for Information the SST. through is also available ...Th Program Assistance select the Student and tab Resources the Student on Click website. the LTHS on teen these of resources. take to advantage webpage . every Th for grade level. (SST) Team Support has a Student .…LTHS fi Student Services

. assiststudents to apply eff C. assiststudents to make decisions, goals, set B. assiststudents to acquire attitudes, the knowledge, and interpersonal skillsto help understand them and re- A. assiststudents to decision-making learn strategies for future career choices C. assiststudents to understand relationship the personal between qualities, educational and training opportuni- B. assiststudents to acquire skillsto the investigate career choices inrelation to self-knowledge and current job A. assiststudents to understand relationship the of academicsto future their C. assiststudents to complete with academicpreparation school the essential from to choose awiderange of B. assiststudents to acquire attitudes, the knowledge, and skillsthat contribute to eff A. The counselingstaff School CounselingService The StudentServicesprofessionalsta Delivery ofStudentServices Student ServicesDepartmentStandards . etbih identi establish F. emphasizeevaluationasacriticalcomponentofstudentservicesprogram and E. utilizeneedsassessmentmeasures asacomponentofcomprehensive ande D. assessappropriate communityresources andintegratethemamongexistingstudentservices C. emphasizethedevelopmental,preventive, andeducationalcharacteristicsofstudentservices B. . coordinate allstudentservicestoensure e A. spect self and self othersspect ties, and careers trends optionspost-secondary throughout life their spans studentservicesprogram will... fi cationandutilizationofinternalresources ascriticalelementsofane Registered Nurse, Repand Customer Sales Rep. Service Top 3HotCareers Top 3Jobs Operations Managers, Teachers, and Accountants. ective problem-solving and confl ff will... requiring aCollege degree are & General Personal/Social Development Academic Development Career Development and take necessary action toand achieve goals necessary take not requiring a4-year degree are careervoyages.gov ff ectiveness 34 ict resolutionict skillsto make safe and healthy choices ective learning and in school ff ective program ff etv ective School Social Work Service Social workers will... Direct Services

A. evaluate student need for social work service and make recommendations as appropriate B. provide both short-term and long-term individual casework to both regular and special education students C. provide group work services to both regular and special education students D. provide crisis intervention to students, parents, and staff

Cooperative Services

A. participate in conferences with teaching staff , parents, and other school specialists including counselors, school psychologists, school nurses, and school administrators B. coordinate and participate in multi-disciplinary staffi ngs C. participate in the evaluation of students for special education placement, make recommendations as appropri- ate, and conduct social developmental studies D. provide supportive services to parents/guardians and families E. supervise social work interns F. consult with classroom teachers, counseling staff , paraprofessionals, and school administrators regarding stu- dent needs G. collaborate with school personnel in utilizing and providing in-school support programs for individual stu- dents

School-Community Relations Services

A. serve as a liaison between school personnel, families, and community agencies B. aid in the identifi cation of students needing community-based, preventive social services C. consult with community representatives in the identifi cation, development, and delivery of appropriate sup- port services D. collaborate with community agencies in planning and delivery of crisis intervention services E. collaborate with community agencies in planning and delivering intermediate and long-term support services

School Health Service The nursing staff will...

Standards of Care

A. collect and analyze client data to assist in determining a plan of care/action utilizing current research B. assist in implementing the interventions identifi ed in the plan of care/action and evaluate client outcomes

Standards of Professional Performance Student Services

A. systematically evaluate the quality and eff ectiveness of school nursing practice B. acquire and maintain current knowledge and competency in school nursing practice C. collaborate with the student, family, school staff , administration, and health care providers in providing stu- dent care D. assist families, school staff , and administration to achieve optimal levels of wellness through appropriately designed and delivered health education

35 Student Services Th LT workers social are involved also inprevention pro- Social Work Services All students are to afour-year exposed of sequence Response to Intervention. each campus. Th Th services. student progress and coordinate/recommend support principal, nurse, and psychologist meetweekly to review (S.A.T.) consisting of counselors, worker, social assistant structure. Grade level Student Achievement Teams year through guidance academicclass their curriculum provide allstudents with aplanned, sequential four- off and career planning. school and Counselors post-high cial decision-making, academicprogram development, ment environment, school to high the personal and so- signed students. Counselors assiststudents with adjust- move to subsequent gradelevels along with as- their counselors at each gradelevel, and counselors these to acounselor on an alphabetical basis.Th Counseling Services consultation to parents and teachers aswell asreferral dent needs.In addition, LT’s work social staff istrators, meeton who basisto aweekly address stu- arewhich composed of counselors, nurses, and admin- directing our gradelevel Student Achievement Teams, grams groups. workers Oursocial are responsible for as Peer and Leaders, minority student achievement pro- workersSocial help facilitate such leadership programs grams mainstream inthe of our educational program. ness, adolescent development, and life transitions. relationships, responsibility and decision-making, well- skills, self-advocacy, interpersonal relationships, group cial workers include following: the developing refl by providing cess. LT’s workers social school strive goal to meetthis emotional lives inorder to facilitate learning the pro- is to help students aware become of and manage their parent community. Th program of to LTHS Student the Services student and an important role of acomprehensive delivery inthe standards. selor activities support state social-emotional learning Exploration, Career Planning, and Placement. Coun- Awareness,ing Self themes: Career Awareness, Career group guidance activities characterized by the follow- eareas of attention and by issuesaddressed LT’s so- er both grouper both and individual and counseling services • faculty, staff assessments for education special services • classroom and parent presentations • management crisis services • individual and group counseling • ere are student also support counselors at eSAT provides progress monitoring for , and parent consultation Each student Each at LT isassigned e goal of social work services egoal work of social services School social workers social School play ere are three provides ecting 36 Health Services Classroom teachers are encouraged to bring incareer Lyons Township works Student High School Services Student Support Teams andSupportCounselors College/Career Center Parents have who specifi tains aHealth Offi planning school high process.post levels to assistparents and during school with high the searching. Parent programs are presented at allgrade ways web the to use for career planning and college through group the guidance program by identifying reers. Counselors encourage student career exploration to students to speak speakers about avariety of ca- students. and career to visit speakers LTHS to interested to speak arrangesalso for college admissions representatives educational Th experiences. planning and researching career school and post-high to-date resources, print both and electronic, in useful North Campus providing student accessto many up- College/Career Center isavailable for student at use coordinated by College/Career the Coordinator. Th sive and college and supervised career planning service support wellness the of our students. Counselors work also with four the gradelevel teams to sistance. In addition to team, the three Student Support members of team their to support students needing as- psychologist.school Students and parents can contact counselors, worker, asocial an assistant principal, and a studentEach hasaStudent Support Team consisting of emotional, mental and health, substance concerns. support students inneedof assistance for personal, with students, families, and community agencies to fessional exam. eye screening isonly ascreening, not asubstitute for apro- and transfer students entering grades10-12.Vision screening of allstudents education with special needs nurses conductcerns. School also hearing and vision and parents regarding health-related issuesand con- students, and for providing consultation to students student records, health providing basicfi physician. Th nurse school full-time and supported by an on-call propriate. students asneededand ap- may request also services offi Services contact workers with social school through Student the development. problem-solving, communication skills,and leadership to community mental areas personnel health inthe of ce at campuses. both and personnel School is offi ce at campus, each staff Lyons Township main- High School ce isresponsible for maintaining all c concerns may make direct LTHS provides acomprehen- eCollege/Career Center rst aid care for ed by a e Technology Services

37 EMAIL: [email protected] FAX: (708)579-6491 TEL: NC(708)579-6473 Mr. EdwardTennant, DirectorofTechnology and literate citizen. teaching/learningthe process; assistsinpreparing and technology student each atechnologically to be responsible thereby expanding reach the of classroom; the providing opportunities for enhancing, extending, and rethinking the world.the Instructional and administra Th of technology. how various to use technologies inorder for more usto be eff teaching, learning, and working, and enrichour augment experiences our opportunities. As an end, we must learn ameans can viewed asboth and be anogy endwithin an educational setting. As ameans, it isatool to accelerate Lyons Township 204recognizes that District High intoday’s School world and for foreseeable the future, technol- Technology DivisionPhilosophy Technology Services rough technology, Lyons Township provides High School accessfor students and staff                      Municipal and Educational Consortium and 2Teacher /Staff Infi Management Mastery Assessment System Suite Google for OnlinePersonal Productiv- Canvas Management Learning System (LMS) 2Networked for Labs Alternative Program 2Networked for Labs Emergent Bilinguals and Support Labs Internet Western accessviathe Springs 2 Networked PE/Fitness Labs 54 Mobile PCLabs 1 Networked Music Lab 25 Networked Labs Science 3 Networked Vocational Lab 7 Networked Labs Library 1 Networked Aviation Simulator Lab 3 Networked Graphic Labs 4 Networked Center Labs Discovery 6 Networked Business Labs Technical Support Illinois Network Century ity and Collaboration Tools Networked Publications &Media Labs nite Campus Portal Instructional Technology Professional Development tive technologies students take and staff LTHS 204Website District www.lths.net 38 ective, effi        

Financial Information System Human Resource Information System Infi Nortel Networks Digital VMware Virtualized Data Centers Technical Support MS Exchange HPE/Nimble Data Arrays cient, and creative, aswell users asethical nite Campus Student Information System Administrative Technology beyond the confi beyond the (District email, shared/public(District folders) to resources from around PBX  nes of campuses (with voicemail) Technology Services , parents, parents, , ectively. ciently and eff and ciently 39 ectively and creatively. and ectively ectively in groups to pursue and generate generate and pursue to in groups ectively ciency of technology and to provide departments and and departments provide ciency to technology and of set to levels been developed in order have ese technology standards Students will use technology to create and deliver information for a variety of of a variety for information deliver and will use technology create to Students purposes. of a variety and audiences Students will recognize the importance of information to a democratic society. a democratic to information of the importance will recognize Students and information to regard with ethical behavior will practice Students technology. information eff will participate Students information. interests. personal to related information will pursue Students effi will access information Students Students will evaluate information critically and competently. and critically information will evaluate Students eff will use information Students has additional each standard and technology general standards, eight are ere c standards which are available upon request. request. upon available which are c standards Standards for Student Learning with Technology with Learning Student for Standards Standard VIII Standard Lyons Township High School has established Standards for Student Learning with Student for School Standards High has established Township Lyons faculty/staff students, its involved that process a collaborative through Technology Standard I and the community. Th the community. and and courses, their programs, technology into incorporate which to guide by a divisions instruction. Th specifi Standard II Standard III of student understanding and profi and understanding student of Standard IV Standard IV V Standard Standard VI Standard VII Standard Technology Services biology and chemistry with andPCsatbiology chemistry eachlab station. for teachers. Th routinely provide access to Canvas and Infi the materialsricular and Th guidelearning experiences. classroomsin the are by used faculty also the to present cur- ticipate Teacher inthe Tablet /Laptop Program, computers the by studentspurposes and staff classroom atevery LT. Classroom computers are for used myriad In addition to lab the facilities, instructional computers are in Classroom Computers databases to LT which subscribes. magazines, newspapers and acollection of scholarly research electronic catalog of district’s the collections, book aswell as cess to Internet-based resources, hasaccessto an library each as well asnon-lab computers for general In use. addition to ac- campusEach with at hasalibrary 3computer least lab areas, Libraries students from study halls. foris reserved individualized tutoring, peer teacher work, and an area outfi ineach DC, ing LT the network. In addition to two the large labs, there is Infi needing assistance with any of LT’s technologies, including the tech asthe support contact foras serving students and parents and delivering lessons labs, inthe aswell using technology the TeamServices provide who support to teachers inplanning isstaff online DC assessment. Each World Language class islistening and recording to complete an working on aresearch project inone lab, other, inthe while a usage.heavy In avisit may fact, to either fi DC student and staff and color-capable, multifunction print/copy/scan for devices center Each Center (DC). Discovery isoutfi campusEach hastwo networked labs of 32computers inits Discovery Center Labs including Adobe the Creative Cloud applications. color printers /plotters, digital cameras, scanners and soft All have accessto acomprehensive of set graphics tools, such as graphics, animation, engiineering designand draft by labEach isused teachers and students scheduled inart, campusesBoth two labs for boast used graphics applications. Graphics Labs curriculum. technologies ensure LT students awell-rounded and relevant of applications, with avariety of though experiences tools and products are core the of Business the Education program’s suite development, INCubator and IOS app development. Microsoft spreadsheets and databases), application programming, web forused keyboarding, accounting business practices (such as world. rich to succeedinatechnology For example, are they to directlyused support teaching students skillsnecessary the across two the campuses. Th Six labs, mostwith more than 30computers each,are located Business Labs nite Campus Portal, Suite, Google Canvas LMSand access- ere are labs 25science focusing on also physics, use. Th use. e DCs are eDCs open toand allclasses have tted with additional computers, that eBusiness labs’ computers are . While allof LT’s teachers par- ed by members of the Tech tted with projectors nd an English class nd an class English nite Campus tools Campusnite tools ese ese devices ing classes. ware, 40

and payroll. Th tracking student and staff Offi Administrative Technology Th staff cess isavailable aswell viadistrict-owned devices, asstudent/ classroom, lab,to every and administrative offi ate distribution wiring centers that provide access speed high campusEach hasacomplex also system of main and intermedi- pal and Educational Consortium and Illinois Network. Century LTHS hasaccessto Internet the Western viathe Springs Munici- Internet campusesboth to allow for clear linesof communication. students’ on use campus and at home. and Sophomore students, Chromebooks provided willbe for a program of 1:1student computing. Starting with Freshman withyear, 2021-2022school the Beginning LT isrolling out 1:1 Computing Technology Curriculum Enriched (TEC)coaches. ware. Th practices,instructional and to experiment with soft skills, more and deeplyinto technology embed curricula their Th on. staff the staff LT isalways looking for and new better ways to ensure that Staff Canvas are encouraged to Centers. contact Discovery the Parents assistance with Infi seeking the opportunitythe it when ismostconvenient. to accesstechnology aft and before open Th Extra Help Infithe with up-to-date information related to students’ progress via world. website, the Beyond LT provides students and parents from students, families, staff LTHS website averages more than 65,000visits month each anddemic, athletic, community co-curricular programs, the providing information about school, and District, our the aca- LT hasasignifi textfull articles are readily available. literallynews from around world. the Research databases and up-to-the-minute information, experts, pictures, sounds, and e Libraries, Discovery Centers e Libraries, Discovery and some of other the labs are isnetwork provides student and staff ces throughout campuses both have for accessto technology -owned (LT-BYOD) and guest-owned (LT-Guest) devices. development centers were created needhead to meetthis DevelopmentProgram ese labs allow ese teachers to enhance technology their nite Campus Portal. maintains aparticular level of technical abilities. Two ese professional ese learning labs are supported by four e offi cant web presence. With pages dedicated to er school hours, studentser school so and staff ce computers are networked throughout information, budgeting, purchasing community, the and across the accessto real-time and nite Campus Portal or ce. Wireless ac- ware/hard- have Academic Support Programs

41 Lyons Township High School District 204 provides support by off ering a wide array of academic programs and services because it recognizes that there are many diff erent types of learners. Alternative programs enhance the traditional academic course off erings, and in many instances, provide real-life experiences for students that supplement work in the classroom. Support programs are those that provide students additional assistance with their academic work.

Alternative Program Career Ready Credit 1/2 Level: III

Contact: Ms. Leslie Owens Grade Off ered 11, 12 Fall AL0931 Student Services Division Chair Spring AL0932 (708) 579-6433 Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in Skills for Th e Alternative Program will provide students an Success alternate pathway to success and opportunities for personal, academic and social growth that will lead to Th is course off ers an integrated approach to exploring earning credits toward graduation. careers and their skill requirements, building workplace skills using KeyTrain®, and creating life- Th e Alternative Program is a minimum one semester literacy with such skills as fi nancial awareness, career program designed to help students gain strategies exploration, resume writing, interviewing skills, to function successfully in the regular education and job search skills. Soft skills associated with environment. In addition to a number of core academic interpersonal relationships, customer service, and course off erings, students participate in a Skills for work habits are also developed. A benefi t for students Success class while enrolled in the Alternative Program. who satisfactorily complete the program can lead to a Students who are defi cient in credits may access on- National Career Readiness Certifi cate (NCRC) which line educational courses with the approval of the is the national standard in certifying workplace skills. administration. Th e NCRC is requested by many employers and the Certifi cate allows individuals to demonstrate their level Th e admission process includes application to the Alternative Program and an interview of the of skill in the most common skills required for success prospective student and parents following review of in the workplace. Have the Certifi cate provides real teacher, counselor, social worker, and administrator credentials to present for high school or post-high observations of student academic performance, school employment and career pursuits. Th e program attendance patterns, and behavioral history. incorporates self-paced lessons and instructor-led lessons. Knowledge of interests, abilities, and career clusters can bring focus to a student’s post high school plans. Skills for Success Th is course is awarded as a practical arts credit.

Credit: 1 (general elective)(dc) Level: III Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Annual AL0976 AL0977 11, 12 Annual AL0971 AL0972 Prerequisite: Student must be enrolled in the LTHS Alternative Program

Th e Skills for Success provides Alternative Program students with specifi c strategies that promote student

success in academic and life skills. Academic Support Programs Support Academic

42 Inter-Disciplinary Workshop (IDW)

Credit: 1 Level: III Grade Off ered: 11 Annual AL0771 AL0772

Prerequisite: Must be enrolled in at least two of the following: English III (Prep), U.S. History (Prep), American Studies (Prep), a mathematics course, and a science course. Recommendation from previous year’s English, math, science, and/or World History teachers. All applicants will be reviewed by the Student Achievement Team to affi rm appropriateness of enrollment.

IDW is designed for students who need extra help in or- der to succeed in English III (Prep), U.S. History (Prep), American Studies (Prep), math, or science courses. It is a skills-building/reinforcing program for students who had success with academic support programs at South Campus, or for those who have academic chal- lenges in core courses such as English, math, science, and social studies. Students in this class are expected to work independently on history, English, math, and/ or science assignments, integrated assignments, and ACT preparation. Weekly writing tutorials are also part of the curriculum. Students enrolled in IDW need to demonstrate a willingness to participate in the program and display a constant eff ort to achieve. An IDW con- tract must be signed by both students and their parents/ guardians prior to participation in this course. IDW is awarded as a general elective credit. Academic Support Programs

43 Aeronautics Furniture Making Aviation 1 Introduction to Furniture Making 1, 2 Aviation 2 Furniture & Cabinet Making I, II Drones: UAS Principles of Aeronautical Science General Electives Private Pilot Operations Home Maintenance and Repair Industrial & Related Occupations I, II Architecture Career Internship Engineering Design Advanced Engineering Design Architectural Engineering Design 1, 2

Automotive Small Engines/Power Engine Rebuild & Diagnostics Car Care Essentials Automotive Engineering & Fabrication Automotive Service & Diagnostics

Engineering Engineering and Invention 1, 2 Engineering Design Advanced Engineering Design

Applied Technology

44 Paul Houston, Division Chair Danielle Radzialowski, Assistant Division Chair TEL: SC (708) 579-6546, NC (708) 579-6420 TEL: NC (708) 579-6381 EMAIL: [email protected] EMAIL: [email protected]

Applied Technology Department Philosophy Th e Applied Technology Department empowers the student to understand, utilize, and apply comprehensive technology skills that exist in higher education and the workplace. Th e department assists the student in the development of teamwork, analytical, and problem solving skills. Th e development of leadership abilities is present throughout the curriculum. Th e department fosters creativity, independence, self-reliance, and self-suffi ciency through comprehensive, progressive programming.

Career Pathway Sequences Below are recommended course sequences for students based on their career interest. Students can take these courses at any time while attending LTHS. Th ese sequences are only recommendations and a student may start taking courses in one sequence and change to another provided they meet any prerequisites for the courses they wish to take or the approval of the Division Chair.

Recommended Engineering Design Pathway

Advanced Architectural Architectural Engineering Design Engineering Design Engineering Design 1 Engineering Design 2 Grades 9-12 Grades 11 & 12 Grades 9-12 Grades 10-12 Prereq: Engineering Design Prereq: Engineering Design Prereq: Architectural Engineering Design 1

Recommended Engineering Pathway

Engineering & Invention 1 Engineering & Invention 2 Engineering Design Grades 9-12 Grades 11 & 12 Grades 9-12 Prereq: Engineering Design Recommended Prereq: Engineering & Invention 1 but not Required (Duplicate Credit)

Recommended Automotive Technology Pathway

Small Engines Engine Rebuild Car Care Essentials Automotive Engineering & Grades 9 & 10 & Diagnostics Grades 11 & 12 Fabrication Grades 9 & 10 Grades 11 & 12 Automotive Services & Prereq: Small Prereq: Car Care Essentials, Engineer- Diagnostics Engines ing Design or Engineering & Invention Grades 11 & 12 Prereq: Car Care Essentials Recommended Aviation Pathway

Applied Technology Aviation 1 Principles of Aeronautical Science Private Pilot Operations Aviation 2 Grade 10-12 (Dual Credit) Grades 11 & 12 Grades 9 & 10 (Dual Credit, Annual Course & Duplicate Drones: UAS Credit) Grades 10-12

Recommended Furniture & Cabinet Making Pathway

Introduction to Furniture Furniture & Cabinet Making I Furniture & Cabinet Making II Making 1 & 2 Grades 9-12 Grades 10-12 Grades 9-12 (Annual Course) (Annual Course, Duplicate Credit) (1/2 Credit Each)

45 Applied Technology Department Standards

The Applied Technology Department has established standards based on resources gathered from national and state professional organizations in the fi elds of technology, technology education, engineering, science and math, and career development. There are nine general standards as indicated below. Each general standard is supported by specifi c student learning standards that are available upon request. Specifi c course standards have been developed to support the general standards and these are distributed to students at the beginning of each semester, or annual course.

Students within Applied Technology will be able to....

1. select/use appropriate technological instruments/tools and formulas to solve problems, interpret results, and communicate fi ndings.

2. accept opportunities to develop expertise, experience, and emotional intelligence for transferable employability skills in relation to individual, career, and community roles and responsibilities.

3. develop skills, strategies, expertise, experience, and emotional intelligence for career exploration and transferability skills in relation to the career clusters of technology, transportation, communication, and manufacturing.

4. analyze the internal and external factors that infl uence individual, work teams, and commercial en- terprises.

5. develop and apply strategies to manage confl ict and stress in individual and team situations.

6. recognize and be able to demonstrate eff ective verbal and non-verbal communication skills.

7. evaluate decisions in relation to available resources and options.

8. demonstrate leadership skills and abilities refl ecting democratic ideals at school, in the workplace, and in the community.

9. promote optimal growth, development, and learning of self, family, community, and others as a life- long activity.

Applied Technology

46 All courses listed under Applied Technology apply toward the Practical Arts graduation requirement. Independent Study Under specifi c conditions as outlined on p. 25 of the Guide, students may make applica- tion for Independent Study. In all cases, students must secure parent, teacher, counselor, divisional, and building administration approval. Independent Study may not be taken as an 8th semester/annual course.

AERONAUTICS through hands-on projects. Subjects include aircraft history, categories, as well as developments in aviation. You will also get hands on with fl ight simulation and Aviation 1 in a real airplane! Transcripted college credit with Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University. Credit: 1/2 Level: IV Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Fall AT5156 Spring AT5157 Drones: UAS Prerequisite: None Credit: 1/2 Level: IV Th is course provides a foundation in fl ying and un- manned aircraft systems (drones). Students will learn Grade Off ered: 10 Fall AT5176 about the engineering process, problem solving, and Spring AT5177 innovations and technological developments that led to 11, 12 Fall AT5171 the aviation and aerospace industries of today. Students Spring AT5172 will learn problem-solving that served as the basis for Prerequisite: Aviation 1 or Principles of Aeronautical today’s modern space exploration. Students will also Science gain historical perspective from earliest fl ying machines Th is course focuses on fl ight operations of Unmanned to modern aircraft and the integral role aviation plays Aircraft Systems (UAS), commonly referred to as in today’s world. Th is is a hands-on course and you will drones. Emphasis is put on the commercial history, learn to fl y on simulators and a real airplane. growth, and application of UAS. Th is course will provide acquisition, use, and operation of UAS with an Aviation 2 emphasis on operations. Th is class will use various DJI and Parrot drones to teach students safe fl ight proce- Credit: 1/2 Level: III dures and operations. Students will be prepared to take Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Spring AT5166 the Federal Aviation Administration Part 107 Certifi ca- Fall AT5167 tion Exam to obtain their Remote Pilot Certifi cate with a sUAS (drones under 55 lbs.) endorsement. With this Prerequisite: None license you can get paid to fl y your drone! Th is core aerospace and aviation course is designed to give students a clear understanding of career opportuni- ties in aviation and aerospace and the critical issues af- Private Pilot Operations fecting the aviation system. Student will explore modern ERAU AS121 (5cr) innovations and will develop their own ideas to address Credit: 1 (dc) Level: V real-world aviation industry challenges. Th is is a hands Grade Off ered: 11, 12 Annual AT3361 on course and students will have opportunities to fl y on AT3362 simulators and a real airplane. Prerequisite: Principles of Aeronautical Science

Th is course develops aeronautical knowledge required Technology Applied Principles of Aeronautical Science for certifi cation as a Private Pilot with an Airplane ERAU AS120 (3cr) Single Engine Land rating. Topics include regula- tions, safety, pre-solo operations, cross-country plan- Credit: 1/2 Level: IV ning, airspace, chart use, communications, weather, Grade Off ered: 10 Fall AT5216 performance, weight and balance, aerodynamics, and Spring AT5217 decision-making. Th e student will utilize simulation in 11, 12 Fall AT5211 class so that they can apply knowledge of the subject to Spring AT5212 the aircraft . Transcripted college credit with Embry- Riddle Aeronautical University. Prerequisite: None

Principles of Aeronautical Science is a survey course. Modes of aerodynamic travel are studied in this course. Th is course discusses advanced aircraft and the tech- nology around them. Aerodynamic forces are explored

47 tial to creating an effi cient and eff ective home design. ARCHITECTURE Students will be using Autodesk Revit soft ware to create 2D and 3D homes. Students will complete the course Engineering Design by designing their dream home. Credit: 1/2 (cr/nc) Level: III or IV Architectural Engineering Design II Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Fall AT5536 Spring AT5537 Credit: 1/2 (cr/nc) Level: IV 11, 12 Fall AT5531 Grade Off ered: 10 Fall AT9316 Spring AT5532 Spring AT9317 Prerequisite: None 11, 12 Fall AT9311 Draft ing is a valuable part of our global society. It is Spring AT9312 sometimes referred to as the “universal language.” Th is Prerequisite: Architectural Engineering Design I course is an excellent choice for those students wish- ing to explore the fi eld of draft ing, planning a career in Students will continue exploring the architectural engineering, architecture, construction, interior design career fi eld. Th is course covers plot plan development, or other related fi elds. CAD (Draft ing) projects include: construction systems, utilities, and presentation meth- learning the AutoCAD and Fusion 360 soft ware, multi- ods. Th e course covers common residential construc- view drawing, dimension drawings, section drawings, tion materials, components, and systems related to and isometric drawings. 2D drawings will be covered in wood and metal framing structures. Students will the fi rst part of the semester followed an introduction to produce a professional set of presentation drawings and basic 3D draft ing in the second part of the semester. This rendering models of their dream home they created course can earn dual credit through Triton College. in Architectural Engineering Design I. Students will be using Autodesk Revit soft ware to create 2D and 3D Advanced Engineering Design homes. Credit: 1/2 (cr/nc) Level: IV AUTOMOTIVE Grade off ered: 11, 12 Fall AT8531 Spring AT8532 Prerequisite: Engineering Design Small Engines

Th is course studies three-dimensional (3D) CAD tech- Credit: 1/2 (cr/nc) Level: III niques and applications with emphasis on increasing Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Fall AT6226 productivity in the creation and editing of 3D models Spring AT6227 using Autodesk Fusion 360 soft ware. Units focus on the Prerequisite: None nature of solid modeling as contrasted with traditional two-dimensional techniques emphasizing mechanical Small Engines is the fi rst class taken on the road to applications and include development and editing of become a qualifi ed automotive technician. Th e course solid entities, wireframe modeling, surfacing, shading, introduces the small engine and uses it to demon- 3D primitives of solids, plotting 3D models on the 3D strate in-depth concepts such as 2 and 4 stroke theory, printer, and generating solids that aid in 3D construc- combustion, thermodynamics, torque, and also touches tion models in manufacturing situations. This course on alternative fuel sources. Students will understand can earn dual credit through Triton College. the parts of the engine, how they work together for an engine to perform correctly, and how to disassemble Architectural Engineering Design I and reassemble a 4 stroke engine. Students will also learn diagnostic procedures to resolve common issues Credit: 1/2 (cr/nc) Level: IV with small engines and be profi cient in skills including rebuilding carburetors, testing spark and fuel systems, Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Fall AT9216 and repairing or replacing parts of a small engine. Spring AT9217 11, 12 Fall AT9211 Spring AT9212 Engine Rebuild & Diagnostics Prerequisite: Engineering Design Credit: 1/2 Level: IV Students will begin exploring the architectural career Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Fall AT6346 fi eld. Th is course covers the architectural draft ing Spring AT6347 fundamentals, planning, and design. We will study ar- Prerequisite: Small Engines chitectural home style and the basic home designs that go into the diff erent styles. A focus will be placed on Th is course allows a comprehensive tear down, diag- designing a home concerning the understanding of how nosis, and rebuild of two of the industry’s top perfor- the living, sleeping, and service area layouts are essen- mance engines. Students will have the opportunity to

Applied Technology

48 work on Chevrolet 350 V8 and LS based engines. Th ese as scan tools, digital oscilloscopes, emissions gas ana- 400 horse power engines will be torn down to a bare lyzers, and digital multi-meters. Course units will focus crankshaft and fully rebuilt with all new gaskets. Th e on brakes, steering, suspension, drivetrain, starting motors will then be started and checked for proper and charging systems, and OBD2 /vehicle diagnostics. operation on a live engine test stand and revved to Students will also have the opportunity to complete live 6000 RPM. Advanced engine building techniques will lab work on a variety of vehicles requiring students to be discussed, diagnostic procedures will be practiced, communicate as a service consultant with the vehicles factories will be toured, and students will have the op- respective owners, set up appointments, and manage portunity to learn about high performance options such lab teams to become career ready. This course can as turbochargers, superchargers, and nitrous. earn dual credit through Triton College. Car Care Essentials ENGINEERING Credit: 1/2 (cr/nc) Level: IV Grade Off ered: 11, 12 Fall AT5911 Engineering and Invention 1 Spring AT5912 Prerequisite: None Credit: 1/2 (cr/nc) Level: III or IV Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Fall AT5546 Don’t leave home without it! Th is course will teach the Spring AT5547 necessary skills in basic car care, preventative mainte- 11,12 Fall AT5541 nance, and road-side safety. Students will learn how to Spring AT5542 maximize the life of a vehicle while saving money and Prerequisite: None becoming a self-suffi cient automotive technician. Stu- dents will have the opportunity to work on live vehicle Th is is a course for the student who wants to explore repairs aft er covering units such as under hood checks, engineering as a career. Th is course uses STEM (Sci- oil/lubrication, tires, brakes, purchasing new/used ence, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics) vehicles, and professional automotive detailing. Th is project-based assignments to explore and understand course is the foundation of the automotive program. the engineering design process. Problem solving is utilized to overcome problems of design, development, Automotive Engineering & Fabrication production, and testing of a product. Topics covered include mechanical, structural, electrical, hydraulics, Credit: 1/2 (cr/nc) (dc) Level: IV robotics, and programming. Students will use a variety Grade Off ered: 11, 12 Fall AT6351 of soft ware programs to design, test, and analyze prob- Spring AT6352 lems. Students will work in design teams and present Prerequisite: Car Care Essentials or Engineering Design their fi ndings to the class in various applications. This or Engineering & Invention 1 course can earn dual credit through Triton College.

Th is course focuses on the research, design, and fab- Engineering and Invention 2 rication aspects of the automotive industry. Students will have the opportunity to design, engineer, and build Credit: 1/2 (cr/nc) (dc) Level: IV motorized vehicles using 3D soft ware, learn to fabricate Grade Off ered: 11, 12 Fall AT6411 (roll cages, crash bars, custom exhausts, turbo kits, etc.) Spring AT6412 and even build classic hot rods that will be debuted at SEMA show. Students will learn skills such as MIG Prerequisite: Algebra I (Accel) or higher, or concur- welding, TIG welding, sheet metal fabrication, minor rent enrollment in Algebra I (Accel) or higher,

body work, and much more. Th e only limit to this Engineering and Invention 1, Principles of Aeronauti- Technology Applied course is your imagination. This course can earn dual cal Science credit through Triton College. Th is is a continuing course of Engeering 1. Still using STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, Mathemat- Automotive Service & Diagnostics ics) project based assignments. Problem solving is utilized to overcome problems of design, develop- Credit: 1 (cr/nc) Level: IV ment, production, and the testing of a product. Topics Grade Off ered: 12 Annual AT5311 covered could include but not limited to; mechanical, AT5312 structural, pneumatics, vacuum forming, robotics, and Prerequisite: Car Care Essentials materials. Students will use a variety of soft wares to design, test, and anaylize problems. Students will work Automotive Service and Diagnostics is the capstone in design teams and present their fi nds to the class in course of the LTCC Automotive Program that harnesses various applications. the skills learned in Car Care Essentials. Students will become profi cient technicians by using equipment such

49 be given the opportunity to make a fl at paneled, solid FURNITURE MAKING hardwood, blanket chest. Standard choice of lumber is red oak, but students can chose to upgrade to ash, quartered red oak, quartered white oak, or cherry during the fi rst Introduction to Furniture Making 1 two weeks of the class. Students will be responsible for basic red oak lumber and hardware fees of $110.00. Credit: 1/2 (cr/nc) Level: III Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Fall AT5716 Spring AT5717 Furniture/Cabinet Making II 11, 12 Fall AT5711 Spring AT5712 Credit: 1 (cr/nc) (dc) Level: IV Prerequisite: None Grade Off ered: 10 Annual AT5856 AT5857 Th is course is designed to introduce the student to the 11, 12 Annual AT5851 safe operation of industrial machinery, power tools, AT5852 and hand tools. Students will complete three projects Prerequisite: Furniture and Cabinet Making I designed to teach the fundamentals of basic joinery, growth ring lay out, gluing/clamping, and fi nishing Th is course has been designed to allow students to con- techniques. We begin with an in-depth study of the tinue to study advanced furniture making skills. Students machinery and power tools used in this industry with a will build on the previous year’s knowledge through the major examination of how they work, and most impor- opportunity to make a solid wood computer table/writing tantly, how to use them in a safe and productive man- desk with turned legs, and with a pullout keyboard and/or ner to produce furniture. Each student will then have dovetailed drawer boxes. Standard choice of lumber is red an opportunity to make several beginning level projects oak, but students can choose to upgrade to ash, quartered that he/she will bring home throughout the semester. red oak, quartered white oak, or cherry during the fi rst Students will be responsible for lumber and hard- two weeks of the class. Students will be responsible for ware fees of $45.00. basic red oak lumber and hardware fees of $135.00. Students taking the course for duplicate credit (DC) will make a small entertainment console by using veneered Introduction to Furniture Making 2 plywood, solid wood face frames mitered into fl at pan- eled sides, dovetailed drawer boxes, fl at paneled drawer Credit: 1/2 (cr/nc) Level: III fronts and solid fl at paneled doors, and adjustable shelving. Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Fall AT5726 Choices of woods are red oak, quartered red oak, white oak, quartered white oak, and cherry. Students will be Spring AT5727 responsible for lumber and hardware fees that range 11, 12 Fall AT5721 between $290 to $450.00, depending upon the lumber Spring AT5722 chosen. Prerequisite: Introduction to Furniture Making 1

Th is course picks up where Introduction to Furni- ture Making 1 leaves off . Students will build a piece of furniture by using the knowledge gained from the fi rst course and building upon it with new techniques and joinery. Students will be encouraged to work more in- dependently, and collaborate with other students using team building skills during parts of the project. Empha- sis will be placed on raising quality standards. Students will be responsible for lumber and hardware fees of $65.00.

Furniture/Cabinet Making I Credit: 1 (cr/nc) Level: IV Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Annual AT5846 AT5847 11, 12 Annual AT5821 AT5822 Prerequisite: None Th is course will allow the student to study furniture making by using hand tools, power tools, and industrial

Applied Technology machinery. During this year-long course, students will

50 orient ed. It gives students an opportunity to use skills GENERAL ELECTIVES obtained from courses that they have been taking in high school. Th e main objec tive is to develop in each student the abili ties, attitudes, and skills necessary to assure a more successful transfer from school oriented ac tivities Home Maintenance and Repair to adult living. Students and parents are also required to sign a “Student Credit: 1/2 (cr/nc) Level: III Agreement and Training Memorandum” in which the Grade Off ered: 11, 12 Fall AT5221 guidelines are reviewed. Spring AT5222 Prerequisite: None Industrial and Related Occupations II Th is course is for students who wish to learn the basic skills in maintaining a home. Students will learn how to repair Credit: 2 (cr/nc classroom only) Level: III basic electrical circuits, basic framing construction, drywall Grade Off ered: 12 Annual AT4321 installation, mudding/taping and hole repair for drywall, AT4322 painting, installation of ceramic tile, basic plumbing of Annual AT4421 copper and PVC, and demolition. Skills developed will help AT4422 students maintain, upgrade and care for a home while sav- Work Experience students must enroll in both classroom ing money by doing the work themselves. and work experience. Prerequisite: In dustrial and Related Occupations I

Career Internship Program Th is course is an extension if I.R.O.I. Students are ex- pected to continue obtaining experience in the world of Credit: 1/2 (dc) Level: IV work within the community. Diff erent occupations may Grade Off ered: 11, 12 Fall AT5571 be tried, if desired. Th e classroom instruction is individ- Spring AT5572 ualized to meet each student’s personal needs. Experi- Summer AT5558 or AT5559 ence on the job must be industrial-occupation oriented. Students and parents are also required to sign a “Student Th is course is designed for the student who is seeking work Agreement and Training Memorandum” in which the experience in an area that they wish to pursue as a career guidelines are reviewed. upon graduation or aft er attending college. Th e student will apply for the internship through the department that they wish to receive credit for the experience. Th e student will work a minimum of 90 hours during the semester for credit for the course. Th e student will have weekly contact with the supervising teacher, develop a culminating project based upon the experience, be evaluated by the supervising teacher and the employer for the fi nal grade. Th e student is responsible for their own transportation to and from the work place. Th is course may be taken for duplicate credit. It is the sole discretion of each department team to recom- mend the student for a work internship. Application does not guarantee admission.

Industrial and Related Occupations I Applied Technology Applied Credit: 2 (cr/nc classroom only) Level: III Grade Off ered: 11, 12 Annual AT4311 AT4312 Annual AT4411 AT4412 Work Experience students must enroll in both classroom and work experience. Prerequisite: 16 years old and approval of parents, coun selor, and course coord inator Th is course, commonly called I.R.O., is designed for stu- dents who wish to obtain exper ience in the world of work prior to gradua tion from high school with the purpose of en abling the student to make a better career choice aft er high school. Th e experi ence must be industrial-occupation

51 Applied Technology Classes When choosing Annual Courses, you will need the fi rst and second semester codes.

Freshman Courses Junior and Senior Courses Annual Annual AT5846/7 Furniture / Cabinetmaking I AT3361/2 Private Pilot Operations AT9311/2 Architectural Engineering Design II Fall Only AT5311/2 Automotive Service & Diagnostics AT5156 Aviation 1 AT5821/2 Furniture / Cabinetmaking I AT5166 Aviation 2 AT5851/2 Furniture / Cabinetmaking II AT5536 Engineering Design AT4311/2 Industrial & Related Occupations I AT5546 Eng & Invention 1 AT4321/2 Industrial & Related Occupations II AT5716 Intro Furniture Making 1 AT4411/2 Work Exp IRO 1 AT5726 Intro Furniture Making 2 AT4421/2 Work Exp IRO 2 AT6226 Small Engines /Power AT6346 Engine Rebuild & Diagnostics Fall Only AT5171 Drones: UAS Spring Only AT5211 Principles of Aeronautical Science AT5157 Aviation 1 (AS120) AT5167 Aviation 2 AT5911 Car Care Essentials AT5537 Engineering Design AT5531 Engineering Design AT5547 Eng & Invention 1 AT5541 Engineering & Invention 1 AT5717 Intro Furniture Making 1 AT6411 Engineering & Invention 2 AT5727 Intro Furniture Making 2 AT8531 Advanced Engineering Design AT6227 Small Engines /Power AT9211 Architectural Engineering Design 1 AT6347 Engine Rebuild & Diagnostics AT9311 Architectural Engineering Design 2 AT5711 Intro Furniture Making 1 Sophomore Courses AT5721 Intro Furniture Making 2 Annual AT5221 Home Maintenance and Repair AT5846/7 Furniture / Cabinetmaking I AT6351 Automotive Engineering & Fabrication AT5856/7 Furniture / Cabinetmaking II Spring Only Fall Only AT5172 Drones: UAS AT5156 Aviation 1 AT5212 Principles of Aeronautical Science AT5166 Aviation 2 (AS120) AT5176 Drones: UAS AT5912 Car Care Essentials AT5216 Principles of Aeronautical Science AT5532 Engineering Design (AS120) AT5542 Engineering & Invention 1 AT5536 Engineering Design AT6412 Engineering & Invention 2 AT9216 Architectural Engineering Design 1 AT8532 Advanced Engineering Design AT9316 Architectural Engineering Design 2 AT9212 Architectural Engineering Design 1 AT5546 Engineering & Invention 1 AT9312 Architectural Engineering Design 2 AT5716 Intro Furniture Making 1 AT5712 Intro Furniture Making 1 AT5726 Intro Furniture Making 2 AT5722 Intro Furniture Making 2 AT6226 Small Engines /Power AT5222 Home Maintenance and Repair AT6346 Engine Rebuild & Diagnostics AT6352 Automotive Engineering & Fabrication

Spring Only Fall or Spring AT5157 Aviation 1 AT5571/2 Career Internship AT5167 Aviation 2 AT5177 Drones: UAS AT5217 Principles of Aeronautical Science (AS120) AT5537 Engineering Design AT9217 Architectural Engineering Design 1 AT9317 Architectural Engineering Design 2 AT5547 Engineering & Invention 1 AT5717 Intro Furniture Making 1 AT5727 Intro Furniture Making 2 AT6227 Small Engines /Power AT6347 Engine Rebuild & Diagnostics

Applied Technology

52 AP Art History Ceramics - Beginning/Intermediate/Advanced Digital Photo Art Advanced Photography Drawing & Painting - Beginning/Intermediate/Advanced Animation Graphic Design Jewelry & Metalsmithing - Beginning/Intermediate AP Studio Art/Studio Art Accel Career Internship Program Art

53 Ms. Paula Nardi, Division Chair Mr. Mark Dahl Assistant Division Chair TEL: SC (708) 579-6585, NC (708) 579-6488 TEL: NC (708) 579-6368 FAX: (708) 579-6497 EMAIL: [email protected] EMAIL: [email protected]

Fine Arts Division Philosophy Th e departments of the Fine Arts Division include Art, Music, and World Languages. All focus on the need for individual expression and communication with others. Each area nurtures the internal development of creativity, intuition, reasoning, and imagination and off ers a unique means by which thoughts and feelings can be conveyed to familiar and foreign societies. It is the belief of the Division that, through these timeless disciplines, students will come to appreciate civilizations past and to contribute to the future advancement of the individual and society. Art Department Philosophy Focusing on production, aesthetic understanding, art criticism, art history, and communication skills, students will experience a variety of media and materials with which they can creatively express their thoughts and feelings. Such creation will enrich students’ life experiences. Course Sequences

Art History AP

1.0 Credit - NC Only - No prereq. Art

54 Art Department Standards

Standard I Studio Art Skills A. Students will apply the elements and principles of design in the creation of works of art. B. Students will work with a variety of tools, materials, processes, and technology necessary to creating works of art. C. Students will be prompted and encouraged to explore the production of art in a creative, communicative, and expressive manner. D. Students will learn to create art in a responsible manner. Standard II Art Criticism Students will learn the skills and appropriate vocabulary for discussing a work of art in terms of its positive and negative qualities and its overall eff ectiveness on a formal and conceptual level. Standard III Aesthetic Education Students will be introduced to the concept of aesthetic values and will consider these values in regards to their personal work and the work of others. Standard IV Art History Students will learn about signifi cant artists and artworks in regards to how they relate to concepts and skills that they are practicing in the studio.

Art and Advanced Placement (AP) Examinations • Students interested in AP Studio Art should carefully plan their schedules in their freshman and sophomore years before they get to North. To get to AP Studio Art in Drawing and Painting, students must take Beginning and Intermediate freshman or sophomore year, the full year of Advanced junior year, to be followed by the full year of AP Studio Art senior year. To get to AP Studio Art in Photo- graphy, students need to take Digital Photo Art to be followed by Advanced Photography in their junior year. To get to AP Studio Art in the 3D program, students need to either complete the Jewelry and Metalsmithing sequence through the Intermediate class or the Ceramic sequence through the Advanced class by the end of their junior year. • Th e Art Department off ers advanced art students the opportunity to prepare for two Advanced Placement examinations: Art History and Studio Art (Drawing, 2D Design, 3D Design). • Students wishing to prepare for the AP Art History examination should enroll in AP Art History. • Students wishing to qualify for the AP Studio Art (Drawing, 2D Design, or 3D Design) portfolio are expected to produce original work of high quality and to explore areas of particular interest to them. Works for the portfolio must be photographed in digital form and should be quality examples representative of the breadth and concentration of their experiences. Students interested in participating in these AP experiences are encouraged to enroll in AP Studio Art.

Other Information • Some courses require students to purchase a portion of their own materials. • All courses listed under Art apply toward the Creative Arts graduation requirement. • Independent Study Under specifi c conditions as outlined on p. 25 of the Guide, students may make application for Independent Study. In all cases, students must secure parent, teacher, counselor, divisional, and building administration approval. Independent Study may not be taken as an 8th semester/annual course. Art

55 AP Art History Students will continue to develop their hand-building skills and throwing techniques using the potter’s wheel. Credit: 1 (cr/nc) Level: V Emphasis will be placed on the technical and conceptu- Grade Off ered: 11, 12 Annual AR8011 al development of the student’s clay work. Creativity in AR8012 design and using clay as an expressive medium of ideas Prerequisite: None will be explored in-depth. Examples of student work, as well as that of historical and contemporary ceramics AP Art History introduces students to the understand- artists, will be examined. ing and enjoyment of works of art and prepares them for the AP Art History examination. It promotes the Drawing and Painting - Beginning understanding of art as it relates to its cultural context. Th e class begins with prehistoric art and continues Credit: 1/2 (cr/nc) Level: III throughout the year with a series of lectures, assign- Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Fall AR5316 ments, and fi eld trips that cover the history of art into Spring AR5317 the 21st century. No prior experience in art is necessary. 11, 12 Fall AR5311 Students who are interested in areas such as history, Spring AR5312 literature, and art are encouraged to enroll. Prerequisite: None Ceramics - Beginning Th is is a hands-on class designed to introduce students to basic 2D art skills through studio work and sketch- Credit: 1/2 (cr/nc) Level: III book assignments. Students will learn how to draw the Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Fall AR5616 fi gure and other objects through observation. Students Spring AR5617 will also be introduced to diff erent materials and ways 11, 12 Fall AR5611 of art-making. Th is will connect basic ideas of art his- Spring AR5612 tory to the students’ projects. Th rough these basic ideas Prerequisite: None and projects, students will learn how to discuss and critique art. Th is beginning level course introduces students to basic methods of using clay to create artwork. Students will Drawing and Painting - Intermediate practice hand-building techniques that include coil rolling, and slab construction. Students will also be in- Credit: 1/2 (cr/nc) Level: III troduced to, and gain experience on the potter’s wheel. Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Fall AR4426 Basic design and decorative processes will be included Spring AR4427 to assist students in developing unique and creative 11, 12 Fall AR4421 projects in clay. Spring AR4422 Prerequisite: Draw ing and Painting - Beginning Ceramics - Intermediate Students will continue their explorations from the Credit: 1/2 (cr/nc) Level: III beginning class with more sophistication while learn- Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Fall AR4726 ing new skills and processes. Students will consider Spring AR4727 ideas and content as they create their works. Some key 11, 12 Fall AR4721 projects will be an acrylic painting, more observational Spring AR4722 work, and an experience in printmaking. Prerequisite: Ceram ics - Beginning

Students will develop throwing skills using the potter’s Drawing and Painting - Advanced wheel and hand-building skills using slabs and coils. Students will also explore a variety of surface decorating Credit: 1 (cr/nc) Level: IV techniques and work with diff erent clay bodies includ- Grade Off ered: 11, 12 Annual AR4431 ing terra cotta and porcelain. Students in this course AR4432 will concentrate on developing their technical skills and Prerequisite: Draw ing & Painting - Beginning and creatively expressing ideas with clay. Intermediate Ceramics - Advanced Th is is a year-long class in which students will continue their study of drawing, painting, and printmaking. Th ey Credit: 1/2 (cr/nc) Level: IV will learn new processes like making drypoints or an Grade Off ered: 11, 12 Fall AR4731 oil painting with greater expectations for the quality Spring AR4732 of their work and images. Along the way, students will Prerequisite: Ceram ics - Beginning and Intermediate complete journals and study images to learn the process of art-making in preparation for further practice in col-

Art lege or on their own. Th is class will provide the founda

56 tion for the start of a portfolio as students move from Th is class is for the serious art student who would like an emphasis in skill-based projects in the fall to focus to learn to communicate visually through design and projects in the spring. drawing. Students will be exposed to the fundamental skills required to make sophisticated graphic design: process, historical context, and communication through Animation image-making and typography. Students will produce advertisements, logos, menus, and package designs Credit: 1/2 (cr/nc) Level: III using Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, and InDesign. Th is Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Fall AR5416 course is designed for students considering a career in Spring AR5417 art. 11, 12 Fall AR5411 Spring AR5412 Prerequisite: None Jewelry & Metalsmithing, Beginning

Animation is a beginning level course. Students will Credit: 1/2 (cr/nc) Level: III learn basic skills and key concepts involving digital Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Fall AR4836 capture and illustration through the creation of tradi- Spring AR4837 tional 2D and CG animations. Learning will be geared 11, 12 Fall AR4831 towards tools and basic techniques using industry stan- Spring AR4832 dard soft ware in Adobe Photoshop, Adobe Premiere, Prerequisite: None Adobe Flash, and Adobe Aft er Eff ects. No previous computer skills required. Th is beginning level course introduces students to the basic techniques for creating jewelry and other small Digital Photo Art art forms using metals and found objects. Students will explore metalworking techniques that include saw- CCredit:redit: 1/21/2 (cr/nc)(cr/nc) Level:Level: IIIIII ing with a jeweler’s saw, soldering with a torch, etching GGraderade OOffff eered:red: 9,9, 1010 F Fallall AR6616AR6616 with acid, piercing with a drill press, stone-setting, and SpringSpring AAR6617R6617 wire manipulation. Basic design and other decorative 1 11,1, 1122 F Fallall AR6611AR6611 processes will be covered to encourage each student in SpringSpring AAR6612R6612 developing unique and creative projects in metal. Safety PPrerequisite:rerequisite: NoneNone is of utmost importance. All safety procedures must be followed and a safety and behavior contract must Students will learn the fundamentals of photography by be turned in before beginning to work. Students will exploring both the technical and artistic aspects of the purchase safety goggles from the bookstore. medium including basic camera operation, composi- tion, digital enhancement, and manipulation using pri- Jewelry and Metalsmithing, marily Adobe Photoshop and Adobe Illustrator. Focus will be on technical and aesthetic growth along with the Intermediate creative process of making imagery. Th e class will intro- duce students to the principles of contemporary media. Credit: ½ (cr/nc) Level: III Students are encouraged to supply their own digital Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Fall AR4846 camera. It must have adjustable focus and exposure Spring AR4847 which allows control of both aperture (A or Av settings) 11, 12 Fall AR4841 and shutter speed (S or TV settings). Students may NOT Spring AR4842 use a fully automatic or “point and shoot” type cam- Prerequisite: Jewelry & Metalsmithing, Beginning era or cell phone to take photos in this course. LTHS Students will continue to develop their metalworking provides an opportunity for students to borrow school and design skills. Sawing, soldering, etching, pierc- owned camera equipment on a limited 24 hour basis. A ing, stone-setting and wire manipulation skills will be contract for borrowing equipment will be required stat- reviewed and explored in depth. Additional techniques ing the student’s responsibility for broken, lost, stolen may include work with metal mold-making material, equipment repair or replacement. No equipment will cold connections, bezel stone setting, hand-coloration be loaned without a signed contract. of metals, and using found objects. Equipment/materi- als such as torches, drill press, fl exi-shaft , hand tools, Graphic Design buff ers, saws, and etching acids will be used. Students should come creatively motivated and have good time Credit: 1/2 (cr/nc) Level: III management skills. Safety is of utmost importance. All Grade Off ered: 11, 12 Fall AR6411 safety procedures must be followed and a safety and Spring AR6412 behavior contract must be turned in before beginning to work. Students must purchase safety goggles from the Art Prerequisite: Digital Photo Art bookstore if not saved from the beginning class.

57 Photography - Advanced AP Studio Art

Credit: 1/2 (cr/nc) Level: IV Credit: 1 (cr/nc) Level: V Grade Off ered: 11, 12 Fall AR6321 Grade Off ered: 12 Spring AR6322 2-D Design Annual AR9211 Prerequisite: Digital Photo Art AR9212 3-D Design Annual AR9221 Students will continue to expand their basic photographic AR9222 knowledge and techniques including camera usage, ma- Drawing Annual AR9231 nipulation, and presentation. Th is class is designed to in- AR9232 troduce students to a more advanced level of photographic Prerequisite: Successful completion of the full sequence skill and aesthetic judgment. Students will be directed of Drawing and Painting, Ceramics, toward more narrative and conceptual projects that result Photography or Metals in a portfolio of thematic images. Technical skills will be mastered, visual awareness refi ned, and personal creative In this class, students continue their studies at a highly expression explored using Adobe Photoshop, Adobe Illus- rigorous level from the advanced classes of any studio trator, and Adobe Lightroom Classic. Students are en- area. Th e course design will follow the guidelines of couraged to supply their own digital camera. It must have the Advanced Placement class of the College Board. adjustable focus and exposure which allows control of both Students must declare an area of concentration and will aperture (A or Av settings) and shutter speed (S or TV set- be placed in a classroom of advanced students. Th ose tings). Students may NOT use a fully automatic or “point students interested in creating a portfolio for college, ap- and shoot” type camera or cell phone to take photos in this plying for scholarships, or submitting materials for the course. LTHS provides an opportunity for students to bor- College Board examination (2-D Design, 3-D Design row school owned camera equipment on a limited 24 hour or Drawing) are encouraged to enroll. Please read the basis. A contract for borrowing equipment will be required section on AP Studio Art on page 55. stating the student’s responsibility for broken, lost, stolen equipment repair or replacement. No equipment will be loaned without a signed contract. Career Internship Program Credit: 1/2 (dc) Level: IV Studio Art Accel Grade Off ered: 11, 12 Fall AR5551 Spring AR5552 Credit: ½ (cr/nc) (dc) Level: IV Summer AR5558 AR5559 Grade Off ered: 12 Fall AR9011 Spring AR9012 Th is course is designed for the student who is seeking Prerequisite: Advanced course in Drawing & Painting, work experience in an area that they wish to pursue as a Ceramics, Jewelry & Metalsmithing career upon graduation or aft er attending college. Th e and/or Photography student will apply for the internship through the depart- ment that they wish to receive credit for the experience. Th is class off ers students the option to continue their Th e student will work a minimum of 90 hours during studies from the advanced classes of any studio area. It the semester for credit for the course. Th e student will is encouraged for those interested in creating a portfolio have weekly contact with the supervising teacher, devel- for college or applying for scholarships. Th is accelerated op a culminating project based upon the experience, be class is off ered for one or two semesters. Students must evaluated by the supervising teacher and the employer declare an area of concentration and will be placed in a for the fi nal grade. Th e student is responsible for their classroom of advanced students. own transportation to and from the work place. Th is course may be taken for duplicate credit. It is the sole discretion of each department team to recommend the student for a work internship. Application does not guarantee admission. Art

58 Art Classes

When choosing Annual Courses, you will need the fi rst and second semester codes.

Freshman Courses Junior and Senior Courses Fall Only Annual AR5416 Animation AR8011/2 AP Art History AR5616 Ceramics, Beginning AR9111/2 AP Studio Art AR4726 Ceramics, Intermediate AR4431/2 Drawing & Painting, Advanced AR6616 Digital Photo Art Fall Only AR5316 Drawing & Painting, Beginning AR6321 Advanced Photography AR4426 Drawing & Painting, Intermediate AR5411 Animation AR4836 Jewelry & Metalsmithing, Beginning AR5611 Ceramics, Beginning AR4846 Jewelry & Metalsmithing, Intermediate AR4721 Ceramics, Intermediate Spring Only AR4731 Ceramics, Advanced AR5417 Animation AR6611 Digital Photo Art AR5617 Ceramics, Beginning AR5311 Drawing & Painting, Beginning AR4727 Ceramics, Intermediate AR4421 Drawing & Painting, Intermediate AR6617 Digital Photo Art AR6411 Graphic Design AR5317 Drawing & Painting Beginning AR4831 Jewelry & Metalsmithing, Beginning AR4427 Drawing & Painting Intermediate AR4841 Jewelry & Metalsmithing, Intermediate AR4837 Jewelry & Metalsmithing, Beginning AR9011 Studio Art Accel AR4847 Jewelry & Metalsmithing, Intermediate Spring Only AR6322 Advanced Photography Sophomore Courses AR5412 Animation Fall Only AR5612 Ceramics, Beginning AR5416 Animation AR4722 Ceramics, Intermediate AR5616 Ceramics, Beginning AR4732 Ceramics, Advanced AR4726 Ceramics, Intermediate AR6612 Digital Photo Art AR6616 Digital Photo Art AR5312 Drawing & Painting, Beginning AR5316 Drawing & Painting, Beginning AR4422 Drawing & Painting, Intermediate AR4426 Drawing & Painting, Intermediate AR6412 Graphic Design AR4836 Jewelry & Metalsmithing, Beginning AR4832 Jewelry & Metalsmithing, Beginning AR4846 Jewelry & Metalsmithing, Intermediate AR4842 Jewelry & Metalsmithing, Intermediate AR9012 Studio Art Accel Spring Only AR5417 Animation Fall or Spring AR5617 Ceramics, Beginning AR5551/2 Career Internship AR4727 Ceramics, Intermediate AR6617 Digital Photo Art AR5317 Drawing & Painting, Beginning AR4427 Drawing & Painting, Intermediate AR4837 Jewelry & Metalsmithing, Beginning

AR4847 Jewelry & Metalsmithing, Intermediate Art

59 AP Computer Science A AP Computer Science Principles Accounting 1, 2 Business Law Career Internship Program Computer Applications (MOS) Consumer Economics INCubatoredu Introduction to Business Keyboarding Marketing MobileMakersEdu 1 MobileMakersEdu 2 PC Repair & Maintenance (A+) Programming in Python Web Page Development Business Education

60 Mr. Paul Houston, Division Chair Danielle Radzialowski, Assistant Division Chair TEL: SC (708) 579-6546, NC (708) 579-6420 TEL: NC (708) 579-6381 EMAIL: [email protected] EMAIL: [email protected]

Business Education Department Philosophy Th e Business Education Department of Lyons Township High School off ers a wide selection of course off erings that meet a variety of student needs. Careful selection of courses can help students develop valuable skills for personal use, begin an exploration of possible areas of study, and gain useful information for selecting and beginning college study. Also, a student may acquire signifi cant skills helpful for initial and future employment opportunities.

Programs South Campus 9-10 North Campus 11-12

Accounting  Accounting 1 & 2

 Business Law Business  Computer Applications (MOS)  Introduction to Business  Introduction to Business Administration  INCubatoredu

 AP Computer Science Principles  AP Computer Science A  Computer Applications (MOS)  Computer Applications (MOS)  Keyboarding  Keyboarding Computer Science  MobileMakersEdu 1  MobileMakersEdu 1  PC Repair & Maintenance (A+)  MobileMakersEdu 2  Progamming in Python  PC Repair & Maintenance (A+)  Web Page Development  Programming in Python  Web Page Development

 Computer Applications (MOS)  Computer Applications (MOS) Marketing  Introduction to Business  Introduction to Business  Keyboarding  Keyboarding  Web Page Development Marketing Web Page Development

 Computer Applications (MOS)  AP Computer Science A  Keyboarding  Computer Applications (MOS)  MobileMakersEdu 1  Keyboarding Technology  PC Repair & Maintenance (A+)  MobileMakersEdu 1  Programming in Python  MobileMakersEdu 2  Web Page Development  PC Repair & Maintenance (A+)  Programming in Python  Web Page Development Business

61 Business Education Department Standards

The Business Education Department has established standards for student learning that both guide its courses and programs and challenge students academically. There are six general standards as titled and stated below. In addition, each general standard has specifi c student learning standards that are available upon request. Finally, specifi c standards for each course and program have been developed, and these are distributed to students at the beginning of each semester or annual course.

Business Education programs will include experiences that provide for...

Standard I Career Awareness study and understanding of business-related careers and for the evaluation of activities in the workplace.

Standard II Communication Skills eff ective use of communication skills.

Standard III Technological Knowledge and Skills study and understanding of business-related technological hardware and soft ware.

Standard IV Work Ethics study and understanding of practical ethical behavior.

Standard V Business Principles study and general understanding of the business world and basic skills for business management.

Standard VI Economic Literacy study and understanding of how people have organized for and worked within the production, distribution, and consumption of goods and services. Business

62 Business eld. e course course e e material material e rst-semester, college-level college-level rst-semester, rld and day-to-day business business day-to-day rld and ered: 11, 12 Fall BU5811 9, 10 ered: Annual BU9746 rd the Practical Arts graduation requirement except except requirement Arts the Practical graduation rd 63 the ability develop to the student enables is course the foundational to the students introduces is course Business Law 1/2 (cr/nc) Credit: Level: III Off Grade None Prerequisite: BU5812 Spring Th of principles the fundamental evaluate and identify to wo used in the business law their legal in understanding students will aid It ities. activ Th bilities. responsi and obligations, rights, AP Computer Science Principles Computer AP 1 Credit: Off Grade Prerequisite: Algebra I Th BU9747 the impact explores science and computer of concepts a With society. our on technology and have computing real-world and solving problem creative focus on unique course Science Principles AP Computer applications, Level: V several im- explore to the opportunity students gives ideas and their own using computing of topics portant artifacts create to computing of use the power creativity, in computer interest an develop and value personal of in the fi further will foster science endeavors that con- of elements the essential of a study cludes in covered participate cases and realistic will study tracts. Students in a mocktrial. emphasizes object-oriented programming and design and programming object-oriented emphasizes AP Computer language. programming the Java using a fi to Science A is equivalent science. in computer course and social implications of computing systems. Th systems. computing of socialand implications c conditions as outlined on p. 25 of the Guide, students may apply for for apply may students the Guide, 25 of p. on outlined as c conditions e theory double- of This course can earn dual Under specifi Under ac- a business of e practices nancial records for a simulated a simulated for records nancial Students should select from appropriate courses to preview subject areas in which an interest interest in which an areas subject preview to courses appropriate select from should Students ra II (Prep) or concurrent enroll- enroll- concurrent or ra II (Prep) 11, 12 ered: Annual BU9751 ered: 11, 12 ered: Spring BU5522 ered: 11, 12 ered: Fall BU5511 Independent Study Independent building and divisional, counselor, teacher, secure parent, must all cases, students In Study. Independent course. be 8th taken semester/annual not as an may Study Independent approval. administration exists as this may help in narrowing down possible college majors. majors. possible college down in narrowing help as thisexists may Personal Use Use Personal towa apply Education under Business listed All courses 7). (see p. Economics Consumer

   ac- of the fundamentals with continues is course is course is recommended for stu dents who want to to who want dents stu for is recommended is course Credit: 1 Credit: Off Grade com- to students Science A introduces AP Computer Fundamental programming. science through puter to solutions the of design include in this course topics large organize to structures data the use of problems, Level: V of implementation and the development data, sets of new informa- discover and data process to algorithms the ethical and solutions, potential of the analysis tion, AP Computer Science A Science Computer AP Prerequisite: Algeb BU9752 approval chair division or ment, business enterprise during a normal month’s operations. operations. month’s a normal during enterprise business fol- immediately this should possible, course Whenever 1. Accounting low Th payroll of the study includes It theory. counting de- methodsmethods, of and inventory accounting, the practical with students provide which preciation, fi experience keeping of Credit: 1/2 Credit: Off Grade 1 Accounting Prerequisite: Level: IV Accounting 2 Th for accounting of understanding fundamental a pursue Th a career. for and college Accounting 1 1/2 (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade None Prerequisite: BU5512 Spring Level: III Th presented. are program counting empha- cycle are the accounting and entry accounting college for is a basic requirement Accounting sized. will be presented applications Problem majors. business understanding. enhance to College of DuPage. through credit Business credit, and career planning. III Level: fi ied include economics, insurance, investments, taxes, concerns that faceallconsumers. Topics stud- to be Spring BU0552 Th Prerequisite: None Grade Off Credit: 1/2 Consumer Economics College ofDuPage. to pursue. and achieve successinwhateverogy fi is to help students compete intoday’s world of technol- ment of allresearch papers at LT. Th guage Association isarequire- guidelines,which (MLA) formatting for research papers using Modern the Lan- Township High including School, development of proper assiststudentscourse willalso inother courses at Lyons completing projects using various the programs. Th programs.these Students willgain hands-on experience profi Microsoftthe Word, Excel, Access, PowerPoint, and Publisher. Using Computer Applications willtrain students areas inthe of workplace, up-to-date computer skillsare anecessity. Spring BU4222 In order to remain current intoday’s ever-changing III Level: Spring Prerequisite: Keyboarding BU4221 BU4227 Fall skills 11, 12 Grade Off Credit: 1/2(cr/nc) Computer Applications (MOS) Week helps fi a business to get geared them up for Pitch Week. Pitch human resources, of running aswell legalaspects asthe student teams about willlearn marketing, accounting, business plan development. course the of Over year, the through process the of ideation, market research, and ascoaches and mentorswill serve guiding student teams III Level: Real-world entrepreneursservice. and business experts tunity to create and fully develop own their product or becoming entrepreneurs true by giving oppor- the them Th Prerequisite: None Grade Off Spring Credit: 1 BU5912 INCubatoredu nance, comparison shopping, consumer protection, is course focuses on money management personal iscourse focuses iscourse isdesignedto get students excited about cient with intermediate and advanced features of ee: 1 2 al BU0551 Fall 11, 12 ered: BU4226 Fall 9, 10 ered: ee: 1 2 Fl BU5911 Fall 11, 12 ered: This coursecanearndualcredit through re up entrepreneurial the spirit by putting Offi ce 2016suite, students willbecome egoal of course this eld they choose choose eld they is 64 courses Business inthe Education Department. Th step toward becoming abusiness of leader tomorrow. presentation. As you explore areas, these your take fi prototype, and participate inareal-world shark tank have unique the opportunity to create abusiness plan, fi ership, human resources, marketing, accounting, ethics, rience. Students willgain afoundation inbusiness own- businessthe world objective isthe of learning expe- this and Getting managed involved inour society? global in Would you like to how learn businesses are operated III Level: Prerequisite: None Spring 11, BU5112 BU5111 Fall 12 Spring BU5117 Grade Off Credit: 1/2(cr/nc) Introduction toBusiness thinking intowishful areality. pitch innovative their to winfunding idea and turn their student teams infront of investors actual can they so DuPage. Students mayearndualcredit through Collegeof Programming inPython and MobileMakersEdu 1&2. course workfurther inComputer Applications (MOS), ing applications. Keyboarding skillsare required for learned,will be along with avariety of other keyboard- dition, proper formatting of reports, letters, and emails BU5412 key, aswell asimprove proofreading their skills.In ad- Spring Students willimprove asthey and speed their accuracy keyboarding skills,and proper of use keyboard. the cal world. Students course this basic selecting willlearn Spring requiredthe keyboarding intoday’s skillsused BU5411 techni- BU5417 Fall III Level: Th Prerequisite: None 11, 12 Grade Off Credit: 1/2(cr/nc) Keyboarding nance, governmental regulation and law. Students will iscourse should considered to other the be a survey iscourse isneededby allstudents wishto who learn ee: ,1 Fl BU5116 Fall 9, 10 ered: ee: ,1 Fl BU5416 Fall 9, 10 ered: rst rst Business guring, guring, This course can earn cation exams at a discount a discount at exams cation take to you allows course e A+ PC Repair 9, 10 ered: BU4836 Annual in working includes that class is is a hands-on ered the opportunity to receive 6 hours of dual dual of hours 6 receive to the opportunity ered them.ll Th 65 PC Repair & Maintenance (A+) & Maintenance Repair PC BU4831 1 Credit: Annual Off Grade (cr/nc) BU4837 12 11, BU4832 None Prerequisite: Level: III A+ more are there evolve, to technology continues As people service are there jobs than technician computer to fi industry certifi recognized will the course who complete Students students. LT to confi in troubleshooting, become knowledgeable deploying, safety, maintenance, preventive upgrading, smartphones, PC devices, laptops, using and repairing, Students networks. wired/wireless and printers, tablets, are off no additional at DuPage, of College through credit cost. Th learn and to networks devices with and lab a computer skills. repair computer utilize College of DuPage. through dual credit ese is the plan of c piece a prerequi- is is course . Students use problem-solving skills to skills to use problem-solving . Students ered: ered: 12 11, Fall BU4961 ered: ered: 10 9, Fall BU4956 ered: 11, 12 ered: 12 11, Fall BU4711 MobileMakersEdu 2 builds on skills learned skills in Mo- on 2 builds MobileMakersEdu deploy and will construct 1. Students bileMakersEdu programming complex using iOS applications advanced as GPS such Functionality iOS frameworks. skills and external and engines, physics features, mapping and pro- object-oriented Details of included. are databases Students will be covered. structures data and gramming appreciation an and iOS apps of a portfolio with leave Science. Mobile- the skill sets needed in Computer for this course. for 1 is a prerequisite MakersEdu Credit: 1/2 Credit: Off Grade 1 MobileMakersEdu Prerequisite: BU4962 Spring Level: IV MobileMakersEdu 2 apps will grow in complexity throughout the semester. the semester. throughout complexity in will grow apps several will have students the course, the end of By iPhone an they load onto can that applications working is required, knowledge programming prior No iPad. or mathematical strong skills and solid keyboarding but Th recommended. are reasoning 2. MobileMakersEdu for site produce iOS apps that solve every day problems. Th every problems. solve that day iOS apps produce MobileMakersEdu 1 provides students an opportunity opportunity an students 1 provides MobileMakersEdu and building by applications iPhone Apple create to the programming with iOS applications deploying Swift language MobileMakersEdu 1 MobileMakersEdu 1/2 (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade 12 11, Prerequisite: Fall Level:III I and Algebra of completion Successful BU4957 BU4951 Spring BU4952 Spring possess skills keyboarding selected and geared towards that target market. Learn market. target that towards geared selected and the convince to together come strategies and tools how it!” I want “YES, say, to buyer Have you noticed marketing is all around us? Did you you us? Did is all around marketing noticed you Have is designed around campaign each marketing that know brand to the opportunity will have You market? a target Every specifi product. own your Spring BU4712 Spring None Prerequisite: Marketing Marketing 1/2 (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade Level: III Business Career InternshipProgram businesslocal or non-profi on afi Students mediaare discussed. social the also willwork Sheets (CSS).Current topics such asInternet safety and Text Markup Language (HTML) and Style Cascading ment concentrates on creating web pages using Hyper Spring BU4842 about of various Internet? the aspects Web Develop- Are you interested increating websites and learning Spring BU4841 BU4847 III Level: Fall Prerequisite: Keyboarding skills 11, 12 Grade Off Credit: 1/2(cr/nc) Web PageDevelopment reasoning are recommended. but solid keyboarding skillsand strong mathematical dents donot needany prior programming experience, well-structured programs that are user-friendly. Stu- Emphasisof functions/methods. isplaced on writing put of data, data structures, and modular programming gramming concepts like decisions, loops, input and out- in acomputer lab at school. Students pro- willlearn hands-on environment, programming at both home and and soft incareersis used fi sciences, inthe III Level: tered indaily language useful life. that Python isavery programming for solving practical problems encoun- Programming inPython isan introduction to computer Keyboarding skills Prerequisite: Spring BU4462 Grade Off 11, Spring Credit: 1/2(cr/nc) BU4467 12 Programming BU4461 inPython Fall ment that wishto receive they credit for experience. the student willapply for internship the through depart- the Sme U58 BU5559 Summer BU5558 career upon graduation or aft IV Level: work inan area experience that wishto pursue they asa Th BU5552 Spring Grade Off Credit: 1/2(dc) iscourse isdesignedfor student the isseeking who nal project inagroup to develop awebsite for a ware. Students programming willlearn ina ee: ,1 Fl BU4846 Fall 9, 10 ered: BU4466 Fall 9,10 ered: ee: 1,1 Fl BU5551 Fall 11, 12 ered: t organization. er attending college. Th nance, engineering,

66 e guarantee admission. studentthe for awork internship. Application not does discretionsole of eachdepartment team to recommend Th place. for own their transportation to and from work the employer for fi the evaluatedence, be teacher and by the supervising the develop aculminating project upon based experi- the will have teacher, contact weekly with supervising the for semester the credit for course. the Th Th estudent willwork aminimum of 90hours during iscourse may for taken be duplicate credit. It isthe taking coursessuchas: Then youshouldconsider a career inbusiness? Have youever considered taking coursessuchas: Then youshouldconsider a career intechnology? Have youever considered Web Page Development Programming inPython PC Repair and Maintenance (A+) MobilemakersEdu 1&2 Keyboarding Computer Applications (MOS) AP Computer Principles Science AP Computer A Science Marketing Keyboarding Introduction to Business INCubatoredu Economics Computer Applications (MOS) Business Law Accounting nal grade. Th estudent isresponsible e student Business Education Classes

When choosing Annual Courses, you will need the fi rst and second semester codes. Freshman Courses Junior and Senior Courses Fall Only Fall Only BU5116 Introduction to Business BU0551 Consumer Economics BU5416 Keyboarding BU5511 Accounting 1 BU4226 Computer Applications (MOS) BU5811 Business Law Spring Only BU5111 Introduction to Business BU5117 Introduction to Business BU5411 Keyboarding BU5417 Keyboarding BU4221 Computer Applications ( MOS) BU4227 Computer Applications (MOS) BU4711 Marketing Spring Only Computer Technology BU0552 Consumer Economics Annual Course BU5512 Accounting 1 BU9746/7 AP Computer Science Principles BU5522 Accounting 2 BU5812 Business Law BU4836/7 PC Repair & Maintenance (A+) BU5112 Introduction to Business Fall Only BU4222 Computer Applications (MOS) BU4956 MobileMakersEdu 1 BU4712 Marketing BU4846 Web Page Development BU5412 Keyboarding BU4466 Programming in Python Fall or Spring Spring Only BU5551/2 Career Internship BU4957 MobileMakersEdu 1 BU4847 Web Page Development Computer Technology BU4467 Programming in Python Annual BU9751/2 AP Computer Science A Sophomore Courses BU5911/2 INCubatoredu Fall Only BU4831/2 PC Repair & Maintenance (A+) BU5116 Introduction to Business BU5416 Keyboarding Fall Only BU4226 Computer Applications (MOS) BU4951 MobileMakersEdu 1 BU4961 MobileMakersEdu 2 Spring Only BU4461 Programming in Python BU5117 Introduction to Business BU4841 Web Page Development BU5417 Keyboarding BU4227 Computer Applications (MOS) Spring Only BU4952 MobileMakersEdu 1 Computer Technology BU4962 MobileMakersEdu 2 Annual BU4462 Programming in Python BU9746/7 AP Computer Science Principles BU4842 Web Page Development BU4836/7 PC Repair & Maintenance (A+)

Fall Only BU4956 MobileMakersEdu 1 BU4846 Web Page Development BU4466 Programming in Python Business

Spring Only BU4957 MobileMakersEdu 1 BU4847 Web Page Development BU4467 Programming in Python

67 Driver Education

68 Driver Education students will receive two two will receive students meets every other day and emphasizes the emphasizes meets every and day other students will receive 11 hours of range instruction range of 11 hours will receive students ce. er 2/28/2006 er 69 Classroom: above. listed standards classroom Range: skills. basic car will develop and Behind The Wheel (BTW): hours of Behind the Wheel instruction. It will take place will take place Behind instruction. It of the Wheel hours the rules stressing instructor an with car control in a dual controls basic car skills, and visual-perceptual the road, of above. in the areas three taught were that ered as part of the Summer Academic Program. Academic the Summer of as part ered ers Driver Education that is approved by the Illinois State Board of Board of State the Illinois by is approved that Education Driver ers ered for Grades 10-12 (11 & 12 by special arrangement) at South Campus Campus South at special arrangement) 10-12 (11 & 12 by Grades for ered rst semester must be born on or before 2/28/2006 before be or born on semester must rst least eight classes (four credits) in the credits) classesleast (four eight semesters. two previous in the successfully maneuver students will help Education skills learned in Driver and e information ered: 11, 12 10, One semester freshmen must be born on or before 12/31/2005 before be or born on must freshmen in fi sophomores aft be or born in second semester on must sophomores the Secretary to a $20 fee State, and of L.T.H.S. to is $150 payable Education Driver for e fee 30 days than earlier their permit any students give to LT allow does not Illinois of e Secretary the State of Th Th Ed course. the the Driver start to of prior 2021-2022 Registration eligibility dates are as follows: are dates eligibility 2021-2022 Registration   2021 Summer School registration eligibility date: eligibility School registration 2021 Summer Driver Education is off Education Driver Prerequisite: each student attending any public or non-public high school in the District must receive a high school receive in the District non-public must or public any attending each student Prerequisite: Lyons Township High School Township Lyons off          license. driver’s a 3 year the permit and the cost of which covers

in the enrolling to prior semesters 2 the previous least during 8 semester courses grade in at passing program. Education Driver is off it and school year, the regular during offi Secretary the Illinois State of by endorsed and Education skill- and knowledgeable, courteous, most the safest, developing to is dedicated Department Education e Driver the is only Education Driver phase of e Classroom

complex environment in which we drive today. drive in which we environment complex Driver Education Department Philosophy Department Driver Education Th Th ful drivers. Kurt Johns, Division Chair Division Johns, Kurt 579-6383 (708) NC 579-6570, SC (708) TEL: [email protected] EMAIL: Classroom Classroom 1/2 Credit: Off Grade Level: III 6). (See pgs. v and LTHS. at graduation for requirement DR9116 DR9117 Fall Spring Prerequisite: passed at have and least 15-years-old At 9, 10, 11, 12 Th school Summer Driver Education XV. Th XIV. Th XIII. Th XII. Th XI. Th X. Th IX. Th VII. Th VII. Th VI. Th Th V. III. Th II. Th I. Th Driving Standards IV. Th III. Th II. Th I. Th Classroom Standards available upon request. generalthe standards for learning. Th Th Driver EducationDepartmentStandards eDriver Education Department hasdeveloped standards for of eachphase program. the Listed below are Road evaluative, decision-making, and reactionary. estudent willunderstand responsibilities the of owning avehicle. estudent willunderstand how alcohol and aff other drugs estudent willunderstand eff the estudent willunderstand how to handle emergencies. estudent willunderstand how to drive inadverse conditions. estudent willunderstand how to drive on expressways. estudent willunderstand how to areas. drive inrural estudent willunderstand how to drive inurban areas. estudent willunderstand how to share roadway. the estudent willunderstand how to negotiate safely through intersections. estudent willunderstand how to basiccar perform maneuvers. estudent willdevelop and demonstrate safe vehicle control; knowledge of the estudent able willbe to demonstrate and develop following the skills:visual, perceptual, estudent able willbe to demonstrate basiccar control driving skillswhile on range. the estudent will understand laws the of nature and eff their estudent will understand making safe driving decisions using IPDE the Process. estudent willunderstand basiccar control. estudent willunderstand sign and apply to them driving the task.

emore specifi s, signals,and roadway markings. ects ofects driver condition on taking. risk c and standards detailed for of phase each course the are 70 ects onects vehicle’s the performance. ect ect driving. Rules ofthe Adult Living Advanced Culinary Arts Advanced Fashion Design Chefs Child Development 1, 2 Culinary Arts Early Childhood Education Internship Family Health Issues Fashion and Interior Design International Foods Introduction to Family and Consumer Science Careers Teaching Internship Elementary 1, 2 Career Internship Program Family & Consumer Sciences

71 Paul Houston, Division Chair Danielle Radzialowski, Assistant Division Chair TEL: SC (708) 579-6546, NC (708) 579-6420 TEL: NC (708) 579-6381 EMAIL: [email protected] EMAIL: [email protected]

Family and Consumer Sciences Department Philosophy Th e Family and Consumer Sciences Department empowers individuals and families across their life spans to manage the challenges of living and working in a diverse, global society. Th e department’s unique focus is on the family, work, and their interrelationships. Th e goal of Family and Consumer Sciences is to prepare students to become life-long learners. Family and Consumer Sciences has developed curricula that provide opportunities to assist students in making life decisions, and devel- oping career, post-secondary, family, leisure, and life skills, such as  strengthening the well-being of individuals and families;  becoming responsible citizens and leaders in diverse settings;  promoting optimal nutrition and wellness;  managing resources;  balancing personal, home, family, and work lives;  functioning as providers and consumers of goods and services;  appreciating human worth and accepting responsibility for one’s actions (individually or collaboratively); and  fi nding success in both family and work.

Programs South Campus 9-10 North Campus 11-12 Child Development Child Development 1, 2 Child Development 1, 2 & Family Relations Early Childhood Education Internship Teaching Internship Elementary 1, 2 Adult Living Family Health Issues

Culinary Arts Culinary Arts Culinary Arts Nutrition Advanced Culinary Arts Advanced Culinary Arts International Foods Chefs

Design Fashion and Interior Design Fashion and Interior Design Advanced Fashion & Design

Life & Career Intro to Family & Consumer Career & Community Partnerships I, II Development Science Careers

Suggested Course/Career Sequencing (please read descriptions for content and prerequisites)

Child Development/Family - Intro to Family & Consumer Science Careers - Child Development -Family Health Issues - Early Childhood Education Internship - Teaching Internship Elementary 1 & 2 Culinary Arts/Nutrition - Intro to Family & Consumer Science Careers - Culinary Arts - Advanced Culinary Arts - International Foods - Chefs Design - Intro to Family & Consumer Science Careers - Fashion & Interior Design - Advanced Fashion Design Life & Career Development - Intro to Family & Consumer Science Careers - Career & Community Partnerships I & II TCD Connections - Culinary - Early Childhood Education & Care - Certifi ed Nurses Assistant - Medical & Health Care Careers Family and Consumer Sciences

72 Family and Consumer Sciences .. elds of sociology, family practices, foods family practices, sociology, elds of fi 73 uence individual and family wellness wellness family and uence individual , experience and emotional intelligence for for intelligence , experience emotional and ecting democratic ideals in the family, ideals in the family, democratic ecting ict and stress in individual and team situations. team and in individual stress ict and instruments and formulas to solve problems, problems, solve to formulas and instruments ndings. ective verbal and non-verbal communication skills. communication non-verbal and verbal ective c student learning standards, which are available upon request. Additionally, Additionally, available upon request. which are standards, c student learning fi c course standards have been developed that support the general standards, and these are and these are standards, developed that support the general have been c course standards fi Family and Consumer Sciences Department Standards Department Sciences and Consumer Family speci or annual course. at the beginning of each semester distributed to students 9. refl abilities skills and leadership Demonstrate 8. options. and resources available to in relation decisions Evaluate 7. throughout others and members, self, family of development and growth optimal Promote spans. their life community and career, family, individual, to skills in relation employability transferable responsibilities. and roles community. and workplace, 6. expertise develop to opportunities Encourage spans. their life throughout Students within Family and Consumer Sciences will be able to.. Family and Consumer Students within 2. technological Select use appropriate and and nutrition, consumerism, fashion and design, science, mathematics, and technology. Nine gen- science, mathematics, and technology. fashion and design, and nutrition, consumerism, is Each general standard of literature. of the review as a result established were eral standards supported by speci 1. sciences. consumer and in family paths career explore to strategies skills and Develop fi communicate and results, interpret 3. eff demonstrate Recognize and 4. confl manage to strategies apply and Develop 5. infl that factors external and theinternal Analyze The Family and Consumer Sciences Department has established standards based on information based on standards has established Sciences Department and Consumer The Family in the organizations and state professional national from Family and Consumer Sciences application for Independent Study. In students allcases, must parent, secure teacher, counselor, divisional, and building   Srn FC5652 Spring FC5657 Spring FC5651 Fall 11,12 III Level: Prerequisite: None Grade Off FC5412 Credit: 1/2(cr/nc) Spring Child Development1 Adult Living isaone course semester that on the focuses III Level: Prerequisite: None Grade Off Credit: 1/2(cr/nc) Adult Living CHILDDEVELOPMENT &FAMILY Srn FC5752 Spring FC5757 Spring FC5751 Fall 11,12 Th IV Level: Prerequisite: Child Development 1 Grade Off Credit: 1/2(cr/nc) Child Development2 Any studentintendingontaking Teaching Internshipor This courseisaprerequisite for ChildDevelopment2. Th RELATIONS covering development the of children from to birth age 5. variety of settings following graduation. school high course willhelp students adapt to living independently ina and living arrangements incollege and beyond. Th preparation,& food personal fi values, goal setting, relationships &dating, basicnutrition including; communication, decision making, morals & foundation of adult living. Students willexplore topics quence and picks up where ChildDevelopment 1left ter inChildDevelopment1(aCR/NCgradeisnotaccepted). Early ChildhoodInternshipmustearnagradeofBor bet- process. ate lessons engaging while preschoolers learning inthe students plan and implement developmentally appropri- ina9-week preschooltheory lab. During preschool the to career components ineducation through application of sibilities and roles of parents. Th parenting helps which students through respon- think the fi the is is the second course second isthe ChildDevelopment inthe se- iscourse covers information from conception through Independent Study All courses listed underFamily and apply Consumer Sciences toward graduation Practical the Arts requirement except administration approval. Independent Study may asan not semester/annual taken 8th be course. Consumer Education and Family Health Issues. rst week of life. Included course inthis isaunit on ee: 9 0 al FC5656 Fall 9,10 ered: FC5411 Fall ered: 11,12 ee: 9 0 al FC5756 Fall 9,10 ered: Under specifi nance, management stress is course exposes students iscourse exposes c conditions asoutlined on p. 25of the is off 74 , Srn FC6552 is off Spring tional topics fi inthe gain experience asthey dents willbuild aprofessional portfolio on current educa- classroom inthe learned to internship their setting. Stu- a D204classroom. Students will implement methodology Students leave campus to for assistand teach in aperiod 204’sence asateacher aide inDistrict associate schools. tion to teaching asaprofession aswell asreal life experi- offocus course. this ECEInternship provides an introduc- age students becoming more while career ready isthe IV Level: or care. pediatric Working with preschool to First grade to preschool teaching, child psychology, work, social and/ Th Bor better inChildDevelopment 1 Prerequisite: Grade Off Credit: 1/2or 1 Early ChildhoodEducationInternship Srn FC6532 Spring IV Level: Bor better inChild Development 1 Prerequisite: Grade Off Credit: 1 Teaching Internship–Elementary 1 III Level: If you are interested inacareer inmedicine, nursing, Prerequisite: Health and or Biology ChildDevelopment Grade Off Credit: 1/2 Family HealthIssues elective credit for the course. ment of chronic Students illnesses. willreceive general equipped to help themselves and others manage- inthe and support for allinvolved, student the better willbe physically, mentally, and psychologically help to seek conditions. with knowledge Armed the of where to go eff factors, physical eff with many chronic conditions. Th for you! Students about willlearn factors risk associated psychiatry, counseling, work, or course isthe social this process. ate lessons engaging while preschoolers learning inthe students plan and implement developmentally appropri- through a9-week preschool lab. During preschool, the tional. Students refi willfurther of development: physical, intellectual, &emo- social During semester, the into look we adeeper take allareas Spring FC9052

isclass isfor students interested truly inacareer related ects onects family cope with asthey and chronic society ered asan annual or course. semester ee: 1 2 al FC6551 Fall 11, 12 ered: ee: 2 Fl FC6531 Fall ered: 12 FC9051 Fall ered: 11,12 Guide ects of the disease, and of emotionalects the disease, the , students may make ne their teachingne their methods ey willresearch ey risk the eld. Th is class

Family and Consumer Sciences be can course is seafood) will sh and erent countries around around countries erent the class. part as of cate cate as part of the class. Th the class. as part of cate will Culinary Arts. from ne skills Students College through credit earn dual can course is 11, 12 ered: Fall FC5871 9, 10 ered: Fall FC5286 ered: 11, 12 Fall FC5311 with working (including proteins of e preparation er school. Students will study for their ServSafe for Food will study Students er school. DESIGN 75 in- for readiness career focuses relevant is course on dustry areas of fashion and interior design. Students will design. Students interior and fashion of dustry areas design to of principles and use to the elements learn how is a It in their artwork. balance and harmony beauty, create the opportu- students will give that course project-based ment, catering, hospitality and quantity food preparation. food preparation. quantity and hospitality catering, ment, workers, manage skills needed to will develop Students Students orders. market foodtime schedules, and costs re- are and events LT meals for prepare and will plan or during before, events in catering participate to quired aft certifi Manager topics and refi and topics candy as garnishing, skills such advanced more develop decorat- cake and foams, pasta, fresh eggmaking, white Th ing. beef, pork, fi as chicken, such meats their for study will also be this Students the class. focus of certifi ServSafe Handler Food diff from and States the United of the world, around foods from preparing While the world. tech- presentation and food practice preparation students of will be in the areas developed abilities and Skills niques. planning. menu and food presentation orders, market Th repeated. free. nut tree and Peanut DuPage. of Th Chefs 1 (dc) Credit: Off Grade Level: IV Culinary Arts Prerequisite: manage- restaurant in this include course covered Topics Spring FC5872 Design Fashion and Interior 1/2 (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade None Prerequisite: Level: IV 11, 12 Fall Spring FC5287 FC5281 Spring FC5282 Students will have the opportunity to further explore further to explore the opportunity have will Students free. nut tree and Peanut Foods International 1/2 (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade Culinary Arts Prerequisite: regions various from cultures foods and study Students Level: IV Spring FC5312 free. nut tree and Peanut e fol- e Lab peri-c units. periods allowing for students students periods for allowing th and 8 and th perspectives on of a variety covers e course perspectives of a variety also covers e course 9, 10 ered: Fall FC5236 ered: 9, 10 9, 10 ered: Fall FC5226 12 ered: Spring FC6562 8th period a 7th and for is scheduled e course 1. Internship Teaching of is a continuation is course in teach- in a career interested students is for is course lowing areas of study are covered in this course: kitchen kitchen in this course: covered are study of areas lowing methods, skills, cooking measuring, knife food safety, and culinary various and specifi nutrition experiences practical in time management, ods provide this course skills. While use, food preparation equipment also serve may it as a foun- enrichment, personal provides tree and further in culinary training for Peanut arts. dation free. nut skills utilizing various types of culinary equipment and a and culinary types of various equipment skills utilizing Th techniques. cooking and preparation of range to intern at District 204’s associate schools. Students con- schools. Students associate District 204’s at intern to lesson skills, and their teaching honing on work to tinue Th planning. the teaching to relevant topics educational current on profession. with College of DuPage uponStudents earn Dual Credit 1 and 2. Internship Teaching successful completion of both Prerequisite: Culinary Arts 11, 12 Fall Spring FC5237 FC5231 Spring FC5232 Advanced Culinary Arts Advanced Culinary 1/2 (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade Level: IV Culinary Arts is designed to teach basic food preparation Culinary basic food Arts teach preparation is designed to Culinary Arts Culinary 1/2 (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade Level: III CULINARY ARTS CULINARY None Prerequisite: 11, 12 Fall Spring FC5227 FC5221 Spring FC5222 Prerequisite: Teaching Internship Elementary 1 Internship Teaching Prerequisite: Th I is required Internship Teaching of completion Successful is a 2. Course Structure Internship Teaching in enroll to 7 of schedule block Credit: 1 Credit: Off Grade Level: IV Teaching Internship – Elementary 2 Internship Teaching block allowing students to intern at their assigned schools. their assigned schools. at intern to students allowing block current educational topics relevant to the teaching profes- the teaching to relevant topics educational current Th sion. Th social psychology, child teaching, to related a career or ing to introduction an provides It pediatric care. or work, experience life as as real well as as a profession teaching schools where associate in District aide a teacher 204’s methodology learned in the will be implementing students Th classroom. Family and Consumer Science FC6612 FC5482 FC6611 Annual (Students must enroll inboth Work Experience III Level: Grade Off FC5357 Credit: 2(cr/ncclassroom only) Spring Career andCommunityPartnerships I Design. and sequence into Fashion Arts Culinary the and Interior preparation, management, meal and lead designwhich Teaching Internship included class. Also are units of food Family Health Issues, Adult Living, ChildDevelopment or development, and parenting whichcould to lead taking semester. You III about Level: willlearn yourself, your family, child interpersonal relationships are emphasized throughout the Communication, goal setting, decision-making, and Prerequisite: None Grade Off Credit: 1/2(cr/nc) Science Careers Introduction toFamily&Consumer IV Level: Advanced Fashion isaone &Design course semester aimed Grade Off Credit: 1/2(cr/nc) Advanced Fashion&Design Students willberesponsible for project andsupplyfees for working fi inthe unit. Students basicsof the learn willalso architecture, nity to study of fashion, history the designoriginal fashion Prerequisite: Fashion &Interior Design and supplyfeesof$25.00. a prerequisite. required to Fashion the take and Interior course Design as and designing, merchandising, and Students sewing. are such aspublic relations, styling and consulting, illustrating industry. Th alities into many the career opportunities fashion inthe today’s trends and how can include they own their person- applied asstudents discover what makes fashion relevant to and runway ready. Elements and principles of designwillbe and sketches, to creating garments that are personalized topics including process the of fashion designfrom ideas at creating level readiness. Students industry willexplore of $25.00. digital interior designs along housing categories, produce fl scaled illustrations, and construct garments through asewing Spring FC5292 LIFE &CAREERDEVELOPMENT ee: 1 2 nul FC5481 Annual 11, 12 ered: FC5356 Fall 9,10 ered: FC5291 Fall 11,12 ered: isproject-based on class focuses fashion careers Students willberesponsible for project eld of design. with other basicskillsneeded oor plans and create 76 work internship, application not does guarantee admission. tion of department each team to recommend student the for a Th work place. is responsible for own their transportation to and from the teacher and employer the for fi the evaluated upon be based experience, the by supervising the teacher,with supervising the develop aculminating project credit for course. the Th will work aminimum of 90hours during for semester the wishto receivethey credit for Th experience. the will apply for internship the through department the that FC6622 FC5492 FC6621 Annual classroom and work experience.) (Students must enroll inboth Prerequisite: Career &Community Partnerships I Work Experience III Level: Grade Off Credit: 2(cr/ncclassroom only) Career andCommunityPartnershipsII guidelines are reviewed. Agreement and Training Memorandum” the inwhich Students and parents are required also to signa“Student Th upon graduation or aft or graduation upon work inan area wishto experience pursue they asacareer Th Career InternshipProgram guidelines are reviewed. Agreement and Training Memorandum” the inwhich Students and parents are required also to signa“Student Th classroom and work experience.) 16years-old and approval of parents, Prerequisite: Summer FC5558, FC5559 IV Level: FC5552 Spring Grade Off Credit: 1/2(dc) hours week inan per approved job. ence. Students are required to work approximately 15-20 worldthe of work and one for related their work experi- for about learn class, they the inwhich career choices and completion,ful students receive two credits annually: one ing, hospitality, and/or health occupations. Upon success- paid child jobinan care, area service, such cloth- asfood allow student the to through gain apart-time experience proximately 15-20hours week inan per approved job. related work Students experience. are required to work ap- career choices and world the of work; and one for their its annually: one for about learn class, the they inwhich Upon completion, successful students receive two cred- a continuation of Career and Community Partnerships I. counselor, and course coordinator iscourse may for taken be dual credit. It discre- sole isthe isCooperative Career Education program isdesignedto iscourse isdesignedfor student the isseeking who isCooperative Career Education program isdesignedas ee: 2 nul FC5491 Annual 12 ered: ee: 1,1 Fl FC5551 Fall 11, 12 ered: er attending college. Th estudent willhave contact weekly nal grade. Th

e student e student e student Family and Consumer Sciences Careers technician* Textiles Colormanager/colorist renovation Facilities agent Purchasing merchandiser Visual marketing Educational planner Store director Trend in production Assistant development design Contract/commercial design** Residential planner* Space designer* bath and Kitchen designer* Restaurant for Design in environments special populations** Remodeling preservation Historic Realtor* planning Menu writing* health and Nutrition Hospitality* nutrition** Sports development** Recipe practice Private Food promotion centers Wellness (USDA, agencies Government EFNEP) WIC, Elementary education** Secondary education** serviceChild care and provider referral Crisis nursery** programming* youth At-risk educator** life Family enrichment Marriage coordinator Volunteer coordinator group Support aid health/public Publish Crisis programs hotline special- information Product ist educator Consumer advocate Consumer complaint Consumer investigator/mediator specialist relations Consumer Lobbyist 77 care provider care vider Careers Tailor Buyer** representative** Company Drapery maker Dressmaker* designer* Fabric designer** Fashion illustrator* Fashion Seamstress remodeling and Building consultant* Buyer designer* Equipment salesperson* Equipment designer** Furniture designer** Interior decorator** Interior Computer and manager Print Aided Design operator Pastry chef* Cook* Dietician* inspector** Food broker* Food technician* Food Food scientist** Educator** Military Nutrition Restaurant management director** center Care Day worker* center Care Day specialist Extension child Child life/hospitalized pro- care youth Residential childhoodEarly education** Case worker** counselor** Family Social worker** Counselor Psychologist coach Career Consultant** Consumer Companies Banker Specialist** Marketing Advisor** communication/ Consumer media specialist FAMILY AND CONSUMER SCIENCES CAREERS SCIENCES AND CONSUMER FAMILY Science Careers Science Careers Science Careers Science Careers Intro to Family & Consumer & Consumer Family to Intro Culinary Arts Foods International Chefs 1 & 2 Food Chemistry & Community Career Partnerships & Consumer Family to Intro Child Development Education Childhood Early Internship Internship Teaching Elementary Issues Health Family & Community Career Partnerships & Consumer Family to Intro Relationships Family Issues Health Family Internship Career Courses & Consumer Family to Intro Design & Interior Fashion & Community Career Partnerships Design & Interior Fashion & Community Career Partnerships *Some post high school education usually required usually post*Some high school education required usually **College degree No asterisk - entry level position; high school graduation usually required usually high school graduation - entry position; asterisk level No    sign Consumer Management Consumer Family Relations Child/Human Development Foods/Nutrition Interior/House Design Career Areas Career De- Apparel/Fashion Family & Consumer Science Classes

When choosing Annual Courses, you will need the fi rst and second semester codes.

Freshman Courses Junior and Senior Courses Fall Only Annual FC5226 Culinary Arts FC5481/2 Career & Community Part. I FC5236 Advanced Culinary Arts FC5491/2 Career & Community Part. II FC5356 Intro to Family & Consumer Science FC6551/2 Teaching Internship - Preschool Careers FC6611/2 Work Exp Career/Comm Part I FC5286 Fashion & Interior Design FC6621/2 Work Exp Career/Comm Part II FC5656 Child Development 1 FC5756 Child Development 2 Fall Only FC5411 Adult Living Spring Only FC5231 Advanced Culinary Arts FC5227 Culinary Arts FC5291 Advanced Fashion & Design FC5237 Advanced Culinary Arts FC5221 Culinary Arts FC5357 Intro to Family & Consumer Science FC5871 Chefs Careers FC9051 Family Health Issues FC5287 Fashion & Interior Design FC5281 Fashion and Interior Design FC5657 Child Development 1 FC5311 International Foods FC5757 Child Development 2 FC6531 Teaching Internship 1 Elementary FC6551 Early Childhood Educ. Internship FC5651 Child Development 1 Sophomore Courses FC5751 Child Development 2 Fall Only FC5226 Culinary Arts Spring Only FC5236 Advanced Culinary Arts FC5412 Adult Living FC5356 Intro to Family & Consumer Science FC5232 Advanced Culinary Arts Careers FC5292 Advanced Fashion & Design FC5286 Fashion & Interior Design FC5222 Culinary Arts FC5656 Child Development 1 FC5872 Chefs FC5756 Child Development 2 FC9052 Family Health Issues FC5282 Fashion and Interior Design Spring Only FC5312 International Foods FC5227 Culinary Arts FC6532 Teaching Internship 1 Elementary FC5237 Advanced Culinary Arts FC6562 Teaching Internship 2 Elementary FC5357 Intro to Family & Consumer Science FC6552 Early Childhood Educ. Internship Careers FC5652 Child Development 1 FC5287 Fashion & Interior Design FC5752 Child Development 2 FC5657 Child Development 1 FC5757 Child Development 2 Fall or Spring FC5551/2 Career Internship Family and Consumer Science

78 English I Language Arts Electives English II Creative Writing I English II Interpersonal Communication Creative Writing 2 English III American Literature & Composition Journalism: Journalistic Writing English III American Studies Journalism: Newspaper Production (Lion) English III AP Language and Composition Journalism: Yearbook Production (TAB) English IV Literacy Expressions: Creating & Philosophy of Self-Knowledge Reflecting Media Arts: Intro to Radio/TV English IV The Visual Word Media Arts: LTTV Television Production English IV The Literature of Comedy Media Arts: WLTL Management English IV Multicultural American Literature Media Arts: WLTL Production English IV World Perspectives in Literature Speech: Speech Arts English IV Composition Theatre: Acting English IV AP Rhetoric of {Language & Com- Theatre: Improvisation & Mime position} Theatre: Playwriting English IV AP Literature & Composition Theatre: Stage Tech English IV Reading, Writing & Inquiry (ACP) Theatre: Introduction to Theatre English IV Literary Interpretation (ACP) Career Internship Program

Emergent Bilinguals Beginning ELL Intermediate ELL Advanced ELL Beginning Reading ELL Beginning Tutorial ELL Intermediate/Advanced Tutorial ELL Language Learning Experience ELL (summer only) Language Arts

79 Ms. Karen Raino, Division Chair Mr. Toby Casella, Assistant Division Chair TEL: SC (708) 579-6563, NC (708) 579-6402 TEL: SC (708) 579-6561 FAX: (708) 579-6036 FAX: (709) 579-6036 EMAIL: [email protected] EMAIL: [email protected] Language Arts Philosophy Th e Language Arts Division believes that in order to become responsible and humane citizens who can intelligently contribute to society, students must understand the roles of language in the human experience and develop skills in communicating clearly, eff ectively, and honestly. Language Arts by its very name suggests that students will study the language in its oral and written context and rec- ognize the value and importance of the artistic use of language. At the center of this process is the development of the student’s critical thinking skills coupled with the development of a variety of means to express those thoughts. To these ends, the Language Arts Division provides students with the necessary basic skills of reading, writing, speaking, and listening. Furthermore, it provides ample opportunities to critique and create literature, drama, speech, and media.

REQUIRED COURSE SEQUENCES 9 10 11 12

Humanities I (Prep) English II (Accel) English III (Prep) Choose 2 of 5 (1 Semester) (Annual) Interpersonal American Studies English IV (Prep) Literary Communication (Annual) Expressions: Creating & Refl ecting (1 Semester) OR English IV (Prep) Visual Word

AND English III (Prep) English IV (Prep) American Lit & Comp Th e Literature of Comedy (Annual) English IV (Prep) English II Lit. (Prep) Multicultural American Literature (1 Semester English I (Prep English IV (Prep) Composition (Annual) OR English IV (Prep) World Perspectives in Literature (Annual)

OR English IV (Honors): Reading, Writing & Inquiry (ACP) (Fall Semester only) AND English IV (Honors): Literary Interpretation (ACP) (Spring Semester only) English II Lit. (Accel) English III (Accel) (1 Semester) American Studies English IV AP: Th e Rhetoric of (Annual) {Language & Composition} English I (Accel) (Annual) OR (Annual) AND OR English III (Accel) English II (Accel) American Lit & Comp English IV (Honors): Interpersonal (Annual) Reading, Writing & Inquiry (ACP) Communication (Fall Semester only) (1 Semester) AND English IV (Honors): Literary Interpretation (ACP) (Spring Semester only)

English IV (Honors): AP Literature & Composition English II Lit. (Hon) English III (Hon) (Annual) English I (Hon) (1 Semester) AP Language and OR (Annual) Composition AND (Annual) English IV (Honors): English II (Accel) Reading, Writing & Inquiry (ACP) Interpersonal (Fall Semester only) Communication AND (1 Semester) English IV (Honors): Literary Interpretation (ACP) (Spring Semester only) Language Arts Language

80 Language Arts

Creative Writing 2 Writing Creative eatre: Acting eatre: Mime and Improvisation eatre: Playwriting eatre: Tech Stage eatre: Stock Summer eatre: North Campus 11-12 Media Arts: WLTL Production Arts: WLTL Media Management Arts: WLTL Media Programming Summer Arts: WLTL Media Journalism: Newspaper Production (LION) Production Newspaper Journalism: (Tabulae) Production Yearbook Journalism: Writing Journalistic Journalism: North Campus 11-12 Media Arts: LTTV Television Production Production Television Arts: LTTV Media Production Television Arts: LTTV Media Th Th Th Th Th             81

North Campus 11-12 erings North Campus 11-12 Radio/TV Journalism Speech (9-10) Speech: Speech Arts Speech Speech: Philosophy (11-12)    Inter-Disciplinary Workshop (IDW) Workshop Inter-Disciplinary Internship Career Philosophy of Self-Knowledge of Philosophy Creative Writing (11-12 only) (11-12 Writing Creative   eatre eatre

Other Elective Off Other  LANGUAGE ARTS ELECTIVE AREAS AND SEQUENCES AND AREAS ELECTIVE ARTS LANGUAGE Th to Introduction eatre: Acting eatre:

Th Th Media Arts: LTTV Television Production Production Television Arts: LTTV Media Production Television Arts: LTTV Media Media Arts: Intro to Radio/TV to Arts: Intro Media Programming Summer Arts: WLTL Media Journalism: Journalistic Writing Writing Journalistic Journalism: Creative Writing 1 Writing Creative South Campus 9-10         11 only) (Grade South Campus 9-10 (Summer) Theatre (Summer)



9-10 South Campus

Language Arts Radio, Television, LION, and TAB) process-oriented Elect performance to translate classes and experiences the B. Explore to arts the build an understanding of and self culture A. communicate discoveries inways that and suit audience purpose Gather, evaluate, and synthesize data from avariety of sources to B. Generate questions Aesthetics and anticipate research problems for self-directed inquiry A. Standard V Analyze mediawith understanding and fl C. Listen, view, and respond other to respectfully than perspectives one’s own B. Researching of personal voice Standard IV Use writing asatool for refl audiences and purposes B. Write with clarity of thought, language, focus, and syntax for varying A. Presenting/Listening/Developing MediaLiteracy A. Standard III Understand and appreciate classical and contemporary literature representing B. with Read comprehension and fl A. Writing Communicate Standard II Reading Standard I eff developed andare distributedtostudentsatthebeginningofeachcourse. guide andchallengestudents. Additionally, speci The Language Arts Divisionhasestablished Language Arts DivisionStandards understanding of literature into products (e.g., Th and visual language various genres, cultures, eras,and ideas etvl o ayn uine n upssuigsoe ectively for audiences varying using and spoken purposes fi ve academicstandards forstudentlearningthat 82 fi c standards relating toeachcoursehavebeen ection, creative expression, and discovery uency using avariety ofuency reading strategies uency using avariety ofuency strategies eatre, Speech, Stage Tech, Language Arts ction, e course course e sing to multiple paragraph paragraph multiple to sing exibility of a three-hour block block a three-hour of exibility Prep incorporates the course of e structure ction that relate to those to time periods as well relate that ction 9 ered: Annual LA8116 9 ered: Annual LA7116 t from a lower student to adult ratio, access to cur- access to ratio, adult to student a lower t from 83 who curriculum students is designed for e Honors curriculum challenge is designed to e Accelerated history, and reading. Students are taught reading skills reading taught are Students reading. and history, Th content. of teaching the thematic through history the literature and world of the events explores non-fi and issues. Students world current with connections as make benefi the fl and technology, rent Th time. of speaking, listening, writing, instruction in reading, level critical while and century 21st infusing researching and Independent learning. brain-based with skills thinking the course. into is integrated reading LA8117 English I (Honors) 1 Credit: Off Grade None Prerequisite: Th high achievement for a potential demonstrated have language and composition, literature, of in the study high school early skills is expectedarts. Mastery of as a those skills to apply to students allowing prerequisite, Level: V of range a wide of synthesis and interpretation complex com- level Higher writing. types of and literary genres with crucial. Linked independence are and prehension vocabu- and literature, language, of studies composition, co- ideas clarity, with express to lary students encourage LA7117 English I (Accel) 1 Credit: Off Grade None Prerequisite: Th abili- writing and reading above-average with students of the genres cover selections reading ties. Intensive poetry epic drama, fi historical and story, short complex more the short story from longer, to building Level: IV through- poetry of while the study works is integrated the emphasize to studied Selections are the course. out masterywriting, high school early skills in reading, of and researching, speaking, media literacy, listening, writ- of in the context is studied aesthetics. Grammar to reading with is integrated building Vocabulary ing. sophisticated more of the analysis for students prepare a single mastering instruction involves Writing works. progres and essay paragraph the into is integrated reading Independent writing. course. ex- ec- the of e structure c conditions as outlined on p. 25 of the Guide, students may submit an an submit may students the Guide, 25 of p. on as outlined conditions c to help them improve their them improve help to t from a lower student to to student a lower t from ction that relate to those to relate that ction Under specifi Under history world of the events explores e course 9 ered: Annual LA5036 9 ered: Annual LA5046 9 ered: Annual LA5116 Independent Study Independent students curriculum give is designed to e Preparatory divisional, counselor, teacher, secure parent, must all cases, students In Study. Independent for application course. be 8th semester/annual taken not as an may Study Independent approval. administration building and  Reading I Humanities is one course of three that make make that three of course is one Humanities I Reading meet the indi- designed to block the Humanities up environ- interdisciplinary in an students needs of vidual curricula world English, joining integrated with ment Credit: 1 Level: III Level: 1 Reading I Humanities Credit: Off Grade Prerequisite: Humanities for Recommendation LA5037 time periods as well as make connections with current current with connections time periods as make as well benefi issues. Students world the fl and technology, current access to ratio, adult Th time. of block a three-hour of ibility instruction in reading, level Prep incorporates course while infus- speaking, researching listening, and writing, brain- skills with thinking critical and 21st century ing based learning. English I Humanities is one course of three that make make that three of course is one I Humanities English the curri- integrate designed to block the Humanities up are Students reading. English, and history, cula world of of teaching the thematic skills through reading taught Th content. LA5047 Prerequisite: Humanities for Recommendation non-fi and the literature and English I Humanities (Prep) 1 Credit: Off Grade Level: III ability to read, write, listen, and research more eff more research and listen, write, read, to ability in early structured highly are activities Writing tively. into develop to students for expectation an with the year Gram- thinkers. and readers writers, independent more the writ- of the context within taught is primarily mar to is emphasized Vocabulary material. reading and ing reading Independent comprehension. reading improve the course. into is integrated Credit: 1 Credit: Off Grade Th writ- types of and literary genres many to exposure an will be skills that core to introduced are Students ing. LT at courses the sequence of throughout reinforced designed strategies including Level: III LA5117 I (Prep) English None Prerequisite: Language Arts analysis. ety of activities including in-depth research and literary Synthesis of skillsisdemonstrated these through avari- through composition discussion, and oral presentation. by determined *Semester LTHS dents are to demonstrate expected independent thought of skills.Stu- school early high to measure mastery the genre. Activities and writing assignments are designed tion employing while reading strategies unique to each IV Level: analyze, interpret and evaluate both fi writingthe process freshman begun year. Students will Th English I(Accel) Prerequisite: Grade Off Credit: 1/2 English II(Accel) more eff read, write, present listen, speak, and analyze media strategies designedto help improve them ability their to by determined *Semester LTHS throughout of sequence the courses at LT including of core early skillsthat school reinforced high will be lyze, interpret, and evaluate. Students move to mastery non-fi freshmanbegun year. III Level: Students on willfocus fi tinue exploration the of genres and of types writing Th English I(Prep), Humanities I(Prep) Prerequisite: Grade Off Credit: 1/2 English II(Prep) into course. the and Literature exams. Independent reading isintegrated students and prepare for them Language APEnglish the vocabulary are allintegrated and designedto challenge herence, and precision. Reading, writing, research, and eEnglish II(Prep) isdesignedto con- curriculum iscourse continues exploration the of genres and ction, and poetry, are which they required to ana- ectively. ee: 0 Fall or Spring LA7126* ered: 10 Fall or Spring LA5126* ered: 10 ction andction nonfi ction, c- 84 English II(Honors) accelerated level of study. ing and writing expectations are commensurate with an are opportunities; speaking performance-based read- the surround Th them. help students critique communication the messagesthat thinking skillsand strategies by determined *Semester LTHS students to interact more eff in any other communication activity, course this willhelp I(Accel), English I(Honors) English ing apresentation, participating inagroup, or engaging tion positively both and negatively. Whether one isgiv- people communicate, IV Level: and what factors aff Th Humanities (Prep), English I(Prep), Prerequisite: Grade Off Credit: 1/2 Communication English II(Accel):Interpersonal analysis, editing peer of writing and studies of language. phasizing critical students thinking, willengage inliterary simultaneouslywhile improving writing their skills.Em- students invarious rhetorical experts become categories by determined *Semester LTHS essays and participation the inawriter’s workshop where many forms of written the word through reading the of a widerange of genres. literary Students are to exposed capablebe of interpreting, synthesizing, and evaluating V Level: must demonstrate of written mastery conventions and rigor established during freshman the year. Students Th English I(Honors) Prerequisite: Grade Off Credit: 1/2 iscourse examines how people communicate, why iscourse continues Honors the level expectations and ee: 0 Fall or Spring LA7256* ered: 10 ee: 0 Fall or Spring LA8126* ered: 10 e primary assessments for eprimary course the ectively with others. Critical learned in this course inthis learned will ect ect communica- Language Arts

team classes are en, two literature of e combination major the course, roughout thematically; is organized e class work/collabora- group involves is course (1 credit for English & 1 credit for U.S. History) U.S. for & 1 credit English for (1 credit 11 ered: Annual LA7411 85 while studying past and current trends of immigration, immigration, of trends current and past while studying Ellis Island, of in a simulation will participate students immi- about or by poems and written stories short read salad viewsbowl and pot the melting debate and grants, contem- society American various all whileof reading theory and immigration regarding porary viewpoints Th evolution. speaking, presentation public writing, reading, tion, III all English to geared are that tests and opportunities students. (Prep) History U.S. and (Prep) English III (Accel): American Studies American English III (Accel): 2 Credit: Off Grade Prerequisite: (Honors) or II (Accel) English and History U.S. of is a combination Studies American block in a two-hour meets daily that literature American IV which, most oft time during of Level: meets It classroom. large one in teachers two by taught English preparatory college for all the requirements experience the course dif- but credit, History U.S. and history English and classroom. a traditional from fers mind throughout of habits four will practice Students LA7412 broader a questions, study: asking of synthesis, each unit media, and in the arts and sources from drawing literacy Th world. the current reading of these practice to habits students history allows and the historical and culture American mind in examining Th it. shaped that forces expansion America’s will explore students example, for the study will separately 1901 and through 1803 from 1619 through slavery from of impact legacy lasting and why about questions analyze students this way, In today. art to from works of a variety using America expanded connec- make to literaryprimary texts and documents poetry, will also examine Students world. today’s to tions America, to documentaries connected and music, Th culturally. and historically syn- skills that analytical written on is placed emphasis argumenta- and both courses from thesize information expectations. college for skills in preparation tion

c- ction meet yet erent, nonfi ction and cre- structure is unique in a meets daily e course course intensive is is a writing of the analysis emphasizes e course (1 credit for English & 1 credit for U.S. History) U.S. for & 1 credit English for (1 credit develops that course intensive is is a writing 11 ered: Annual LA5741 11 ered: Annual LA7331 11 ered: Annual LA5331 ction. Th ction. exibility to more fully explore the people and and the people explore fully more to exibility poetry, of the analysis emphasizes e course listening, writing, reading, addresses is course in reading, skill development addresses is course ates the fl ates events that helped shape this country’s history the and this helped country’s shape that events instance, For history. that by is informed that literature two-hour block of time. Th time. of block two-hour American Studies III (Prep) is designed for students students is designed for III (Prep) Studies American try diff to a little something who want Off Grade Prerequisite: II (Prep) English III U.S. and the III (Prep) English of Level: all the requirements Th courses. (Prep) History LA5742 Credit: 2 Credit: English III (Prep): American Studies English III (Prep): tion. Th tion. in a variety rhetoric of the study and language, literature, Th texts. of skills research and argumentative, analytical, narrative, purpose, audience and voice, student develops and presentations. and projects, papers, of a variety through skills in all Foundational pace. accelerated an at moves It challeng- are expected. Tasks are discourse of domains evaluation. and synthesis, analysis, focus on and ing speaking, and research skills while exploring American American skills while exploring speaking, research and in fi experiencesthemes and present Th Prerequisite: (Accel) II English LA7332 1 Credit: Off Grade Level: IV English III (Accel): American Literature American Literature English III (Accel): & Composition and nonfi and and argumentative, analytical, narrative, develops that purpose, voice, student develops skills and research and projects, papers, of a variety through audience and presentations. Th while explor- speaking, research listening, and writing, in fi experiences themes American and present ing LA5332 1 Credit: Off Grade Prerequisite: II (Prep) English Level: III rhetoric of the study and language, literature, poetry, Th texts. of in a variety English III (Prep): American Literature Literature American (Prep): III English & Composition Language Arts students to an take active role learning. intheir ed throughout inamanner semester the that authorizes otherthesize authors’ Student ideas. progress isevaluat- analyze of models selected prose writing, aswell assyn- revision. Students willenhance ability their to read and on writingcuses asaprocess, with astrong emphasis on responses. Using aworkshop format, course fo- this not limited to argumentation, research, and impromptu writingtheir through avariety of skills,including but Th III Level: Studies Prep/Accel and IIIAPstudents English only 2021-2022 School Year only: Grade Off Credit: 1/2 English IV (Prep): Composition examination. Summer reading isrequired. and should sit for APLanguage the and Composition Students complete who course prepared this willbe for process with careful attention and to research. inquiry of genres, and move through stages of the writing the of standardmastery written English, write in avariety LA8312 sustain arguments, demonstrate an understanding and ing, apply eff ablebe to analyze and interpret samples of writ- good Languagethe and Composition course, students should According to College the Board, upon completion of argument asdiscovered American experience. inthe V Level: dynamic relationship of writer, context, audience, and deeply about language asapersuasive tool and about the Th courses English inits school onhigh focus rhetoric. AP English Language &Composition diff English II(Honors) Prerequisite: Grade Off Credit: 1 AP LanguageandComposition English III(Honors): isclass provides students opportunity the to develop roughout course their of study, students willthink ee: 2 Fall LA4151* ered: 12 Annual LA8311 ered: 11 ective strategies and techniques, create and Course open to American Course *Semester determined by determined *Semester LTHS ers from other 86 including will read avariety of fi by determined *Semester LTHS activities to stimulate creative the process. Students approach that willengage students inavariety of Emphasis isplaced on an experiential and holistic learning through study the of literature and art. (Prep) III Level: refl Th American Studies (Prep) or English III Prerequisite: Grade Off Credit: 1/2 Creating andRefl English IV (Prep): improving reading, writing, and thinking skills. actively involves while students study inthe of “self” explored.will be Th curiosity, paradox, observation, logicand imagination living ameaningful and fulfi Tuesdays withMorrie that celebrates creative the genius of allindividuals, and is course focuses on iscourse focuses developing and curiosity ective practices to promote meaningful, life-long ee:1 Fall or Spring LA4361* ered: 12 How toThinkLikeLeonardo daVinci iscourse isstudent centered and ction andction non-fi , a book that, abook explores lessons in ecting

Literary Expressions: lling life. Topics such as ction ction works, , a book , abook

Language Arts non- ction and visual and ction, in this class e work ction, non-fi ction, ective strategies and techniques, create create techniques, and strategies ective 12 ered: Annual LA8351 12 ered: LA5231 Annual univer- examines course literature-based is annual Compo- and {Language of Rhetoric e English IV AP: 87 ction genres, students will study the art of persuasion, persuasion, the art of will study students ction genres, fi speak- and methods authors the various about learning purposes of a variety for arguments create to employ ers those also will apply learn to Students audiences. and accordance In writing. their own to strategies persuasive completion upon Board College requirements, with students course, Composition and AP Language an of good of samples interpret and analyze to be able should eff apply writing, understanding an demonstrate arguments, sustain and in variety write English, written mastery standard and of the writing the of stages through move and genres, of inquiry research. to and attention careful with process for will be this prepared course who complete Students Composition and the AP Language for sit should and exam. LA8352 AP: English IV Rhetoric of {Language & Composition} 1 Credit: Off Grade Prerequisite: III English or (Accel) Studies American Th AP experi- an with students will provide course sition} (Accel) persuasive and close thinking, reading, ence in critical fi of a wide range Using skills. writing Level: V LA5232 in Perspectives World (Prep): IV English Literature 1 Credit: Off Grade Level III Prerequisite: III English or (Prep) Studies American Th to the opportunity students sal provides themes and (Prep) through systems value diverse appreciate and discover global fi with encounters including in activities will participate Students text. pre- discussion, and research, writing, close reading, with wrestle authors how explore to in order sentation shape forces universal how be to human; means it what religious, psychological, in the face of evolve we us; how experience we struggle; how philosophical and and Th identity. form and boundaries success in college for foundation a strong will provide career. and lmmaking lmmaking ction: drama, drama, ction: satirical essays, ction: in an e semester culminates as lighting, such lm. Artistic techniques 12 ered: LA*4351 Spring or Fall 12 ered: LA4391* Spring or Fall 12 ered: LA4371* Spring or Fall lms. Students analyze an author’s use of literary useof author’s an analyze Students lms. uence, and illuminate through observation. Students observation. Students through illuminate and uence, study to the opportunity students gives is course preparatory college a solid, provide will is course Multicultural Literature exposes students to works by by works to exposes students Literature Multicultural including backgrounds cultural diverse from writers Native and Asian-American African-American, Latinx, literary of a variety with engage Students American. representation, identity, of questions address to genres themes. relevant other and III English or (Prep) Studies American Prerequisite: (Prep) LTHS *Semester determined by Credit: 1/2 Credit: Off Grade Level: III English IV (Prep): Multicultural (Prep): English IV American Literature and fi and these recreate to ability a director’s evaluate devices and in fi qualities build to as ways studied are cinematography and editing, as characterization, such literary concepts traditional Th theme. and plot, a single of presentation and evaluation independent work. body of director’s literature through the interpretation of fi of the interpretation through literature Th Credit: 1/2 Credit: Off Grade III English or (Prep) Studies American Prerequisite: Level: III (Prep) LTHS *Semester determined by news, memoirs, and articles; through fi through articles; and news, memoirs, and cartoons visual texts: and a novel; and stories, short will be on placed Emphasis performances. comic various creation. and analysis Word: Visual The (Prep): English IV into Film Literature Turning will explore humor through nonfi through humor will explore language arts experience approached through the lens the lens through arts experience approached language is an it laughter; about just is not Humor comedy. of and persuade satire, through criticize to tool important infl Th Prerequisite: American Studies (Prep) or English III III English or (Prep) Studies American Prerequisite: (Prep) Credit: 1/2 Credit: Off Grade Level: III LTHS *Semester determined by English IV (Prep): The Literature of of Literature The (Prep): IV English Comedy Language Arts is imperative. class, impeccable attendance and assignment submission Since much work on and carried willbe in discussion in-class assignments, and fi to conclude. Points accumulated willbe from homework, work andliminary assignments leading to amajor essay strategies, skillsand fl learning how to recognize and utilize specifi investigation of sources, critical thinking and reading, of writing throughout college. Th of course this istopurpose prepare students for rigor the V Level: critique, analysis and arguments on sources. based Th emphasis on written assignments that callfor summary, writing skillsrequired for college-level work, with an off Th Prerequisite: English III Grade Off Credit: 1/2 (IU English W131) Reading, Writing &Inquiry(ACP) English IV (Honors): Summer reading isrequired. ments throughout process the of compositions. their with instruction and feedback on writing their assign- and process formats. Moreover, students provided willbe revise both creative and analytical pieces inboth timed studied. Students willhave opportunities to write and of textual the and details found themes literature inthe student compositions require acritical understanding arguments read and write asthey asthey for class. All to develop independent, critical, insightful, and artful and written analysis of texts. Students those are expected novels, plays, essays, and poetry, followed by discussion diff intensive study of works selected invarious genres from courses inliterature and writing. Th Description,AP English Course aswell asfor college requirementsing to curricular the inthe described V Level: English Literature and Composition APExam, accord- language course skills,the arts prepares students for the are highly motivated and have level of achieved ahigh erature and Composition. for Designed students who Th English III(Honors) Prerequisite: Grade Off Credit: 1 AP Literature &Composition English IV (Honors): LA8242 eHonors program English culminates inAPLit- isaone-semester Indiana University course that ers and instruction practice critical inthe reading and erent Emphasis timeperiods. ison reading close of ered: 12 Fall LA8411 LA8411 Fall ered: 12 LA8241 Annual ered: 12 uency. unit Each willinclude pre- nal written assignments. e focus is on efocus scholarly ecourse includes an c writing e 88 andtions fi of the poetry anddiscussion-based, vigorous and insightful explora- (microthemes) and quizzes. Th peer-reviewed major papers, aswell asshort assignments reading skillsinto strong critical essays, writing three how to write; students how willlearn to translate close part meaning. Alarge portion of course the on willfocus ments of awork of imaginative literature cohere to im- V Level: will study genres to understand how various the ele- write critically and cogently about literature. Students signed to help students how learn to read, and think Th English IV(Honors): Reading, Writing & Prerequisite: Grade Off Inquiry Credit: 1/2 (IU EnglishL202) Literary Interpretation (ACP) English IV (Honors): isaone Indiana semester University course de- ee: 2 pig LA8422 Spring ered: 12 ction studied isexpected. e class will be heavily eclass willbe Language Arts both print and and both print Lion, during their sophomore or or their sophomore during staff Lion 9, 10 ered: Fall LA5736 er students background and practice in basic practice and background er students Spring LA5737 LA5732 Spring Writing Journalistic Journalism: 1/2* Credit: Spring Off Grade 12 get could that stories write interview students, You’ll 11, the prob- solve and newspaper, in the student published Designed editors. and face reporters typically that lems Level: IV to off Writing skills, Journalistic and concepts journalism Fall news news gathering/interviewing, writ- include units LA5731 press editing, copy headline writing, writing, feature ing, communication written design. Oral and page and law, solving problem and thinking as critical skills, as well assign- class for written Stories skills, will be exercised. in the be published may ments apply may students Writing Journalistic versions. online on membership for year. junior 89 lms lms c conditions as outlined on p. 25 of the Guide, students may make make may students the Guide, 25 of p. on outlined as c conditions ction, creative creative ction, Under specifi Under LANGUAGE ARTS ELECTIVE AREAS AND SEQUENCES AND AREAS ELECTIVE ARTS LANGUAGE experience every when reading you Writ- in Creative “creative” e word ”. Independent Study and building administration approval. Independent Study may not be taken as an 8th semester/annual be 8th semester/annual taken not as an may Study Independent approval. administration building and course. 11, 12 ered: Spring LA7822 11, 12 ered: Fall LA7811 workshop expect can a supportive e student An * asterisk following “credit” indicates a course which may be applied towards the Creative Arts the Creative towards be applied which may a course indicates “credit” following An * asterisk ction, dramatic scripts, and poetry. Each student Each student poetry. and scripts, ction, dramatic   requirements. graduation divisional, counselor, teacher, secure parent, must all cases, students In Study. Independent for application ction and poetry, students build portfolios of writ- of portfolios build students poetry, and ction nal draft nal ered the opportunity to select one or more of the of more or select to one the opportunity ered aforementioned areas of study and to specialize in that specialize to in that and study of areas aforementioned Th genre. Building on the skills developed in Creative Writing 1, Writing in Creative the skills developed on Building in writing practice more the student gives this course short fi in- and his/her work, of consideration careful setting, his/her of writing and in the reading guidance dividual writing. for area chosen Credit: 1/2* (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade Prerequisite: or I (Accel) Writing Creative Level: IV of the teacher by recommendation 1 (Prep) is off Writing Creative Creative Writing 2 Writing Creative “Writers are not born; they are grown.” Because of that Because that of grown.” born; they not are are “Writers designed course I is a Writing fact, Creative undeniable also but read, and write to those who love for only not inner their own explore wish to those who simply for especial- and memories their ideas, opinions, universes: Th imaginations. ly, Spring LA7812 Spring II English Prerequisite: your sharing means Creativity “talent”. about is not ing practic- and then learning paper, perspective on unique craft the writing ing fi short of genres the main Using day. Creative Writing 1 Writing Creative 1/2* (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade Level: IV nonfi activities experience. Classroom their summative for ing a full prompts, writing engaging to responding include per least quar- once every at for student workshop class fi short watching and texts mentor emulating ter, as examples of “motion text”. Creative Writing creates creates Writing Creative text”. “motion of as examples and editors readers, writers, engaged of a community idea” “seed from writing move who help peer-mentors to “fi Language Arts may e elective and the audio of uence students that e projects pre-production explores e course 10 9, ered: Fall LA9116 9-12 ered: Fall LA9271 lmmaking. Th lmmaking. 90 Spring LA9117 Spring Radio/TV to Arts: Intro Media 1/2* (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade None Prerequisite: skills basic broadcasting to introduced are Students society. in our television radio and of the role and Level: III TV radio and history terminology, and Media the business and advertising, techniques, production will be given Students studied. aspects media are of the infl explore to opportunities their personal and business, education, video media on radio and of learn will the fundamentals Students lives. 88.1 FM on live broadcasting by production television LTTV, for pieces video editing and producing by WLTL, podcasts. as such content online creating by and Production Television Arts: LTTV Media 1/2* (cr/nc) (dc) Credit: Off Grade None Prerequisite: Level: III and production television of learn elements Students fi digital the (using design), production planning, (writing, equipment), other and microphones, lights, cameras, Students music). graphics, (editing, post-production and truck, portable production studio, LTTV’s with work Spring LA9272 work- in a hands-on, suites editing and equipment, of a variety will complete Students environment. shop to will be required and projects, group and individual studio truck and production on members as crew work Th time. class of shoots, outside Th LTTV! on even be aired may produce responsi- and projects advanced more with be repeated, request. Level upon IV being involved. bilities taking TV students Production Campus South Note: Campus. 8th period North to will commute

Tab include positions leadership and ned, staff other orts of serves the school and organization. Mutual Mutual organization. applications will be avail- applications and news, research gather members 11, 12 ered: Annual LA5721 11, 12 ered: Annual LA5711 each is necessary complete times to er school work at tting, interviewing, layout/design, headline writing and and headline writing interviewing, layout/design, tting, members outside of the specialized areas will be re- the specialized areas of outside members will be defi roles ship Leader quired. skills will be as the staff developed staff Separate the community. English classes through second semester. able editors selected for this course. Editors, writers, photog- writers, Editors, this course. selected for editors in the study involved are layout-designers and raphers, copy and writing as copy principles journalistic such of fi photo-cropping, and photography headline counting, yearbook staff and ing, proofread the and tion specializa of these within areas cooperation eff in the production share to ability Producing the yearbook is the responsibility of the of the yearbook is the responsibility Producing LA5722 1* (dc) Credit: Off Grade Prerequisite: recommenda- teacher A portfolio, Level: IV interview an and application, an tions, Journalism: Yearbook Production Production Yearbook Journalism: (Tabulae/TAB) print issue. print write copy, help design newspaper pages and update the update and pages newspaper design help copy, write all respon- publication, Because this is a student website. design of and content of the planning from sibilities, online posting of and editing the assigning, issue to an Staff students. by handled are stories, (news, sports, opinions, editors page editor-in-chief, social editor, web director, art editors, copy features), others. and reporter editor, multi-media media editor, Aft Students do all the work necessary to produce the necessary do all the produce work to Students the news- and Lion, school newspaper, award-winning Staff website. paper LA5712 1* (dc) Credit: Off Grade Prerequisite: in Journalistic better B or A grade of Level: IV application-interview an and Writing, recommendation Englishteacher an including process, Journalism: Newspaper Production Newspaper Journalism: (Lion) Language Arts e goal goal e dence e course course e is is course of er a range this of e goal topics such covers e course concepts abstract ect upon erence between what we claim claim we what between erence 9, 10 ered: Fall LA5016 12 11, ered: Fall LA4141 91 ective notes, and to refl to and notes, ective speaking with class public is a traditional is course is a survey is course the philoso- history western of of the include taking the course skills for e prerequisite course is to strengthen students’ poise and confi poise and students’ strengthen is to course persua- including speaking of situations, in a range speaking, technology, using speaking,sive impromptu Th a job interview. for preparing even and further who wish to their develop students designed for opportuni- world real whospeaking welcome and skills, the skills. practice ties in which to Speech Arts Speech 1/2* (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade None Prerequisite: Spring LA5017 Th Level: III delivery. and content, in organization, concentrations mul- speeches using of a variety will present Students control to applied are techniques methods. Vocal tiple Th rate. and pitch, vary volume, and tone, Spring LA4142 Spring of Self-Knowledge Philosophy 1/2 (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade None Prerequisite: Th Level: IV Bertrand to Th the pre-Socratics Russell. from phy the study to the student introduce is to the course of off to ideas and relevant and interesting of is I?” am “What as “Who questions such to responses the external of is thenature life?” “What of the meaning a diff there “Is world?” is “What know?” and to claim we what believeto and discussed the philosophers knowledge?” Some in of Schopen- Descartes, Aristotle, Kant, Plato, are class Th Wittgenstein. and hauer, evil, of the problem as Determinism, Existentialism, ethics. and religion of in the philosophy arguments and Th take to attentively, listen to critically, a text read to ability eff able are Students systems. value belief and various and Th tests. and all quizzes for useto their notes in psy- interested who are students for is recommended science. and/or history, literature, chology, is course is WLTL positions, student develops e course actual provides is course student the WLTL of is comprised is class a student all the training includes e course 11, 12 ered: Fall LA9151 11, 12 ered: Annual LA9711 ned by the WLTL manual; and manual; the WLTL ned by ed and operated. Students write, research, and research, write, Students operated. ed and produce various programs for WLTL and learn to oper- learn to and WLTL for programs various produce also Students their productions. for all equipment ate including as well, content streaming various produce podcasts. Th Th WLTL. operate needs to Media Arts: WLTL Production WLTL Arts: Media 1/2* (cr/nc) (dc) Credit: Off Grade radio broadcasting operate to learn how Students as they a radio station learn how equipment is staff Level: III None Prerequisite: Spring LA9152 an becoming techniques, production skills in audio all operating and writing script news and talent, on-air pro- you the programs and You controls. the technical of the school’s on live and both pre-recorded will air duce www.wltl. at online and 88.1 FM, WLTL, radio station, net. on-the-job management training and skills for advanced skills for and training management on-the-job curriculum. Introductory in the broadcasting students is also taught. procedure parliamentary Students are involved in the operation and management and in the operation involved are Students Th WLTL. of in the responsi- interested students and board executive Th management. business media and of bility daily through WLTL of evaluation continuous provides Th advisors. with seminars For a limited number of staff of number limited a For proce- media management learnand radio Students sales, programming, in promotion, practices and dures service, news, and sports,engineering, public research, FCC law. who best the meet select applicants advisors faculty criteria: following testing; federal all local and completed 1. have experience; WLTL semester of least one at 2. have service and leadership, character, 3. demonstrate LA9712 as defi undergo and application a completed 4. submit interviewan Media Arts: WLTL Management WLTL Arts: Media 1 Credit: Off Grade Level: IV Language Arts dents writing inthe willgain of experience monologues collaborative process of playwriting for theatre. the Stu- Th III Level: Prerequisite: None Grade Off Credit: 1/2*(cr/nc)(dc) Theatre: Playwriting plays. LA9217 Spring may include monologues, work, scene and one-act short through writtenassessed work and performances which Spring Western Drama and Modern the Masters. Students are theatre from history ancient the Greeks to origins the of and history. Students of aspects willstudy varying III Level: LA9312 Th Prerequisite: None Grade Off Credit: 1/2*(cr/nc) Theatre: Introduction to Theatre of peers. their es. Th plethora of form short improvisational LA9222 comedy exercis- Spring cal abilities creating while characters, and engage ina technique, test limits the of own their physical and vo- facet of lives. their Students basicpantomime willlearn provisation, over willcarry to askillwhich almostevery III Level: Th Prerequisite: None Grade Off Credit: 1/2*(cr/nc)(dc) Theatre: Improvisation andMime credit. course.the semester’s Asecond work may for taken be audiences MAY during nineweeks of second the occur are taught. Performances for and school community LA9241 exercises, monologues, duet and scenes reader’s theatre Fall dramatic and comic performance. Th tunities for learning basictechniques the and skillsof Th 11, 12 Prerequisite: None III Level: Grade Off Credit: 1/2*(cr/nc)(dc) Theatre: Acting Spring Spring LA9242 LA9247 iscourse isdesignedto familiarize students with the course introduces issurvey students to performance long issemester course explores acting through im- acting course isbeginning provides students oppor- eclass culminates inalive performance infront ee: 1 2 al LA9311 Fall ered: 11,12 LA9216 Fall ered: 9,10 LA9221 Fall ered: 11,12 LA9246 Fall ered: 10 eatre games and 92 Career InternshipProgram work may for taken be credit at any gradelevel. duced throughout LT the semester’s Asecond season. sound and lighting design/operation for plays the pro- construct specialty props, and introduced be to both props, and sound. Students willbuild and paint scenery, ater Technology including construction, set lighting, Th III Level: Prerequisite: None Grade Off Credit: 1/2*(cr/nc)(dc) Theatre: Stage Tech Spring LA5512 for fi the evaluated teacher and by employer the supervising the op a culminating project upon be based experience, the have teacher, contact weekly with supervising the devel- for semester the credit for course. the Th Th ment that wishto receive they credit for experience. the student willapply for internship the through depart- the guarantee admission. studentthe for awork internship. Application not does discretionsole of eachdepartment team to recommend Th own transportation to and from work the place. LA5559 LA5558 Summer career upon IV graduation Level: or aft work inan area experience that wishto pursue they asa LA5552 Th Spring Grade Off Credit: 1/2(dc) upon request. plays may produced be for public performance. IV Level fi process. Students read published willalso plays. Th material, and of function the rewrites rehearsal inthe ofand structuring the comedic scenes, and dramatic nal product an willbe original short play. Selected estudent willwork aminimum of 90hours during isone-semester course covers many of Th aspects iscourse may for taken be duplicate credit. It isthe iscourse isdesignedfor student the isseeking who nal grade. Th ee: 1 2 al LA5511 Fall ered: 11,12 ee: 1,1 Fl LA5551 Fall 11, 12 ered: estudent isresponsible for their er attending college. Th estudent will

e e- e Language Arts er - movement,

10 9, ered: Summer LA6451 93 Theatre: Summer Stock Summer Theatre: 1/2* (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade None Prerequisite: everything off to has theater Enjoy and make-up, sets, lighting, painting building, acting, Level: III this whirlwind tour the very for interested, Only more. 12 11, in the Reber will end in a performance theater through enrollment. Limited Center. Summer LA6452 may e elective ey will pass students that e projects Stu- work. do advanced ed will pre-production explores e course 9—12 ered: LA9271 Summer 9, 10 ered: LA9176 Summer lmmaking. Th lmmaking. on-air qualify to for students enables is course students will allow course is beginning, hands-on (writing, planning, design), production (using the (using design), production planning, (writing, equipment), other and microphones, lights, cameras, Students music). graphics, (editing, post-production and truck, portable production studio, LTTV’s with work work- in a hands-on, suites editing and equipment, of a variety complete will Students environment. shop to will be required and projects, group and individual studio truck and production on members as crew work Th time. class of shoots, outside Th LTTV! on even be aired may produce responsi- and projects advanced more with be repeated, request. Level IV upon being involved. bilities Students learn elements of television production and and production television of learn elements Students fi digital Prerequisite: None Prerequisite: Credit: 1/2 (cr/nc) Credit: only) Level III credit at (CR/NC Off Grade Level:III Media Arts: LTTV Production Arts: LTTV Media dents will learn the goals, policies and procedures of our our of procedures policies and will learn the goals, dents Th radio station. student-operated for required the necessary trainings all of and tests content live create only not will Students work. on-air be to works pre-recorded will also create but WLTL, for as pod- such content as online-only as well later, aired casts. Th Credit: 1/2* (cr/nc) 1/2* (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade Th Level: III WLTL. 88.1 FM on radio shows live host their own to qualifi already Students LT. their timeat during WLTL at work Media Arts: WLTL Summer Programming Summer WLTL Arts: Media None Prerequisite: 11, 12 LA9171 Summer Summer Academic Programs Academic Summer Language Arts A27 Theatre:Introto Theatre Speech Arts Media Arts: IntrotoRadio/TV LA9217 LA5017 JournalisticWriting LA9117 LA9277 Theatre: Theatre Acting LA5737 Theatre:Introto Theatre Elective SpringOnlyCreative Arts Speech Arts LA9246 Media Arts: IntrotoRadio/TV LA9216 LA5016 JournalisticWriting LA9116 LA9276 EnglishIIHonors LA5736 EnglishII Accel Elective FallOnlyCreative Arts EnglishIIPrep LA8126 IPCEngII Accel LA7126 LA5126 LA7256 Required SemesterCourses Sophomore Courses Theatre:Introto Theatre Speech Arts Media Arts: IntrotoRadio/TV LA9217 LA5017 JournalisticWriting LA9117 LA9272 Theatre:Introto Theatre LA5737 Speech Arts Elective SpringOnlyCreative Arts Media Arts: IntrotoRadio/TV LA9216 LA5016 JournalisticWriting LA9116 LA9276 LA5736 EngIHonors Elective FallOnlyCreative Arts EngI Accel LA8116/7 EngIPrep HumanitiesEnglish LA7116/7 LA5116/7 HumanitiesReading LA5046/7 LA5036/7 Freshman Annual Courses When choosing Annual Courses,youwillneedthe Language Arts Classes Media Arts: LTTV Television Production(NC) Media Arts: LTTV Television Production(NC) Media Arts: LTTV Television Production(NC) Media Arts: LTTV Television Production(NC) 94 A512 CareerInternship LA5551/2 Fall orSpring A32 Theatre:Playwriting Theatre:Stage Tech Theatre: Improvisation &Mime LA9312 Media Arts: WLTL LA5512 Production Media Arts: LTTV TelevisionLA9222 Production Philosophy ofSelfKnowledge LA9152 JournalisticWriting LA9272 Creative Writing 2 LA4142 Creative Writing 1 LA5732 LA7822 Theatre: Playwriting LA7812 Theatre: Stage Tech Elective SpringOnly Theatre: Improvisation &Mime LA9311 Theatre: Acting LA5511 Media Arts: WLTL Production LA9221 Media Arts: LTTV Television Production LA9241 PhilosophyofSelfKnowledge ulae/TAB)LA9151 JournalisticWriting LA9271 CreativeWriting 1 (LION) LA4141 LA5731 LA7811 Journalism: Yearbook Production(Tab-Elective FallOnly (ACP) Journalism:NewspaperProduction LA5721/2 Media Arts: WLTL Management Inquiry(ACP) LA5711/2 LA9711/2 EnglishIVHon:LiteraryInterpretation Elective Annual Literature EnglishIVHon:Reading,Writing and LA8422 Required SemesterCoursesSpringOnly CreatingandRefl ecting LA8411 EnglishIVPrep:Multicultural American Required SemesterCoursesFallOnly EnglishIVPrep:Visual Word LA4351 EnglishIVPrep:LitExpressions: LA4391 EnglishIVPrep:LiteratureofComedy EnglishIVPrep:Composition LA4361 inLiterature LA4371 LA4151 Media Arts: WLTL Management Required SemesterCoursesFall&Spring EnglishIV AP: Lit.& Comp. LA9711/2 EnglishIV AP: Rhetoric LA8241/2 LA8351/2 EnglishIIIHonors/AP:Lang&Comp LA5231/2 EnglishIII Accel: American Lit&Comp EnglishIIIPrep: American Lit&Comp LA8311/2 EnglishIII Accel: American Studies LA7331/2 EnglishIIIPrep: American Studies LA5331/2 LA7411/2 LA5741/2 Junior andSenior Annual Courses fi rst andsecondsemestercodes.

English IVPrep:World Perspectives Beginning ELL Intermediate ELL Advanced ELL Beginning Reading ELL Beginning Tutorial ELL Health ELL Intermediate/Advanced Tutorial ELL US History ELL World History ELL

Language Arts: Emergent Bilinguals

95 LANGUAGE ARTS Emergent Bilingual COURSE OFFERINGS

Emergent Bilingual Courses (ELL) South Campus 9-10 North Campus 11-12

Beginning Reading ELL Beginning Reading ELL Beginning ELLBeginning ELL Intermediate ELL  Intermediate ELL Advanced ELL Advanced ELL Beginning, Intermediate & Advanced Tutorial ELL Beginning, Intermediate & Advanced Tutorial ELL World History ELL (Global Studies) U.S. History ELL (Global Studies) Health ELL (Physical Education)

Emergent Bilinguals (ELL) Intermediate ELL Credit: 1 (dc) Level: III Emergent Bilingual courses are part of an integrated program Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Annual LA9136 that supports language acquisition through focused Health, LA9137 Language Arts, and Social Studies courses for students deter- 11, 12 Annual LA9131 mined to be an Emergent Bilingual (ELL). Th e ELL Program LA9132 provides and accelerates English language acquisition skills so students may become profi cient in English, leading to success Prerequisite: Emergent Bilingual (ELL) in their schoolwork and in life. All ELL courses are also listed identifi ed and confi rmed, with approval in the Guide in their respective departments. of ELL Coordinator Emergent Bilingual (ELL) identifi cation and confi rmation will Th is course, which students may repeat for credit as be determined by results from the ACCESS test given annually oft en as necessary, provides students with intensive to qualifying incoming freshmen for Beginning ELL, Interme- practice in language skills through content vocabulary, diate ELL, Advanced ELL, and transfer students as needed. class discussions and interactive exercises. Students will improve speaking and listening as well as reading and writing profi ciencies at a level beyond the beginning stages of language acquisition. Th e state language as- sessment, ACCESS test, will be used to help determine Beginning ELL placement for Intermediate ELL.

Credit: 1 (dc) Level: III Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Annual LA9036 Advanced ELL LA9037 11, 12 Annual LA9031 Credit: 1 (dc) Level: III LA9032 Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Annual LA9046 LA9047 Prerequisite: Emergent Bilingual (ELL) 11, 12 Annual LA9041 identifi ed and confi rmed, and approval LA9042 of ELL Coordinator Prerequisite: Emergent Bilingual (ELL) identifi ed and confi rmed, and approval Th is course, which students may repeat for credit as of- of ELL Coordinator ten as necessary, helps students with little or no fl uency in English gain basic communication skills in listen- Th is course, which students may repeat for credit as ing, speaking, reading, and writing. Th ese students also oft en as necessary, provides students with intensive enroll in Beginning ELL Reading. practice in language skills necessary for success in the regular classroom. Th rough lectures, class discussions, and interactive exercises, students receive ample op- portunity to improve speaking and listening as well as

reading and writing profi ciencies. Language Arts: English Language Learners Language English Arts: Language

96 Beginning Reading ELL Health ELL

Credit: 1 (dc) (cr/nc) Level: III Credit: 1/2 Level: III Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Annual LA0856 Grade Off ered: 10 Fall PE9356 LA0857 Spring PE9357 11, 12 Annual LA0851 LA0852 Prerequisite: Emergent Bilingual (ELL) Prerequisite: Emergent Bilingual (ELL) identifi ed and confi rmed, with identifi ed and confi rmed, with approval approval of ELL Coordinator of ELL Coordinator Th is course will meet the State of Illinois Health Educa- Th e Beginning ELL Reading program assists students in tion requirement. Th is course will assist the acquisition increasing reading skills, improving reading in context of health education material in a sheltered environment. and improving academic achievement. Th is course is designed for students with little or no fl uency in English who will be identifi ed through the ACCESS test. Stu- U.S. History ELL dents will be concurrently enrolled in Beginning ELL and Beginning ELL Tutorial. Credit: 1 (dc) Level: III Grade Off ered: 11, 12 Annual SS3411 SS3412 Beginning Tutorial ELL Prerequisite: Emergent Bilingual (ELL) identifi ed and confi rmed, and approval Credit: 1 (cr/nc) (dc) Level: III of ELL Coordinator Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Annual LA9026 LA9027 U.S. History ELL attempts to promote student under- 11, 12 Annual LA9021 standing of the numerous factors which have played a LA9022 part in the development of American society. Areas of Prerequisite: Emergent Bilingual (ELL) concentration and study begin with the colonial period identifi ed and confi rmed, with approval and conclude with the issues of contemporary America. Language Arts: English Language Learners of ELL Coordinator Emphasis is placed on developing reading and writ- ing skills. Th is course is especially designed for those Th is class off ers students tutorial assistance with academ- students who are learning to speak, read, and write in ic classes as well as skill training in areas necessary to be English as their second language. successful within the Beginning ELL program and/or regular education programs. Th is course off ers students more individual attention and support. Th ese students World History ELL also enroll in Beginning ELL Reading and Beginning ELL. Credit: 1 Level: III Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Annual SS5846 SS5847 Intermediate and Advanced Tutorial ELL Prerequisite: Emergent Bilingual (ELL) identifi ed and confi rmed, with Credit: 1 (cr/nc) (dc) Level: III approval of ELL Coordinator Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Annual LA9076 LA9077 World History ELL aims to help the students understand 11, 12 Annual LA9071 the complex world in which they live by developing LA9072 awareness of the thoughts and feelings of people within Prerequisite: Emergent Bilingual (ELL) their own culture, as well as relating events in the past identifi ed and confi rmed, with approval to the present and to the future. Th is course is especially of ELL Coordinator designed for those students who are learning to speak, read, and write in English as their second language. Th is course, which students may repeat for credit as Students study history, geography, political systems, and oft en as necessary, provides students with intensive prac- social and cultural life that are basic to the study of hu- tice in language skills necessary for success in the regular man development. classroom. Th is course is designed for the Intermediate and Advanced ELL students as well as those students who are transitioning out of the ELL program. Th rough content area vocabulary, class discussions, and interac- tive exercises, students receive ample opportunity to improve speaking and listening as well as reading and writing profi ciencies.

97 Emergent Bilingual Classes

When choosing Annual Courses, you will need the fi rst and second semester codes.

Freshman Courses Annual LA0186/7 English TBA (No Test) LA0856/7 ELL BEG Reading LA9036/7 ELL Beginning LA9136/7 ELL Intermediate LA9046/7 ELL Advanced LA9026/7 ELL Beg Tutorial LA9076/7 ELL Inter/Adv Tutorial SS5846/7 World History ELL

Sophomore Courses Annual LA0856/7 ELL Beg Reading LA9036/7 ELL Beginning LA9136/7 ELL Intermediate LA9046/7 ELL Advanced LA9026/7 ELL Beg Tutorial LA9076/7 ELL Inter/Adv Tutorial SS5846/7 World History ELL

Fall PE9356 Health ELL Spring PE9357 Health ELL

Junior and Senior Courses Annual LA0851/2 ELL Beg Reading LA9031/2 ELL Beginning LA9131/2 ELL Intermediate LA9041/2 ELL Advanced LA9021/2 ELL Beg Tutorial LA9071/2 ELL Int/Adv Tutorial SS3411/2 US History ELL

98 Algebra Algebra II w/ Trigonometry AP Calculus AB AP Calculus BC AP Statistics Calculus III College Algebra Financial Algebra Geometry Linear Algebra Pre-Calculus Career Internship Program

Mathematics

99 Mr. Collin Voigt, Division Chair TEL: SC: (708) 579-6580, NC: (708) 579-6410 FAX: (708) 579-6038 EMAIL: [email protected]

Mr. Joseph Barker, Assistant Division Chair Ms. Annette Orrico, Assistant Division Chair TEL: SC (708) 579-6581, NC (708) 579-6412 TEL: SC: (708) 579-6583, NC: (708) 579-6411 FAX: (708) 579-6038 FAX: (708) 579-6038 EMAIL: [email protected] EMAIL: [email protected]

Mathematics Department Philosophy Th e mathematics curriculum has been developed to help students value mathematics, become confi dent in their abilities to do mathematics, become mathematical problem solvers, and to communicate and reason mathemati- cally. Students, as a result of the high school mathematics experiences, should be able to model problems with the appropriate operations and equations, apply a variety of approaches and techniques to solve problems, understand the underlying mathematical features of problems, see the applicability of mathematical ideas to common and complex problems, use logical reasoning to present an argument, and employ technology to explore mathematical ideas and solve problems.

Students who successfully completed Algebra (Accel) in Grade 7th or 8th grade will receive one unit of high school credit on a pass/fail basis. Th e high school credit will be awarded aft er successful completion of one year of mathematics while enrolled in high school. Mathematics

100 Mathematics rs. c academic c fi 101 Attend to precision. Model with mathematics. reasoning. in repeated regularity and express Look for and make use of structure. for Look of othe Construct viable arguments and critique the reasoning in solving them. and persevere Make sense of problems Reason abstractly and quantitatively. tools strategically. Use appropriate Mathematics Department Standards Department Mathematics Standard VII Standard VIII Standard Standard VI Standard Standard V Standard Standard IV Standard IV Standard II Standard III Standard I Common Core State Standards for Mathematical Practice Mathematical State Standards for Common Core LTHS Mathematics Principles Mathematics Principles LTHS The LTHS Mathematics Department has adopted the following eight principles in conjunction principles the following eight has adopted Department Mathematics The LTHS These principles and State Standards. and the Common Core State Standards with both the Illinois speci Additionally, challenge students. courses and academic programs, guide standards course standards have also been developed. These are distributed to students at the beginning of distributed to students at are have also been developed. These course standards annual course. each semester or Requirements • AP Calculus AB Th is two-semester course is especially designed for While a minimum of three years of high school students with interest in mathematics and/or science. mathematics is required for graduation, many students Completion of this course qualifi es students to take the take four years of mathematics. Th e state of Illinois re- AP Calculus AB Examination. quires each student to take an Algebra and a Geometry course for two of the three required credits. It is • AP Calculus BC suggested that students who desire to attend college Th is two-semester course is especially designed for stu- study requirements specifi c to their school of interest. dents with high interest in mathematics and/or science. Most state universities in Illinois require three Completion of this course qualifi es students to take the years of mathematics through Advanced Algebra for AP Calculus BC examination. unconditional admission. Pre-Calculus may also be required. • AP Statistics Th is two-semester course is especially designed for stu- Placement dents with an interest in an introductory, non-calculus based course in statistics. Many college majors require Th e Division Chair evaluates the performance of each a statistics course. Th is course qualifi es students to take incoming student. Placements is based upon the follow- the AP Statistics examination. ing performance indicators. • Information from the eighth grade teacher’s about the incoming freshman using current math grades and student ability. • LT will review the results and recommend further changes based on skills and supports.

Parents are then notifi ed of the fi nal placement.

Incoming Freshmen

Students who are placed beyond Algebra (Accel) will receive credit for Algebra only aft er they successfully completed Geometry. Please note that credit will not appear on the student’s transcript until the end of the second semester of sophomore year. Th is credit will not apply to the three years of math credit required by the state of Illinois for high school graduation, nor will the level be designated.

Calculator Requirements

All Math/Science courses require a graphing calculator. Families should only purchase a graphing calculator if they do not already own one. Please call your student’s math teacher if you have any questions.

Mathematics and Advanced Placement (AP)

A student may enroll in the following mathematics AP courses: Mathematics

102 Algebra (Prep) 131/132 Algebra II w/Trigonometry (Prep) Credit: 1 Level: III 231/232 Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Annual MA4136 Credit: 1 Level: III MA4137 Grade Off ered: 10 Annual MA6236 Prerequisite: None MA6237 11, 12 Annual MA6231 Th is course intensively studies the language of algebra. MA6232 Students begin their study of the real number system Prerequisite: Geometry (Prep) and its properties. Th e course is designed to convey an understanding of the meaning and use of variables, for- Th is course presents the topics contained in Algebra II mulas, equations and inequalities, exponents, functions, w/Trigonometry and also includes the topics of polyno- graphs, and an introduction to probability and statistics. mial functions, logarithmic functions, sequences, series, Th e fundamental processes with algebraic expressions elementary probability, and rational functions. Problem are taught, including simple cases of factoring and work solving with the graphing calculator is a major emphasis with algebraic fractions. Th e signifi cance of problems in this course. and of problem solving is emphasized throughout the course. Material covered in this course will not only provide students with a foundation of algebra to be ap- Algebra II w/Trigonometry plied in future courses, but will also prepare students for (Accel) 241/242 college level coursework. Credit: 1 Level: IV Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Annual MA7246 Algebra (Prep) 132/131 (staggered) MA7247 11 Annual MA7241 Credit: 1/2 Level: III MA7242 Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Fall MA4936 Prerequisite: Geometry (Accel) Spring MA4937 Th is course presents the topics contained in Algebra II Prerequisite: Failure of 1st semester Algebra (Prep) or w/Trigonometry and also includes the topics of polyno- Accel) mial functions, logarithmic functions, sequences, series, elementary probability, and rational functions. Problem solving with the graphing calculator is a major emphasis Algebra (Accel) 141/142 in this course. Credit: 1 Level: IV Grade Off ered: 9 Annual MA4146 Algebra II w/Trigonometry (Hon) 251/252 MA4147 Credit: 1 Level: V Prerequisite: None Grade Off ered: 9, 10 Annual MA8256 MA8257 Th is course intensively studies the language of algebra. 11 Annual MA8251 Students begin their study of the real number system MA8252 and its properties. Th e course is designed to convey an Prerequisite: Geometry (Accel) or understanding of the meaning and use of variables, for- Geometry (Honors) mulas, equations and inequalities, exponents, functions, graphs, and an introduction to probability and statistics. Th is course presents the topics contained in Algebra II Th e fundamental processes with algebraic expressions w/Trigonometry and also includes the topics of polyno- are taught, including simple cases of factoring and work mial functions, logarithmic functions, sequences, series, with algebraic fractions. Th e signifi cance of problems elementary probability, and rational functions. Problem and of problem solving is emphasized throughout the

solving with the graphing calculator is a major emphasis Mathematics course. Material covered in this course will not only in this course. provide students with a foundation of algebra to be ap- plied in future courses, but will also prepare students for college level coursework.

103 Mathematics umn, paragraph, fl thinking to write following the of types proofs: 2-col- concepts. We willutilize avariety of of methods logical your pre-existing knowledge of algebra to geometric critical-thinker and problem-solver applying all while IV Level: Th polygons, and aswell solids interrelationships. astheir measurements and properties of lines,planes, angles, In course, this we about willlearn and investigate the Prerequisite: Algebra (Accel) Grade Off Credit: 1 Geometry (Accel)141/142 MA7147 umn, paragraph, fl thinking to write following the of types proofs: 2-col- concepts. We willutilize avariety of of methods logical your pre-existing knowledge of algebra to geometric III Level: critical-thinker and problem-solver applying allwhile Th MA5137 polygons, and aswell solids interrelationships. astheir measurements and properties of lines,planes, angles, In course, this we about willlearn and investigate the (Prep) Algebra Prerequisite: Grade Off Credit: 1 Geometry (Prep) 131/132 isclass willprovide you opportunity the to grow asa isclass willprovide you opportunity the to grow asa • and building administration approval. Independent Study may asan not taken semester/annual 8th be course. application for Independent Study. In students allcases, must parent, secure teacher, counselor, divisional, Independent Study ee: ,1 nul MA7146 Annual 9, 10 ered: MA5136 Annual 10 ered: ow, and coordinate proofs. ow, and coordinate proofs. Under specifi c conditions asoutlined on p. 25of the 104 students for college level calculus courses. gated. Material covered course inthis willhelp prepare right triangle trigonometry and conics investi- willbe problems, and various enrichment topics. Additionally, V Level: course willstudy coordinate problems, geometry locus cel) at agreater depth and faster pace. Students inthis Th Prerequisite: Algebra (Accel) Grade Off Credit: 1 Geometry (Hon)151/152 MA8167 iscourse includes topics allthe (Ac- inGeometry ee: ,1 Annual MA8166 9,10 ered: Guide , students may make Pre-Calculus (Prep) 331/332 Pre-Calculus (Hon) 351/352

Credit: 1 Level: III Credit: 1 Level: V Grade Off ered: 11, 12 Annual MA6331 Grade Off ered: 10 Annual MA8356 MA6332 MA8357 Prerequisite: Algebra II (Prep) or (Accel) 11, 12 MA8351 with a C or better MA8352 Prerequisite: Algebra II (Accel) and Geometry (Accel) Th is course is an extensive study of functions including trigonometric, linear, quadratic, polynomial, rational, Th is course is an extensive study of functions, advanced exponential, logarithmic, and sequences. In addition, topics in trigonometry, matrices, combinatorics, statis- the topics of complex numbers, polar graphs, vectors, tics, and other topics in discrete mathematics. Calcula- parametrics, limits, and continuity are studied. Th is is tor graphing technology is incorporated into the class in an extremely rigorous course and students who do not order to learn mathematics from a multifaceted approach. complete Advanced Algebra w/Trigonometry (Accel) with a B or better are cautioned about enrolling in the course. Students who complete this course with an above average grade of B or higher will be prepared for Calcu- lus in college.

Pre-Calculus (Accel) 341/342 Credit: 1 Level: IV Grade Off ered: 11, 12 Annual MA7341 MA7342 Prerequisite: Algebra II (Accel) Th is course is an extensive study of functions including trigonometric, linear, quadratic, polynomial, rational, exponential, logarithmic, and sequences. In addition, the topics of complex numbers, polar graphs, vectors, parametrics, limits, and continuity are studied. Th is is an extremely rigorous course and students who do not complete Advanced Algebra w/Trigonometry (Accel) with a B or better are cautioned about enrolling in the course. Students who complete this course with an above average grade of B or higher will be prepared for Calcu- lus in college. Mathematics

105 Linear Algebra Financial Algebra

Credit: 1/2 Level: V Credit: 1/2 or 1 Level: III Grade Off ered: 11, 12 Fall MA9951 Grade Off ered: 12 Fall MA6311 Prerequisite: Successful completion of AP Calculus Spring MA6312 AB or BC Prerequisite: Algebra I and 1 Semester of Geometry (Prep) Th is course is the study of vectors and vector space. Topics include vectors, vector spaces, matrices, deter- Financial Algebra is a study of algebra and functions minants, matrix algebra, linear independence, linear in a fi nancial context. Th is course combines algebraic transformations, eigenvalues, eigenvectors, and applica- and graphical approaches with practical business and tions of matrices and transformations. Approximately personal fi nance applications. Th is course encourages one-third of the course will involve the concept of students to be actively involved in applying mathemati- mathematical proofs as applied to linear algebra. This cal ideas to their everyday lives. course can earn dual credit through Moraine Valley. (Only with Calc BC credit).

Calculus III

Credit: 1/2 Level: V Grade Off ered: 11, 12 Spring MA9852 Prerequisite: AP Calculus BC

Th is course is a one-semester post calculus course. Th e course covers topics in multivariable calculus. Included are vectors in two and three-dimensions, solid ana- lytic geometry, diff erential calculus of several variables (including directional derivatives and gradients), and line and surface integrals. Th e course also includes linear algebra, a study of vector spaces in n-dimensional Euclidean space and over the complex numbers, inner product spaces, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, linear transformations, applications of vector spaces, and numerical methods. This course can earn dual credit through Moraine Valley.

College Algebra (Prep)

Credit: 1 Level: III Grade Off ered: 12 only Annual MA6321 MA6322 Prerequisite: Algebra II w/Trigonometry (Prep)

College Algebra is designed to develop mathematical reasoning and maturity, to facilitate placement in col- lege level mathematics, and to transition high school students to typical college grading policies. Th is year- long course is designed for high school seniors who have taken a course comparable to Intermediate Alge- bra. Th e curriculum will be similar to that of MATH 0465 off ered at the College of DuPage. Mathematics

106 Mathematics er attend- er

will e student their for is responsible e student the internship for will apply e student ered: ered: 12 11, Fall MA5551 Th nal grade. is the It credit. duplicate be taken for may is course student the career-minded for is designed is course during 90 hours of a minimum will work e student own transportation to and from the work place. place. the work from and to transportation own Th recommend to team each department of sole discretion does not Application internship. a work for the student admission. guarantee Credit: 1/2 (dc) Credit: Off Grade Spring MA5552 Th the stu- that experiencewho area is seeking in an work aft or graduation upon Level:IV pursue wishes to dent Th college. ing credit. they receive wish to that the department through MA5558 Summer Th MA5559 Th the course. for credit thesemester for devel- the supervising with weekly contact teacher, have the experience, based be upon project a culminating op the supervising the employer by and teacher evaluated the fi for mentation, and to assist in interpreting results. AP results. in interpreting assist to and mentation, college of semesters two of Calculus BC is the equivalent to plan who should take this course Students calculus. thetake AP Calculus BC Exam. Program Internship Career 107 - erent representations of func- of representations erent erent representations of functions, to to functions, of representations erent applica- methods series and its with nite rm written work, to implement experi- implement to work, rm written ered: ered: 12 11, Annual MA9651 ered: ered: 12 11, Annual MA9551 ered: 11, 12 MA9451 Annual a multi-representational emphasizes e course Calculus BC rm written work, to implement experimentation, experimentation, implement to work, rm written

sta- level in college course introductory is an is course ap- a multi-representational emphasizes e course infi elds, and tions. Th tions. approach to calculus with concepts, results, and prob- and results, concepts, with calculus to approach and numerically, geometrically, expressed being lems and students by used regularly is Technology verbally. diff reinforce to teachers confi to tions, AP Calculus BC is primarily concerned with developing developing AP Calculus with BC concerned primarily is calculus: of the concepts of understanding the student’s slope integrals, derivatives, limits, and graphs Functions, fi Prerequisite: Pre-Calculus (Honors) or Precalculus MA9652 B A or an with (Accel) Credit: 1 1 Credit: Off Grade Level: V AP AP Calculus AB is primarily concerned with developing developing with concerned AP Calculus AB is primarily calculus: of the concepts of understanding the student’s integrals. and derivatives, limits, and graphs Functions, Th problems and results, concepts, with calculus to proach verbally. and numerically, geometrically, expressed being teachers and students by is used regularly Technology diff reinforce to AP Calculus AB Calculus AP 1 Credit: Off Grade Prerequisite: Precalculus (Honors or Accel) or MA9552 Level: V B A or an with (Prep) Pre-Calculus confi AP Calculus AB is results. assist in interpreting to and Students calculus. college a semester of of the equivalent take the to AP Calcu- plan who take should this course AB Exam. lus dence intervals. Strong writing skills are as important as as important are skills writing dence intervals. Strong succeed. skills to algebra strong Th including most careers and majors college tistics. Most the and engineering, business, care, health education, Suc- statistics. of knowledge social sciences all require for students prepares this course of cessful completion descrip- include: Course topics exam. the AP Statistics experiments, design of regression, linear statistics, tive infer- of 10 weeks and probability, of study in depth an confi and tests hypothesis including statistics, ential AP Statistics AP 1 Credit: Off Grade II Algebra Prerequisite: MA9452 Level: V A97 AlgebraPrep131(staggered) MA4937 Spring only AlgebraPrep132(staggered) MA4936 Fall only Staggered Semester Pre-Calc Accel 341/342 Pre-CalculusHonors351/352 MA7341/2 GeometryHonors151/152 MA8356/7 Geometry Accel 141/142 MA8166/7 MA7146/7 Geometry Prep131/132 MA5136/7 AlgebraIIw/Trig Accel 241/242 MA8256/7 AlgebraIIw/Trig Prep231/232 MA7246/7 MA6236/7 AlgebraPrep131/132 MA4136/7 Algebra Accel 141/142 MA4146/7 Annual Sophomore Courses GeometryHonors151/152 MA8166/7 Geometry Accel 141/142 Algebra Accel 141/142 MA7146/7 AlgebraPrep131/132 MA4146/7 MA4136/7 Annual Freshman Courses Mathematics When choosing Annual Courses,youwillneedthe Mathematics Classes Algebra IIw/Trig Honors251/252 108 A82 CalculusIII MA9852 Spring only Linear Algebra MA9951 Fall only Financial Algebra MA6311/2 Career Internship MA5551/2 Fall orSpring College Algebra (Senioronly) MA6321/2 AP Statistics MA9451/2 MA7341/2 Pre-CalculusHonors351/352 Pre-CalculusPrep331/332 MA8351/2 MA6331/2 AP CalculusBC MA9651/2 AP Calculus AB MA9551/2 AlgebraIIw/Trig Accel 241/242 MA7241/2 AlgebraIIw/Trig Prep231/232 MA6231/2 AlgebraPrep MA4136/7 Annual Junior andSeniorCourses fi rst andsecondsemestercodes. Pre-Calculus Accel 341/342 Instrumental Concert Band Concert Orchestra Guitar - Beginning & Intermediate Jazz Ensemble Symphonic Band Symphony Orchestra Wind Ensemble Sinfonietta

Vocal Concert Choir Freshman Boys Chorus Freshman Girls Chorus Freshman Chorus & Vocal Techniques Senior Madrigals Sophomore Mixed Chorus Treble Choir Varsity Choir Advanced Vocal Techniques

Related Courses AP Music Theory Music Design and Technology Career Internship Program Music

109 Ms. Paula Nardi, Division Chair Mr. Mark Dahl, Assistant Division Chair TEL: SC (708) 579-6585, NC (708) 579-6488 TEL: NC (708) 579-6368 FAX: (708) 579-6786 EMAIL: [email protected] EMAIL: [email protected]

Fine Arts Division Philosophy Departments of the Fine Arts Division include the Visual Arts, Music, and World Languages. Th ey all focus on the need for individual expression and communication with others. Each area nurtures the internal development of creativity, intuition, reasoning, and imagination and off ers a unique means by which thoughts and feelings can be conveyed to familiar and foreign societies. It is the belief of the Division that through these timeless disciplines, students will come to appreciate civilizations past and to contribute to the future advancement of the individual and society.

Music Department Philosophy Focusing on the production, understanding, and value of music, students will come to understand the written piece within its time and context and apply such to their own realities. Th e skills, knowledge, and habits formed will enrich students’ life experiences. 

Instrumental Courses Related Courses Vocal Courses

Beginning Guitar Music Design and Technology Freshman Boys Chorus Intermediate GuitarAP Music Th eory Freshman Girls Chorus Concert Band Freshman Chorus & Vocal   Concert Orchestra Techniques Symphonic Band Sophomore Mixed Chorus Symphony Orchestra Concert Choir  Jazz Ensemble Treble Choir  Wind Ensemble Varsity Choir  Sinfonietta Advanced Vocal Techniques (12) Senior Madrigals 

Music Department Standards

Standard I Music Performance A. Th e student will demonstrate the ability to read music notation. B. Th e student will demonstrate basic elements of tone production for voice and/or instrument. C. Th e student will demonstrate well-developed ensemble skills. D. Th e student will perform in a variety of venues and confi gurations.

Standard II Music Appreciation and History A. Th e student will understand and explain music in relation to history and culture. B. Th e student will critically listen to, analyze, and describe music. C. Th e student will appreciate the creative process to express emotions and feelings.

110 Music rst position position rst and h, seventh, ft nger picking. Students Students picking. nger , students may make make may , students their for is responsible e student Guide at picking and fi and picking at both perfor- are the class of e goals rst position chords and fi and chords position rst 9, 10 ered: Annual MU5016 11, 12 ered: Spring MU6622 9, 10 ered: Fall MU6616 Th nal grade. is the It credit. duplicate be taken for may is course tech- beginning guitar develop designed to is course is Em- Beginning Guitar. of is a continuation is course 111 op a culminating project based upon the experience, based be upon project a culminating op the supervising the employer by and teacher evaluated the fi for place. the work from and to transportation own Th recommend to team each department of sole discretion does not Application internship. a work for the student admission. guarantee will learn basic fi and activities both playing includes Each unit notes. music read will learn to Students assignments. written a access to have should Each student tablature. guitar and practice. home for instrument personal MU5017 Concert Band 1 (cr/nc) (dc) Credit: Off Grade high/middle school band Junior Prerequisite: Level: III instructor with experience audition or Th fl including niques Intermediate Guitar 1/2 (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade Guitar Beginning Folk Prerequisite: Th learning theory, music understanding on is placed phasis in fi notes reading and chords, moveable Level: III Th position. ninth access to have should Students written. and mance-based be should and practice home for instrument a personal basic play and tablature, guitar read music, read to able progressions. chord Courses Instrumental Beginning Guitar 1/2 (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade 11, 12 None Prerequisite: Level: III Fall MU6611 Spring MU6617 Spring MU6612 e MU3701 ware to to ware

eld. Students Students eld. will e student c conditions as outlined on p. 25 of the 25 of p. on as outlined c conditions er attending college. Th college. er attending training, ear includes e course Under specifi Under soft eory Sibelius utilizes in music. the AP examination for students eory will prepare course AP the serious musi- for study eory of is a course ered: ered: 12 11, Fall MU5551 ered: 11, 12 11, ered: Annual MU5811 ered: 11, 12 ered: Fall

Th e Music

Th who is seeking the student is designed for is course during 90 hours of a minimum will work e student

Th as a they pursue wish to that experience area in an work aft or graduation upon career Credit: 1/2 (dc) Credit: Off Grade Level:IV MU5559 Summer MU5558, Spring MU5552 student will apply for the internship through the depart- through the internship for will apply student the experience. for credit they receive wish to that ment Th Th the course. for credit the semester for devel- the supervising with weekly contact teacher, have Internship Program Career learn tonal harmonic functions through analysis, dictation, dictation, analysis, through functions harmonic learn tonal Th composition. some and MU5812 necessary training music Previous Prerequisite: Th AP Music fi in the music a career to who aspires cian of a variety to listening dictation, rhythmic melodic and com- music representative analyzing and music, styles of Th AP Music positions. Credit: 1 (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade Level:V AP Music Theory Music AP Designed for the student with no previous musical experi- musical no previous with the student Designed for understand and explore will students in thisence, course self-expression. and creativity of the lens through music the music, of the elements will focus on the course Initially, students Next, notation. basic music and sound, of nature (including genres musical of variety a large will explore modern). and Finally, classical world, blues, pop, rock, pre- will manipulate students technology, of the aid with utilizing projects of a variety create and sounds recorded composing. and recording sequencing, looping, Spring MU3702 Spring None Prerequisite: Music Design and Technology and Music Design 1/2 (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade Level: III Related Courses further student skills in composition and in arranging for for in arranging and skills in composition further student genres. all music Study Independent

course. be 8th semester/annual taken not as an may Study Independent approval. administration building and divisional, counselor, teacher, secure parent, must all cases, students In Study. Independent for application

• All courses listed under Music apply toward the Creative Arts graduation requirement. Arts graduation the Creative toward apply Music under listed All courses • Music instrument and ability to read music sophomores play who violin, the viola, cello, string bass Th IV Level: with orchestralExperience Prerequisite: string Grade Off Credit: 1(cr/nc)(dc) Symphony Orchestra MU5212 in some required aft marching band component during fi at home football games, parades, and concerts. Th tion, technique, and musicianship. Th audition with instructor improve performance area their inthe of tone, intona- standard band literature. Th Students course inthis study music fundamentals and IV Level: Prerequisite: Participation Band or Concert inthe Grade Off Credit: 1(cr/nc)(dc) Symphonic Band MU5032 tions. participation Concert ismandatory. community programs, and state the festivals and competi- aged to prepare and solos smallensembles for concerts, performance. Th instrument and ability to read music standard orchestral literature, and public include study the of music fundamentals, sight-reading, violin,the viola, cello, string bass,and harp. Classactivities Th III Level: with orchestralExperience Prerequisite: string Grade Off Credit: 1(cr/nc)(dc) Concert Orchestra mandatory. wish,forif they competition. Performance participation is solos and participate insmallensembles for class, the and studentsing concert season, the are encouraged to prepare results insome required aft Th performs at home football games, parades, and concerts. tone, intonation, technique, and musicianship. Th tinually strive to improve performance their areas inthe of music fundamentals, and theory. elementary Th Students study Band inConcert standard band literature, MU5227 is mandatory. and state the contest. attendance/participation Concert small ensembles for con communitycerts, programs, membersBand are encouraged to prepare and solos is opportunity to audition for AllState organiz ations. emarching band component during fi the iscourse isopen to freshman and sophomore players of iscourse isopen to junior, senior and auditioned ee: 0(uiin,1,1 Annual ered: MU5211 10(audition), 11,12 MU5031 Annual ered: 10(audition), 11,12 Annual MU5226 9,10 ered: e Concert Orchestra eConcert members are encour- er school/night rehearsals.er school/night Th er school/night rehearsals. Dur- ey continu ey ally strive to rst quarter results eband performs rst quarter ey ey con- e band ere e 112 ed. a jazzvocabulary. Private study isstrongly recommend- through study the of jazzstandards and building the of cant devoted timewillbe to study the of improvisation of avariety of within jazzgenre. jazzstyles the Signifi Th ence through study the of works by master jazzartists. IV Level: Th Prerequisite: Audition Grade Off Credit: 1(cr/nc)(dc) Jazz Ensemble MU6112 tory. and competitions. Performance participation ismanda- concerts, community programs, and local/state festivals encouraged to prepare and solos smallensembles for performance. Th reading, standard orchestral literature, and public more advanced study of music fundamentals, sight- from Wind the Ensemble. Classactivities include a and harp. Wind and percussion players are selected the fi the ommended. Th Private study on principal instrument isstrongly rec- individual preparation for rehearsals and performances. ture of assignments, part there isastrong emphasis on of many Dueto soloistic the and na- styles periods. broaden musical the repertoire with advanced literature rehearsals, clinics and performances, students will skills, musical interpretation and techniques. Th cussion. Th and school collegehigh level works for windsand per- ence through study the and performance of complex IV Level: Wind Ensemble off Prerequisite: Audition or consent of instructor the Grade Off Credit: 1(cr/nc)(dc) Wind Ensemble MU5322 audition evening rehearsals. e ensemble experience will focus on eensemble willfocus performance the experience iscourse off Participation isdeterminedbyaudition rst quarter results insome required aft . ee:1,1 Annual MU6111 ered: 11, 12 ered: 10, 11, 12 Annual MU5321 Annual ered: 10,11,12 ecourse emphasizes advanced performance ers an advanced instrumental jazzexperi- emarching band component during eSymphony Orchestra members are ers an advanced instrumental experi- Participation isdeterminedby er school/ . rough - Music musical dence and the of e solo component choral will rehearse e girls Chorus annual its presents e Chorus erent cultures and historical periods historical as and cultures erent 11, 12 ered: MU5411 Annual 9 ered: Annual MU4216 ered: 10 MU4516 Annual girls want- freshman for course introductory is is an the with along concerts will present ensemble e large 113 Concert Choir 1 (cr/nc) (dc) Credit: Level: IV Off Grade None Prerequisite: men. Stu- senior and junior Concert to is open Choir male perform advanced and in this study class dents his- (TTBB) styles and of a variety of literature chorus production, tone sense of periods.torical A developing in stressed are musicianship skills, and sight-reading confi in growing resulting this course, independence. Concert in school performs and Choir Concert the year. during frequently in the community per- each for is mandatory attendance/participation the for audition to encouraged are Students formance. the musical, in the fall, Chorus MU5412 All-State IMEA Illinois enhance to in the spring Festival Solo/Ensemble and development. their musical Freshman Chorus and Vocal Techniques Vocal and Chorus Freshman 1 (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade None Prerequisite: Th solo vocal mu- and in both ensemble be to involved ing experience, musical previous of sic. All girls, regardless Level III Th enroll. to welcome are diff from music terminology technique. and as learn basic musical well MU4217 Th Choruses. Girls Concert Freshman Boys and Freshman Th is mandatory. participation with rehearsals monitored individual will involve class the in- and members class by evaluated performances Ensemble Solo and in the spring Participation structor. is encouraged. Festival Mixed Chorus Sophomore 1 (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade all sophomore to is open Chorus Mixed Sophomore Level: III experience. choral previous of girls regardless and boys devel- skills are musical and production vocal Maturing a wide of performance and the rehearsal through oped histori- and cultures many from music choral of variety cal periods. in the school performances and Public mandatory require the school year during community members Chorus Sophomore participation. concert the IMEA District Chorus for choose audition to may Festival in the Solo/Ensemble participate in the fall and Th in the spring. MU4517 in May. Assemblies performance and study ers erent cultures and historical historical and cultures erent erent cultures and historical historical and cultures erent off is course the during performs Chorus e Freshman 9 ered: MU4416 Annual 9 ered: MU4316 Annual 11, 12 ered: MU5231 Annual the school Chorus performs during e Freshman Vocal Courses Vocal girls want freshman for course introductory is is an want- boys freshman for course introductory is is an Credit: 1 (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade Th girls, regard- All singing. in choral be to involved ing en- to welcome experience, are musical previous less of Level: III diff from music Choral roll. MU4417 Girls Chorus Freshman None Prerequisite: terminology basic musical as periods as well is studied, the unique accommodate to order In technique. and both in a the girls participate voices, female of attributes alternat- on chorus a female and ensemble voice mixed Th days. ing Concert the as in evenings. participa- as well school day is mandatory. tion ing to be involved in choral singing. All boys, regardless regardless All boys, singing. in choral be to involved ing enroll. to welcome experience, are musical previous of diff from music Choral Th terminology as basic musical periods as well is studied, the unique accommodate to order In technique. and in both a participate the boys male voices, of attributes alternating on a male chorus and ensemble voice mixed Th days. Prerequisite: None Prerequisite: is Concert as in the evenings. participation as well day mandatory MU4317 Credit: 1 (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade Level: III Freshman Boys Chorus Freshman

Sinfonietta is determined by audition and is open to to is open and audition by is determined Sinfonietta viola, the violin, who play students senior and junior bass. Th or cello, MU5232 Sinfonietta (dc) 1 (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade Audition Prerequisite: Level: IV chamber and literature orchestra string advanced of a conduc- be will without performed Repertoire music. part mastery independent and is playing so soloistic tor, is instrument principal one’s on study expected. Private recommended. strongly Music MU5912 als are with performances expected evaluated by class of literature. solo Individual and monitored rehears- develop voice their through study the and performance other day, off III Level: Advanced Vocal Techniques, aclass meetsevery which Prerequisite: None Alternate days Grade Off Credit: ½(cr/nc) Advanced Vocal Techniques springheld inthe of junior the year. musical development. Auditions for Varsity Choir are semble Festival spring inthe asenhancements to their All-State Chorus fall, inthe musical, the and Solo/En- dents are encouraged to audition for IMEAIllinois the yearduring school such the asexchange concerts. Stu- formances. Additional concert activities are scheduled mandatory attendance/participation for expected per- frequently and school in the community inthe with techniques are stressed. Th individual aswell asgroup musicianship, and choral advanced musical concepts. Advanced tone production, skills requires demonstration the and application of accompanied. Frequent assessment of individual vocal IV Level: forms advanced SATB literature, acappella both and Varsity Choir isan auditioned mixed choir that per- Prerequisite: Audition Grade Off Credit: 1(cr/nc) Varsity Choir development. Ensemble Festival spring inthe to enhance musical their linois All-State Chorus fall, inthe musical, the and Solo/ Students are encouraged to audition for IMEAIl- the MU5312 dance/participation ismandatory for each performance. community frequently during year. the atten- Concert female voice. Treble choir and performs inschool inthe ear training, and for independence vocal maturing the emphasis on musicianship skillssuch assight-reading, and Th historical periods. treble-voiced literature (SSAA)of avariety of styles Students class study inthis and advanced perform Treble Choir isopen to junior and senior women. IV Level: Prerequisite: None Grade Off Credit: 1(cr/nc)(dc) Treble Choir MU5512 ered: 12 Annual MU5911 Annual ered: 12 Annual MU5311 ered: 12 Annual MU5511 ered: 11,12 ers individual students an opportunity to e curriculum includes an ecurriculum eVarsity Choir performs 114 Band, Chamber Orchestra, and ACapella Club. Junior Madrigals, Madrigals, Senior Jazz Band, Jazz Lab no credit for ensembles: these Sophomore Madrigals, maintained and school inthe com munity. Th expanded performance schedule for groups these is are from selected larger the performing groups. An meet outside regular class time. Ensemble members opportunitiesseveral ensembles. inspecial to be Th Students enrolled in music performance groups have pation is mandatory. Festival spring. inthe Performance attendance/partici- All-State Chorus falland inthe vocal Solo/Ensemble the Th mances and school inthe community the are frequent. None Level: Advanced chamber vocal music isstudied, and perfor- but do concurrently enroll inAdvanced Vocal Techniques, year. Students aft selected tion for Madrigals Senior spring inthe of junior their Current junior students choral inthe program can audi- Prerequisite: Audition Grade Off Credit: 0 Senior Madrigals MU6942 required. gals. However, participation Madrigals inSenior isnot isoftclass andSolo Ensemble Festival isstrongly encouraged. Th members and instructor. the spring inthe Experience ese singers ese are encouraged to audition for IMEA the Musical EnrichmentGroups not for academicachievement likely towinanaward for en taken concurrentlyen taken with Madri- Senior ee: 2 nul MU6941 Annual ered: 12 for atleastonefullyear are 4timesmore likely receive credit for Advanced Madrigals. three dayseachweek least three hourson school attendance. who participatein and 3timesmore to berecognized *www.artsed.org/Art_Facts the Arts for at Young people er auditions for ensemble the ere is ese ese is Music Classes

When choosing Annual Courses, you will need the fi rst and second semester codes.

Freshman Courses Junior and Senior Courses Annual Annual MU5016/7 Concert Band MU5411/2 Concert Choir MU5226/7 Concert Orchestra MU5511/2 Treble Choir MU4216/7 Freshman Chorus & Vocal Techniques MU5031/2 Symphonic Band MU4316/7 Freshman Boys Chorus MU5211/2 Symphony Orchestra MU4416/7 Freshman Girls Chorus MU5911/2 Advanced Vocal Techniques Fall Only (12th Grade Only) MU6616 Beginning Guitar MU5811/2 AP Music Theory Spring Only MU6617 Beginning Guitar Fall Only MU3701 Music Design & Technology MU6611 Beginning Guitar Spring Only MU3702 Music Design & Technology Sophomore Courses MU6612 Beginning Guitar Annual MU6622 Intermediate Guitar MU5016/7 Concert Band MU5226/7 Concert Orchestra Fall or Spring MU4516/7 Sophomore Mixed Chorus MU5551/2 Career Internship Fall Only MU6616 Beginning Guitar Courses requiring audition* Spring Only MU5321/2 Wind Ensemble MU6617 Beginning Guitar MU6111/2 Jazz Ensemble MU5311/2 Varsity Choir MU6941/2 Senior Madrigals Courses requiring audition* MU5231/2 Sinfonietta MU5321/2 Wind Ensemble MU5211/2 Symphony Orchestra MU5031/2 Symphonic Band

*When students select a course requiring an audition at registration, they must also indi- cate alternates they would like if they do not make audition. Music

115 Did You Know? The Arts are exercise for the brain. Scientifi c studies prove that 30 minutes a day with a creative activity builds dendrites - the brain’s connectors.*

*www.artsed.org/Art-Facts The Arts promote After nine months of weekly training individuality, in piano or voice, new research shows bolster self-confi dence young students’ IQ’s rose nearly and improve three points more than their overall academic untrained peers.** performance.***

**Yahoo News, HealthDay, July 13, 2004 ***www.artsed.org/Art-Facts Have you ever considered a career in?

Performing Arts Recording Industry Symphony Orchestra Recording Artist Administrative Personnel Producer Musician Songwriter Conductor Studio Musician Instrumental/Choral/Ballet Recording Engineer Accompanist Mechandiser Armed Forces Music Disc Jockey Popular Music Performer Music Industry Attorney Restaurant/Lounge Performer Wedding Performer Music Theater, Opera, Film Music Education Performer General Music Specialist Stage Manager Music Supervisor Director Private Teacher Costume/Set Designer Store Studio Teacher Tech Staff Band/Orchestra Director College/Conservatory Professor Allied Fields Choral Director Music Librarian Music Criticism Business Music Communications Retailing Publicity Distributing of Instruments Public Relations Sales Representative Music for Worship Instrument Maker Church Organist Instrument Repair Concert Manager Music Publishing Piano Tuning Music

116 Applied Personal Fitness Basic Self-Defense for Girls Dance Arts Dance Fitness Dance Studies Driver Education Exercise Physiology Family Health Issues Health Physical Education I, II, III & IV SCUBA I & II Sophomore Strength Training Introduction to Sports Medicine Sports Offi ciating Career Internship Program Physical Welfare

117 Mr. Kurt Johns Ms. Susan Murphy, Assistant Division Chair Physical Welfare & Co-Curricular Division Chair TEL: (708) 579-6382 TEL: (708) 579-6383 EMAIL: [email protected] EMAIL: [email protected]

Physical Education and Health Department Philosophy Th e philosophy of the Physical Education and Health Department is to fulfi ll the Mission Statement of Lyons Township High School which charges that our work will “...foster the full intellectual, physical, moral, and aesthetic growth of each student.” Th e four year required course of study will use a broad variety of activities that will em- phasize the promotion of a healthy lifestyle and acquisition of skills that will be valuable beyond the school setting. Th ese include... • the development and maintenance of personal fi tness; • the acquisition of health related knowledge, growth and development, the structure and function of body systems, illness prevention, and safety; • the development of various movement concepts and the refi nement of related motor skills; • the exposure to life long sport and fi tness activities; • the acquisition of physical competency and the knowledge of the rules and strategies of individual and team sports as well as recreational activities; and • the development of interpersonal skills necessary for successful living. Th e far-reaching nature of our discipline requires us to include aspects of each of the three educational domains: cognitive, psychomotor, and aff ective.

Regular Sequence

Sophomore PE

Freshman PE Junior PE Senior PE

Health Electives

South Campus 9-10 North Campus 11-12

• Applied Personal Fitness • Basic Self-Defense for Girls

• Dance Arts •Exercise Physiology • Dance Studies • Dance Fitness • Family Health Issues • Sophomore Strength Training • SCUBA Diving • SCUBA Diving II (Seniors only)

• Introduction to Sports Medicine • Sports Offi ciating Physical Welfare

118 Physical Eduction and Health Department Standards

The Physical Education and Health Department has established standards for student learning that en- compass its programs at all grade levels. There are six general standards which guide the department’s programs and which challenge students. The department has also established more specifi c standards for each general area, and these are available upon request. Finally, each course and activity unit within each course have standards for student learning.

Students will be able to...

1. demonstrate and understand movement skills that are necessary components of individual, team, leisure, work, and creative activities.

2. access, analyze, and apply health and wellness information obtained through the use of technology.

3. promote and demonstrate mature and responsible social behavior while respecting diversity among others in a variety of settings.

4. understand and demonstrate the benefi ts of physical fi tness as it relates to wellness.

5. understand the human body systems and the factors that infl uence growth and development.

6. understand and demonstrate basic health education principles, including the prevention and treatment of illness and injuries, while promoting healthy lifestyle behaviors.

Did You Know?

Regular physical activity The most eff ective means can help reduce the risk of maintaining a of heart attack, healthy level of

high blood pressure, body mass is Physical Welfare stroke, diabetes, obesity, through regular osteoporosis, and physical activity coupled some cancers. with sensible eating.

119 General Information 1. Th e student must have appropriate credentials (grades and test scores) to qualify for admission to • Students will be scheduled into modifi ed PE in cases the request school. of physical limitations or will have their regular PE 2. Th e student must have a full day schedule at LTHS classes modifi ed. Th is is done by a medical doctor’s (periods 1-8) without a study hall. written recommendation through the Health Offi ce. 3. Other elective classes not required for graduation If the doctor’s recommendation is such that the nor admission to a specifi c institution must be student’s participation in his/her assigned PE class dropped to provide room for the required classes is less than 50% of the semester, then the student before a PE waiver will be considered. shall receive a medical credit for the PE quarter/ 4. Th e student must verify that the course is required semester grade. Once the medical condition no longer for admission by submitting a letter and the prohibits a student from participating in his/her PE institution catalog requirement statement, and the class, the student is expected to fulfi ll all of the class student must appear to be otherwise admissible expectations and requirements including but not to that college/university in the judgement of LT limited to attendance, participation, etc. staff . • Freshmen, sophomores, juniors, and seniors are 5. Th e student must have a completed college/ required to be enrolled in PE each semester excluding university application on fi le with the counselor 1 semester of health during sophomore year. including a check for the application fee. • Dance Studies and Dance Arts may only be taken for 6. A student requesting a waiver in this case will CR/NC when taken as a Creative Arts graduation be asked to complete the waiver request form requirement and/or when taken in addition to available from the class counselor. Th e request will Physical Education. be reviewed by the class counselor and division • Dance Arts and Dance Fitness, off ered at North chair of PE and acted upon by the principal. Campus only, fulfi ll the PE requirement. 7. Under this exemption, any student dropping or • Exercise Physiology and Applied Personal Fitness, losing any class during his/her school day will when taken at North Campus, fulfi ll the PE necessitate an immediate return to PE. requirement. B. A senior may request an exemption from PE in order to meet graduation requirements, except the PE Swimming requirement, by following these procedures within If there is a medical reason for not being able to established deadlines for schedule changes. participate in aquatic activities, a medical doctor’s note must be on fi le in the Health Offi ce prior to the fall 1. Th e student will submit to the counselor a request semester of the student’s freshman year. A new note is for a PE waiver with a well-defi ned need and required at the beginning of each year. a plan clearly outlined to complete graduation When this procedure is followed, the student will be requirements. allowed to select a block of PE activities which does a. Well-defi ned need shall be interpreted as not contain aquatics. If a note is not brought to school students who are, as a result of class failure, prior to registration of PE elective programs (beginning behind in obtaining credits toward graduation. of each semester), the student will remain with the b. Other options, including summer school and assigned aquatic’s class. extension courses, must be part of the plan. c. Th e plan must provide that the student will be Junior and Senior PE Exemption/Waiver Options eligible to graduate with his/her class or by the Students in grades 11 and 12 may request waivers from summer school session immediately following PE under the following conditions: his/her class’ graduation. At the time of application for PE waiver, each student 2. Th e student must plan a full schedule at LTHS must be up-to-date in PE credits. Each request for (periods 1-8) without a study hall. exemption from PE will be verifi ed and eligibility 3. Other elective classes not needed for meeting determined on a case-by-case basis by school staff in minimum graduation credits must be dropped to accordance with established administrative guidelines. provide room for the required classes before a PE Every student excused from PE will be provided with waiver will be considered. a full day (periods 1-8) schedule at LTHS without a 4. Th e student, except for a transfer student, must study hall. have all PE credits required for his/her status (i.e., an entering junior must have earned 1-1/2 credits A. A senior may request an exemption from PE (second of PE and 1/2 credit of Health). Fift h year students semester) to take an academic class required for who have met PE requirements are not required admission to a specifi c institution by following these to enroll in PE. A previously granted waiver will procedures. count toward the PE graduation requirement. 5. Students requesting waivers in this case will be asked to complete the waiver request form available from the class counselor. Th e request will Physical Welfare

120 Physical Welfare e tness, tness, e depart- e tness program tness tness needs. tness tness concepts concepts tness ball, swimming, ball, tness and concepts tness and wellness a tness progress over tness program. Th hockeyoor and speedball. is - recreational dual approach tness program both within a co- students theords opportunity to eld, fl eld, ag football, soft ey will acquire fi technologytness-related move to help in emphasis from an activitycur- oriented ered: 9 Fall PE8116 ered: 9 - 12 Fall PE8516 ed Physical Education ed Physical tness activities - aff is course an provides individualized program PE for is change has been realized the at South Campus where 121 exibility, etc., activities. Th tness programs. Th habits. tness tness activity related the to 50% of total curricula. Th tness assessment system, to assist all students in the For the otherFor half class of time, personal students develop fi and fi recreational life-long interestsdevelop and sound personal fi pickle ball, track and fi theseapply in training,weight conditioning, aerobics, fl North Campus curricula builds the on fi Credit: 1/2 Grade Off Physical Examination Prerequisite: Students in this course establish a foundation in a variety activities PE of and in a fi educational setting. the one-half of class, For instruction, practice, and participation are in provided the following Level: III activities; , fl Spring PE8117 Modifi or Credit: 1/2 Grade Off Medical written doctor’s order Prerequisite: Th those students whose physical impairments develop- or Level: them III prohibits from participationment in vigorous activ- A varietyity. physical of activities are within provided the physical limitations the of students. Spring PE8517 Physical Education Program Education Physical With a shift ricula emphasizing to one wellness and personal fi the Physical Education/Health Department has imple- the fi latest mented the department and its students into the next century. Th the curricula uses a theory-application to increase model fi learned the at levels and freshman/sophomore adds the personalizing of elements the fi their high entire four-year school experience. Along with the collection physiological and of health riskdata, stu- willdents a customized to create be able fi that be should the catalyst to make fi life-long endeavor. I Education Physical ment has utilizedment 600 a computerized System, the Tri-Fit fi overall understanding their of personal fi Students will to track be able their fi ered the ered

a full (periods schedule have must e student 1-8) without a study hall. a study 1-8) without for and report to their assigned PE classes. In their PE classes. assigned to report In and for a PE within to returns a student that the event of more 50% or for and reason, any semester for he/she will be a grade for assigned the semester, full credit. granted the full semester and option of electing a study hall in lieu of their PE hall in lieu of a study electing of option the season during classes of (seasonal PE waiver) participation. athletic or losing any class during the school day will theschool day during class any losing or PE. to return immediate an necessitate be reviewed by the class counselor and division division and counselor the class be by reviewed theprincipal. by acted upon PE and of chair A junior or senior, who participates in an in an who participates senior, or A junior

interscholastic athletic program or Marching Band Band Marching or program athletic interscholastic perform- (School include does Code not Illinois of move PE to from a waiver request may groups), ing Hall. Study Athletic into

3. Th 1. in regular involved athletes senior and Junior will be off competition interscholastic will register 2. students this option, be for eligible To 6. Under this exemption, any student dropping 6. dropping student any this exemption, Under

C. Physical Education Make-up and/ Education Physical a semester of who fail Students failed the make-up to required are Education Health or the following the semester immediately during course complete to will be able students this way, In failure. manner. in a timely requirements graduation Lyons Township High School requires the successful School High requires Township Lyons and Education Physical of 7 semesters of completion and graduate to in order Education Health 1 semester of a high school diploma. receive to • Physical Welfare A(dc)following “Credit” indicates course the may for taken be “duplicate credit.” p. (See 17of the • An*asterisk following “Credit” indicates acourse isapplied which towards Creative the graduation Arts • administration approval. Independent Study may asan not semester/annual taken 8th be course. for Independent Study. In students allcases, must parent, secure teacher, counselor, divisional, and building Independent Study requirement inaddition taken when to Physical Education. needs. needs. specifi more develop PE8127 able be to will year, they and freshman madeduring ress prog- Spring access second year, the can In students activities. fi more are sophisticated as duced, intro- are and , , swimming, III Level: such as activities recreational aresult, As well. as expand, abilities and interests emotionally, their and physically sophomore the continued in is year. mature students As fi personal and Recreational Prerequisite: Sophomore standing Off Grade 1/2Credit: Physical Education II PE8917 Physical the fulfull Education requirement. Spring through dance. CR/NC isavailable. Th PE8916 reography aswell asto develop fi hop, dance, jazz,ballet,modern and introduction to cho- ments and rhythms. Students to willlearn performhip Fall dancelearn technique through basiclocomotion move- Creative Arts Th Prerequisite: None Grade Off Credit: Dance Studies North CampusNorth PE9047 fi and eduction); sexuality; (including AIDS human diseases Spring infectious tion); and chronic nutrition; abuse; substance educa- (including death health mental physiology; and III Level: anatomy human areas: following the in instruction depth Th None Prerequisite: PE9041 Spring PE9042 Fall 11, Off Grade 12 1/2Credit: Health rst-aid (including CPR certifi isaone course semester for student the wants who to is semester course meets daily. Th daily. meets course semester is 1/2 * (cr/nc) (dc) Level: III Level: 1/2 *(cr/nc)(dc) ee: ,1 ered: 9,10 ee: 0 al PE8126 Fall 10ered: ee: 0 al PE9046 Fall 10ered: Th is class is only for de- only who is students are class is c programs that meet their expanding expanding their meet that c programs Under specifi tness program development program tness cation). tness and conditioning tness concepts and concepts and tness c conditions asoutlined on p. 25of the e course provides ecourse in- is course does NOT iscourse does 122 educational material. educational III Level: of health acquisition their in support receive language will program ELL the from Students requirement. tion Th Prerequisite: (ELL) identifi Emergent Bilingual confi Spring PE9357 Off Grade 1/2Credit: Health ELL the physicalthe education requirement. gressive strength training program. Th personal fi prevention. to make strength Expect gains and reach maintenance,on body performance, and body injury program development, and one focused day gym inthe on of science the strength training, muscle growth and weightin the room, one day classroom inthe focused PE8717 environment. Th All techniques taught willbe inastructured and safe Spring functional lift student needs.Th III Level: is required; class the isdesignedto meetindividual tenance. No prior with strength experience training student interested instrength training andmain- body Th Prerequisite: Sophomore standing Off Grade 1/2Credit: Sophomore Strength Training course. this totake PE from classes not excused be will seniors Juniors and circumstances. extenuating transfer, or other fi cient in the Health credit because of prior failure, school of prior failure, because credit Health the cient in is course will meet the State of Illinois Health Educa- Health of State Illinois the meet will course is is semester course issemester isdesignedfor any sophomore ee:1 Fl PE9356 Fall ered: 10 ee: 0 al PE8716 Fall 10ered: tness goals throughout asemester-long, pro- s that incorporate allmuscles of body. the Guide ecoursethree days willspend aweek ecourse isbuilt around three core rmed, and approval of ELL Coordinator of approval ELL and rmed, , students may make application iscourse fulfi Guide e n and ed .) lls Physical Welfare e lls a lls

will e student fulfi is course tness setting. Students Students tness setting. )(dc) er attending college. Th college. er attending tness activities such as cardio as cardio such tness activities original their own ey create their for is responsible e student Creative Arts only Creative ered: ered: 12 11, Fall PE5551 ered: Ed 12 Physical 11, Fall PE8951 11, 12 ered: Ed Physical Fall PE8961 tness and conditioning. Th conditioning. tness and Th nal grade. 1/2 * (dc) Level: III 1/2 * (cr/nc who is seeking the student is designed for is course is the It credit. duplicate be taken for may is course an with the student for semester course is is a one during 90 hours of a minimum will work e student with along training dance extensive gains e student students provide designed to semester course is is a one 123 PE requirement if taken as a junior or senior. CR/NC is CR/NC senior. or if taken as a junior PE requirement Arts graduation when as a Creative taken only available Edu- Physical to taken in addition and/or requirement eligible NOT are who take this course Athletes cation. hall. study athletic for Credit: 1/2 (dc) Credit: Off Grade Spring Th PE5552 as a they pursue wish to that experience area in an work Level:IV aft or graduation upon career PE5558, PE5559 Summer student will apply for the internship through the depart- through the internship for will apply student the experience. for credit they receive wish to that ment Th Th the course. for credit thesemester for place. the work from and to transportation own Th recommend to team each department of sole discretion does not application internship, a work for the student admission. guarantee have weekly contact with the supervising teacher, devel- the supervising with weekly contact teacher, have the experience, based be upon project a culminating op the supervising the employer by and teacher evaluated the fi for III Level: Off Grade PE8952 Spring PE8922 Spring Prerequisite: None Arts Creative Fall PE8921 Credit: Off Grade PE8962 Spring Prerequisite: None Th fi a group in dance to exposure with fi in various will participate and yoga ballet barre, pilates, body sculpting, dance, Dance Arts Dance Credit: Th Stu- choreography. and technique in dance interest through communication experience of the power dents Th and dance. movement self-expression. of a window for allowing choreography Th fi general Dance Fitness Career Internship Program Program Internship Career is lls the PE e class class e is course course is e develop- e tness pro- tness tness plans will fulfi is course lls the PE requirement. lls the PE requirement. Th tness activities. the of rst day semester. have learned and practiced practiced learned and have tness activities. Th fi tness, types of tness the phase of curricula. Th ered: ered: 12 11, Fall PE8661 ered: 11, 12 12 ered: 11, Fall PE8131 11, 12 ered: Fall PE7301 1/2 (dc) Level: III lls the requirement. PE skills focused self-defense will teach ed instructors who students will provide semester course is one requirement and cannot be repeated. Athletes who take Athletes be repeated. cannot and requirement hall. study athletic for eleigible NOT are this course various self-defense techniques to have as options if they as options have to techniques self-defense various covered topics Additional themselves. defend need to relationships, healthy in society, roles gender include risk recognize to how and mechanisms, coping positive Th probability. assault reduce and Th the op- for considerations viable with as female identify Cer- attack. a physical to in response self-defense of tion tifi Students assault. physical escaping and avoiding on will this course completing Prerequisite: None Spring PE8662 Basic Self-Defense for Girls Basic Self-Defense for 1/2 Credit: Off Grade Level: III Students in this course will use heart rate monitors at at monitors will use in this course heart rate Students assess exercise and per monitor to week least 4 days in a cardiovascular will participate Students intensity. fi of a variety using program Grade Off Grade Prerequisite: None nutrition regarding information students will provide fi of diet, components and Spring PE7302 Credit: Applied Personal Fitness Instruction, practice, and participating in are provided a co-educational setting in a variety lifetime of sports activities.and physical education will Students select activities of a block the on fi Each student’s elected program willEach student’s balanced be with wellness and fi appropriate Physical Education III IV and Education Physical Credit: 1/2 Grade Off and Junior Senior standing Prerequisite: Level: III Spring PE8132 ment and implementation of personal of fi and implementation ment theaugment fi fulfi grams, wellness concepts, and stress management. Th management. stress and concepts, wellness grams, fulfi and be repeated may course ath- for eligible NOT who take are this course Athletes hall. letic study Physical Welfare Credit: 1/2 Level: III Level: SCUBA activities and pool inthe open water settings. knowledgethe to safely and skillsnecessary experience Th diabetes) PE7611 (noPE7612 Spring questionnaire or epilepsy &health physical current aCor water, better, Fall the with comfortable in Health and PE Sophomore standing, Senior or Junior Prerequisite: Off Grade 1/2Credit: SCUBA Diving creditgeneral elective for course. the receive Students will management of chronic illnesses. equipped the to helpbe better in others and themselves student involved, will help the seek for support and all PE9052 where to to go physically, mentally, psychologically and knowledge of the chronic with conditions. Armed with Spring eff emotional eff physical factors, risk the IV III, Level: chronic many conditions.ated Th with about associ- factors risk learn for you! Students will course the is work or this social psychiatry, counseling, nursing, medicine, in acareer you interestedIf in are Prerequisite: Development or Child &Biology Health Off Grade 1/2Credit: Family Health Issues course this take are not eligible for athletic study hall. senior year, physical activity isincluded. Students who fulfi supply systems for various course this activities. Because cle cardiovascular function, and function, energy the lab course with composition, experiments inbody mus- fi to scientifi Th Prerequisite: Bor Spring Grade Off Credit: PE7812 Exercise Physiology long fi ownership of own their physical fi Dance Fitnessmindfulness. willguidestudents take asthey ment and may repeated. be is semester SCUBA issemester course willprovide students with course issemester isfor student the interested inthe tness and/or athletic performance. It isprimarily a lls the PErequirementlls the junior inthe taken when or tness participants. Th c explanation of human performance asit relates 1/2 Level: Level: IV 1/2 ee: 1 2 al PE7811 Fall ered: 11,12 ee:1,1 11,ered: 12 PE9051 Fall 11,ered: 12 ects on family and society as they cope they as society and on family ects better in Biology inBiology better iscourse fulfi ects of the disease, and the the and disease, of the ects tness and life- become (Prep) or (Accel) ey will research will ey lls the PErequire-lls the 124 Study Hall. Juniors andSeniorswillnotbedismissedto Athletic ed throughout text the ashomework and class activities. Additionally,pool. knowledge must reviews complet- be and afi require standard taking PADI written quizzes, exams certifi in June to complete open water the dives to become preparedwill be for theoption to go toquarry alocal course, astudent requirements that pool hasmetthe utilizingpeers signlanguage. At completion the of this for students to communicate with teacher the and their silentunderwater environment willcreate anecessity physics and physiology. Additionally, working inan opportunities with emphasis especially sciences, inthe ing Apparatus. Th advanced skillson Self-Contained Underwater Breath- swimming and skindiving skills,before moving into Th Credit: 1/2 Level: III Level: PE7621 Spring PE7622 Fall Off Grade 1/2Credit: II SCUBA Diving concepts. Th medical in background gain careers or paramedical IV Level: Students contemplating injuries. medical to athletic tive rela- techniques prevention/treatment and kinesiology, basic anatomy, terminology, medical physiology,learn Th Health in of Bor Grade Prerequisite: better Off Grade 1/2Credit: Spring Introduction Medicine toSports PE7912 SCUBA Diving. tion with off course for this important are skills aleader. as Independent study serving be interested in PADI certifi Advanced Diving fi Th SCUBA Certifi &PADIPrerequisite: SCUBA Diving Ain Water Open requirement. It is to be taken in conjunction with PE. conjunction with in requirement. It to betaken is nor fulfi notdoes satisfy for today’s Th athlete. recreational skills and ed in Open Water Open Th ed in Diving. eactivity portion of the course willfi is course provides students with an opportunity to opportunity an provides course is students with to designed befor is certi- course is are students that ed inPADI Water Open SCUBA. Certifi nal along with equipment and skillchecks inthe ee:1 12ered: ee: 1 2 al PE7911 Fall 11,ered: 12 e course also off also ecourse cation iscourse willprovide crosscurricular ll the junior or PE senior the year ll ers practical knowledge knowledge ers practical is course will pursue the the pursue will course is cation. Students should should Students cation. ered in conjunc-ered in rst address is course cation will Physical Welfare erapist Dance Dancer Professional Educator Dance Th Dance Video Dance Performer Director Choreographer Photographer Dance Critic Dance Owner Studio Dance erapist 125 erapist erapist cation cation ict resolu- ict Sports Medicine Trainer Athletic Th Physical Assistance Physician Doctor Nutritionist Psychologist Sports Recreation District Park Superintendent Recreation Supervisor Director Camp Resident Th Recreational Anatomist Nurse Chiropractor Paramedic/EMT Physiologist Exercise Th Massage ball (spring (spring ball ll the or junior setting a ered in develop which to e course will fulfi cial ciating cials. Th cials. be repeated. e course may ered: 11, 12 12 11, ered: Fall PE7401

(Umpire/Referee) Coach Center & Fitness Health Director Instructor Aerobics Equipment PE & Fitness Designer Director Fitness Corporate Distributor Apparel Sports Athlete Professional Pro /Tennis Director Aquatic Lifeguard Instructor Yoga Facilitator Management Stress Instructor Climbing Rock Facilitator Building Team Administrator Sports Broadcaster Sports Television Broadcaster Sports News Physical Education Teacher Education Physical Teacher Health Director Fitness Personal Trainer Offi Sports

setting a ered in the of practice which to application with students is course provides the opportunity to on theiron own so they can within work the community park districts, are always and who schools, clubs, feeder in offi of need their skills. will Students pursue to certifi need learn rules for soccer (fall semester), soft learn rules soccer (fall semester), for volleyball,semester), and basketball. will Students be off rules, positioning, signaling, proper and confl in interested tion. Students earning within income the community will off be Th Sports Offi (dc) Credit: 1/2 Grade Off Prerequisite: Junior or Senior standing. Sophomore and HealthPE with Athletes better. in a C or season be dismissedmay Athletic to Hall. Study Level: III Spring PE7402

senior year PE requirement. Homework will Homework requirement. yearsenior be as- PE signed. Th Have you ever considered a career as a... career a considered Have you ever Physical Welfare PE8716/7 SophomoreStrength Training PE8516/7 Modifi ed P.E. Fall orSpring PE8127 Sophomore P.E. PE9357 ELL Health PE9047 Health PE8917 Dance Studies(Cr. Arts Credit) Spring Only PE8126 Sophomore P.E. PE9356 ELL Health PE9046 Health PE8916 Dance Studies(Cr. Arts Credit) Fall Only Sophomore Courses PE8917 Dance Studies(Cr. Arts Credit) Elective SpringOnly PE8916 DanceStudies(Cr. Arts Credit) Elective FallOnly PE8516/7 FreshmanModifi ed PE PE8116/7 PhysicalEducation Freshman Courses When choosing Annual Courses,youwillneedthe Physical EducationClasses 126 PE8516/7 Modifi ed P.E. PE5551/2 CareerInternship Fall orSpring SportsOffi PE7402 (Not forPhys.Ed..Credit) PE7912 Introduction toSportsMedicine SCUBA Diving II(Seniorsonly) PE7622 PE7612 PE8132 Physical EducationIII-IV PE9042 Health Education PE9052 Family HealthIssues PE7812 Exercise Physiology PE8962 Dance Fitness(Phys.Ed.Credit) PE8952 Dance Arts (Phys.Ed.Credit) PE8922 Dance Arts (Cr. Arts Credit) BasicSelf-DefenseforGirls PE8662 PE7302 Applied PersonalFitness Spring Only SportsOffi PE7401 PE7911 Introduction toSportsMedicine SCUBA Diving II(Seniorsonly) PE7621 PE7611 PE8131 Physical EducationIII–IV PE9041 Health Education PE9051 Family HealthIssues PE7811 Exercise Physiology PE8961 Dance Fitness(Phys.Ed.Credit) PE8951 Dance Arts (Phys.Ed.Credit) PE8921 Dance Arts (Cr. Arts Credit) BasicSelf-DefenseforGirls PE8661 Applied PersonalFitness PE7301 Fall Only Junior andSeniorCourses fi rst andsecondsemestercodes. SCUBA (Not forPhys.Ed..Credit) SCUBA Diving Diving ciating ciating Biology Chemistry Astronomy AP Biology AP Chemistry Environmental Science AP Environmental Science Forensic Science Geology Human Anatomy & Physiology Introduction to Organic Chemistry Physics AP Physics I AP Physics C Physical Science STEM Research Career Internship Program

Science

127 Science Science and Advanced Placement(AP) information from eighth the gradeteachers 2. standardized test scores on MAPtest the 1. ing performance indicators: uponfreshmen based an integrated analysis of follow- the Th Science Placementinto Academic Ability Levels Science DepartmentPhilosophy EMAIL: [email protected] FAX: (708)579-6410 TEL: SC(708)579-6580,NC579-6409 Mr. CollinVoigt, DivisionChair AP Biology is the suggested course isthe to APBiology prepare for AP the 1. tions infour areas. Th    General Information for biology, chemistry, and/or physics. aresequences students, when possible with input from teachers, counselors and parents, diff choose shown below are intended to provide background asolid and inscience not students restrict choices. intheir Other Th Science Sequences ally works, and helps student the develop analysis, interpretation, and synthesizing skills. with material the studied course, inthe develops lab skills,increases astudent’s understanding of how actu- science An important component of courses allscience islaboratory work. Laboratory work gives students direct contact standardized tests, such asSAT, and prepared willbe study for of during further science senior their year. core courses are completed by endof the junior year, students have opportunities maximizedtheir to dowell on complete at three years least of including science one course inbiology, each chemistry, and physics. If three these students school All high needabroad background To inscience. attain abroad background, allstudents should EMAIL: [email protected] FAX: (708)579-6038 TEL: SC(708)579-6582,NC579-6412 Mr. JosephBarker, Assistant DivisionChair    e Science Department off eScience eDivision Chair recommends placement for incoming ere are many that sequences science students may of because interests their select and career plans. Th services, homeeconomics,andcomputersciences. students enteringengineering,medicineandthehealth universities suggestathreeorfouryearsequencefor various colleges and universities. As course the descrip- examination or inbiology related examinations given by AP Biology experience. science Most colleges recommend natural both and physical Illinois universities) require forratory science admission and some (especially Most colleges require at two least credits of alabo- future vocational and/or educational goals. academic plan to provide abalanced preparation for student’s includedics should be inevery four year However, courses inbiology, chemistry, and phys- Two creditsinsciencearerequiredforgraduation. ers preparation for APexamina- three. Mathree. ny colleges and 128 AP5. AP4. APPhysics university Cisacalculus-based physics 3. Th 2. AP PhysicsC AP Chemistry Ms. Annette Orrico, Assistant DivisionChair environmental science. ence. Th students for APexamination the inenvironmental sci- AP equivalent to one of semester college physics. covers mechanics, rotation and sound. Th AP ics. examinations: and Electricity Magnetism, and Mechan- course students prepared willbe for APPhysics both C and other related fi introductoryin the college courses of engineering science course and covers allof thematerial traditionally off examination inchemistry. syllabusCollege Board to prepare students for AP the semesters of college chemistry. the uses APChemistry biology. tion indicates, it isequivalent to two semesters of college e AP Chemistry course equivalent isthe eAPChemistry of one or two TEL: SC(708)579-6583,NC579-6411

Environmental course isthe to prepare Science Physics Iisan algebra-based physics course and Environmental Science Physics I ecourse isequivalent to one of semester college

elds. As aresult, APPhysics the C EMAIL: [email protected] FAX: (708)579-6038 erent course levels iscourse is e sequences ered Science physics) students will be able to know and apply... physics) students will be able to know 129 c inquiry to investigate questions, conduct questions, c inquiry investigate to problems. solve and experiments, 2. adapt. and function, change, things living how explain that concepts 3. their environment. with and each other with interact things describe living that how concepts 4. between them. energy the interactions and and matter describe of that properties concepts 5. them. explain that the principles and motion and describe that force concepts 6. resources. the Earth of its processes and and describe that the features concepts 7. in it. place Earth’s and the universe of structure and composition explain that concepts 8. science. of practices the accepted As a result of their core science courses (biology, chemistry, chemistry, science courses (biology, core of their As a result 1. scientifi of processes and principles, the concepts, Science Department Standards Science Department Science credit through Moraine Valley. (Prep) from class. this changing. Students cannot level change into Astronomy how of science the astronomy, however old, isalways about and history future the of space exploration, and Students discussed. cosmic oddities willbe willlearn studied,be and existence the of black holes and other and future of our solar system, galaxy, and universe will of celestialevents such aseclipses. Th identify objects night inthe skyand make predictions astronomers incorporated, willbe students to willlearn course, techniques by used amateur and professional knowledge of biology, chemistry, and physics. In this Th universe. the up make which solar system, and objects Astronomy isthelaboratorystudyofnightsky,our Even today,peoplewonderwhatliesbeyondourplanet. attempt bypeopletounderstandtheworldaroundthem. strongly &Physics (Chemistry Astronomy istheoldestofallsciences.Itbeganasan IV Level: Prerequisite: On recommended) Grade Off Credit: 1 SN7312 Astronomy Annual SN7311 into Astronomy (Accel) from class. this old, isalways changing. Students cannot level change exploration, and how of science the astronomy, however Students about willlearn and history the future of space black holes and discussed. other cosmicoddities will be galaxy, and universe studied, willbe and existence the of Th universe. the up make which solar system, and objects Astronomy isthelaboratorystudyofnightsky,our Even today,peoplewonderwhatliesbeyondourplanet. III Level: attempt bypeopletounderstandtheworldaroundthem. Astronomy istheoldestofallsciences.Itbeganasan Prerequisite: On Grade Off Credit: 1/2 Astronomy Spring SN5312 SN5311 Fall  estudy of astronomy and requires spacescience eorigin, evolution, and future of our solar system,

building administration approval. Independent Study may asan not taken semester/annual 8th be course. plication for Independent Study. In students allcases, must parent, secure teacher, counselor, divisional, and Independent Study ee: 1 2 ered: 11,12 ered: 11,12 (Accel) (Prep) e year ofe year natural science of science e year This coursecanearndual Under specifi eorigin, evolution, c conditions asoutlined on p. 25of the 130 students asself-directed, competent learners. student progress throughout, ultimately encouraging Th deep learning experience. and allow to them integrate to ideas gain science the a worldReal phenomena willelicit student questions and learning through application of biological concepts. world phenomena to student increase understanding on based questioningwill be and on of use the real- SN5111 Generation Standards. Science Classroom instruction Annual practicesusing asprescribed by science the Next the scientifi 11,12 In college this preparatory course, students willexplore III Level: None Prerequisite: SN5112 Grade Off SN5117 Credit: 1 Biology (Prep) c phenomena through solving the of problems ee: ,1 Ana SN5116 Annual 9,10 ered: Guide , students may make ap- ecourse involves assessing Science a covers is course a covers is course ussion and independent prac- independent and ussion ered: ered: 10 Annual SN5616 ered: 10 Annual SN7216 131 tice. A background in algebra, continuous practice and and practice continuous in algebra, A background tice. success in this course. to key review are daily Chemistry (Prep) Chemistry 12 Credit: 1 SN5611 11, Annual Off Grade SN5617 Prerequisite: Completion of Algebra Prep or higher SN5612 structure and Chemistry the composition of is the study the energy and undergoes, matter the changes matter, of Level: III Th those with changes. associated curriculum. driven phenomenon using topics of range laboratory through reinforced Chemistry are concepts disc classroom activities, Chemistry (Accel) 12 1 Credit: 11, Off Grade SN7211 Annual Prerequisite: Completion of Algebra with a SN7217 structure and Chemistry the composition of is the study SN7212 Level: IV the energy and undergoes, matter the changes matter, of Th those with changes. associated better B or Chemistry a fast pace. at depth with topics of range activities, laboratory through reinforced are concepts A practice. independent discussion and classroom practice continuous in mathematics, background strong success in this course. to key review are daily and c rst level level rst al SN8311 those to ered biologi- of e application erent contexts are a critical a critical are contexts erent students prepares e program used better to methods assessment are erent ered: ered: 10 9, Annual SN7116 ered: 11, 12 11, ered: Annu to students requires course preparatory is college questions student will elicit presented e phenomena diff ough on emphasis an with oriented, is laboratory e content Credit: 1 Grade Off Level: V AP Biology AP phenomena. Classroom instruction will be based Classroom on phenomena. exploration student-led and questioning student-driven Th phenomena. real-world of the deeper experience learning of in thispiece course. Th integrat- by these questions answer them to allow and the science a deepering ideas gain understanding. to Th Th scientifi explore the science use to practices of make in this are course students mastery, student understand who learners expected competent act to as self-directed, progress. assess theircan own Prerequisite: None SN7117 diff new to and cal concepts Biology (Accel) Biology Credit: 1 Off Grade Level: IV AP Biology in biology off is a second course Prerequisite: One year of Biology with a B the fi completed successfully who have students to is considered it level, the college at Taught course. biology. college of semesters two of be the equivalent Th with students provide that inquiry-based investigations cov- the science Areas practices. apply to opportunities en- processes, cellular evolution, are the in course ered transfer, information genetics, ergy communication, and as a a cat Dissection includes interactions. and ecology, Th mammal. representative SN8312 for the AP examination in Biology. the AP examination for Science 

SN8512 Annual: SN8511 V Level: Grade off Credit: 1 AP Environmental Science overlap. independently or for year full the sincetopics donot research. Th trips, lectures, and lab projects willsupplement the in research form inthe of and discussion reports. Field Spring SN6012 can help improve its quality. Students must participate with an awareness of our world and ways student the mankind are covered. Th III Level: pollution, and other vital problems of of survival interestGeneral topics of ecology, population, politics, Oneyear of science Prerequisite: Grade Off Credit: 1/2 or 1 Environmental Science(Prep) namics, and electrochemistry. forces, kinetics,equilibrium, acidsand thermody- bases, thermochemistry, periodicity, bonding, intermolecular tronic and atomic structure, stoichiometry, reactions, two semesters of college chemistry. Topics include elec- examination inChemistry. Th course. Th required,edge willbe of chemistry should consider this and medicine, or for careers inareas where aknowl- engineering, chemistry, chemicalengineering,general gradeof A(Physics strongly recommended) Students of Bor (Prep) better or with a Chemistry V Level: course inchemistryforinterestedandcapablestudents. (Accel) year of with Chemistry agrade Chemistry isintendedtoprovideacol AP lege level SN8212 Prerequisite: On Grade Off Credit: 1 AP Chemistry building administration approval. Independent Study may asan not taken semester/annual 8th be course. plication for Independent Study. In students allcases, must parent, secure teacher, counselor, divisional, and Independent Study ee: 1 2 ered: 11,12 ee: 1 2 nul SN8211 Annual ered: 11,12 ose who complete who ose course the may AP the take considering careersintechnicalfi ee: 1 2 Fall SN6011 11,12 ered: ecourse may for taken be either semester ero aua cec n n e year of anatural science and one Under specifi ecourse provides student the iscourse isequivalent to c conditions asoutlined on p. 25of the elds such as elds suchas 132 criminal scenarios; the scientifi the scenarios; criminal ity and research-based activities are to investigate used laboratory techniques and problem-solving skills.Real- cal thinking, deductive reasoning, advanced chemical WritingELA Skills. Forensic students criti- willuse content from Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Math and involves components from allof including sciences the application of forensic to law. the science Th SN7512 understanding of capabilities the and limitations of the employed by our justice gaining system, while abasic ofuse biological, chemical and behavioral as sciences evaluation and interpretation of through evidence the rensic scientists. It involves collection, the examination, and methods the techniques currently employed by fo- interested and/or incriminalistics related fi Th IV Level: Chemistry Oneyear of and Biology one year of Prerequisite: Grade Off Credit: 1 Forensic Science (Prep) from class. this dents cannot level change into Environmental Science ofpart course this and are therefore mandatory. Stu- and environmental Fieldtrips ethics. are an integral and ozone depletion; renewable resource sustainability waste; atmosphere the and air pollution; climate change water resources; and food agriculture; mining and solid humanand toxicology; population growth; soil and resources;energy petrochemicals,hazardous wastes, and ofharvesting use renewable and non-renewable ecological principles; climate, weather, and biomes; the environmental of modern the history movement; sustaining terrestrial and aquatic biodiversity; the choices facing contemporary society. Topics include: biospherethe and environmental the and economic in biology, chemistry, and physics to better understand and Physics Physics) Chemistry (Both allows students to apply many of principles the learned year of or aphysical (Chemistry science AP Environmental course isan which ecology Science strongly recommended) Prerequisites: One year of iscourse isdesignedto familiarize individuals those ee: 1 2 Annual SN7511 11,12 ered: Guide , students may make ap- antrlsineadoe anatural science and one c method is used for isused col-c method elds with is course Science e ideas e c method. c elds. Students Students elds. atics, alcohols, aldehydes, aldehydes, alcohols, atics, appli- is used as an activity an nally Laboratory centered. is laboratory is course c thinking, motion, momentum, energy, energy, momentum, c thinking, motion, ered: ered: 12 11, Annual SN4911 9, 10 ered: Annual SN4516 earth and physics chemistry, cover will is course 133 cine, dentistry, pharmacology, nursing, home econom- home nursing, pharmacology, dentistry, cine, fi related and chemistry, ics, biology, of structure and the naming with become familiar the basic of some of A knowledge compounds. organic labora- chemistry through is gained organic of reactions include Topics materials. lecture of study and tory work alkynes, arom alkenes, alkanes, spectroscopy. and amides, amines, acids, ketones, Physics (Prep) 1 Credit: Off Grade Prerequisite: higher or (Prep) Algebra of Completion sciences. all other Th to is fundamental Physics SN4912 math- sciences other and to related are concepts and Th ematics. ideas. An activity the main used teach to are activities Level: III the con- at is taught idea, then it an is used introduce to fi and level, ceptual concepts fundamental include this idea. of Topics cation scientifi of magnetism. and electricity, Physical Science (Prep) Physical Science 1 Credit: off Grade None Prerequisite: Science which provides course is a lab-based Physical SN4517 science skills. of assessment and practice comprehensive Level: III Th the while scientifi using scienceconcepts measuring, problem-solving, on is placed Emphasis skills such thinking higher-order and data analyzing and experiments designing questioning, as inferring, Science is a solid prepara- Physical conclusions. drawing advanced other and Physics Chemistry, Biology, for tion science courses. (Accel) elds: medi- ngerprinting, ballistics ballistics ngerprinting, chemistry, cell and tissue cell and chemistry, those students is includes e year of natural science and one year sciencee year natural and one of ered to give students who will take students give to ered of Chemistryof ered: 11, 12 Annual SN5811 ered: 11, 12 Annual SN9511 11, 12 ered: Fall SN6121 is off is course the look at hands-on introductory, is an is course Earth our (2) Topography on Minerals e Rocks and organic chemistry in college an advantage over the usual over advantage chemistry an in college organic Th ground. chemistry back fi the following of one into go who wish to Credit: 1 Credit: Off Grade Level: IV Th Introduction to Organic Chemistry Chemistry Prerequisite: year one science and natural of One year of SN5812 SN9512 Prerequisite: On physiology and anatomy human of principles Essential basic including presented are Credit: 1 Off Grade Level: IV Human Anatomy and Physiology (Accel) Human overview body including an of systems and studies, nervous, respiratory, cardiovascular, muscular, skeletal, im- and excretory, digestive, endocrine, reproductive, technology will be an computer Dissection and mune. anatomy Some comparative the course. of part integral especially while com- will beincluded physiology and the dissections. pleting Credit: 1/2 Credit: Off Grade Th Level: III students Earth for is designed our and of study geologic Earth. our Stu- about more in understanding interested study:of (1) areas general four will learn about dents Th surface shape (3) Dynamic that Processes the Earth’s of mountain and earth volcanoes, as earthquakes, our such time the geologic of a study (4) EarthBuilding History, time. over earth has changed how scale and Geology (Prep) Geology Prerequisite: science of One year Spring SN6122 lecting and analyzing evidence through case studies and and case evidence studies through analyzing lecting and crime scenes as fi such simulated and blood spatter analysis. blood spatter and Science ics. examinations: and Electricity Magnetism, and Mechan- course, students prepared willbe for APPhysics both C to two semesters of college physics. As aresult of this AP examination inPhysics. Th of course. this Th principlesthese inproblem solving are major the goals Understanding of basicprinciples and application of physical and geometric optics, physics. and modern Supplemental topics may include thermodynamics, SN8412 studied are mechanics, electricity, and magnetism. health-related fi ABor inCalculus BC ning acareer inengineering, medicine, math, science, completion or concurrent enrollment course. Th Physics (Prep) with agradeof Aand AP Physics college Cisacalculus-based level physics Physics Iwith agradeof Bor better or V Level: Oneyear of natural and science AP Prerequisite: Grade Off Credit: 1 AP PhysicsC SN8112 AP Physics year Casasecond course. one of semester college level physics. Students can take SN8117 Th motion, energy, dynamics, momentum, light and sound. Annual SN8111 of physical the universe. Major topics of study include: (Accel) or Geometry higher course. Th AP Physics Iisan algebra-based college level physics V Level: 11,12 and Chemistry Completion of Algebra II(Prep) or Prerequisite: Grade Off Credit: 1 AP PhysicsI isafi isalaboratory study for student discovery ee: 1 2 Annual SN8411 11,12 ered: Annual SN8116 10 ered: rst year physics course and isequivalent to iscourse would for ideal plan- be those elds, or any technical fi ose who take the course the take may who ose the take iscourse is equivalent eld. Major topics 134 and national/international competitions. science research paper submitted willbe which to state, local, createses, aformal research poster, and write aformal collect andeses, analyze data, perform statistical analy- Students willread scientifi collaboration with that professional throughout year. the area student the isinvestigating and for maintaining to connect with an “e-mentor” inthe isan who expert of project. their student Each willhave opportunity the SN7612 responsible for planning and implementing phase each or engineering designtechniques. Th entirethe year to investigate using scientifi an open-ended research project that heor shewillhave ing. student Each willhave opportunity the to develop in pursuing research fi inthe IV Level: currently enrolled third intheir year) are who interested 3 years of laboratory and science math (or are who con- ly driven juniors or seniors have who completed at least Th Prerequisite: 2yearsofscience Grade Off Credit: 1 STEM Research Career InternshipProgram for fi the evaluated teacher and by employer the supervising the op aculminating project upon be based experience, the have teacher, contact weekly with supervising the devel- for semester the credit for course. the Th SN5559 SN5558 Th through department the that wishto receive they credit. Summer ing college. Th dent wishesto pursue upon graduation or aft IV Level: work inan isseeking areawho experience that stu- the SN5552 Th Spring Grade Off Credit: 1/2(dc) guarantee admission. studentthe for awork internship. Application not does discretionsole of eachdepartment team to recommend Th own transportation to and from work the place. estudent willwork aminimum of 90hours during iscourse isdesigned for independent and academical- iscourse isdesignedfor career-minded the student iscourse may for taken be duplicate credit. It isthe nal grade. Th ee: 1 2 Annual SN7611 11,12 ered: ee: 1,1 Fl SN5551 Fall 11, 12 ered: estudent willapply for internship the estudent isresponsible for their c journals, develop hypoth- elds of or science engineer- estudent willbe estudent will

c laboratory er attend- Science Classes

When choosing Annual Courses, you will need the fi rst and second semester codes. Freshman Courses Junior and Senior Courses Annual Annual SN5116/7 Biology Prep SN7311/2 Astronomy Accel SN7116/7 Biology Accel SN5111/2 Biology Prep SN4516/7 Physical Science Prep SN8311/2 AP Biology SN5611/2 Chemistry Prep Sophomore Courses SN7211/2 Chemistry Accel Annual SN8211/2 AP Chemistry SN5116/7 Biology Prep SN8511/2 AP Environmental Science SN7116/7 Biology Accel SN7511/2 Forensic Science SN5616/7 Chemistry Prep SN9511/2 Human Anatomy & Physiology SN7216/7 Chemistry Accel Accel SN4516/7 Physical Science Prep SN5811/2 Introduction to Organic Chemistry SN8116/7 AP Physics I Accel SN4911/2 Physics Prep SN8111/2 AP Physics I SN8411/2 AP Physics C SN7611/2 STEM Research

Fall Only SN5311 Astronomy Prep SN6011 Environmental Science Prep SN6121 Geology Prep

Spring Only SN5312 Astronomy Prep SN6012 Environmental Science Prep SN6122 Geology Prep Science

135 Did You Know? Have youever considered acareer asa...

Science •Nanotechnology • Aerospace Engineering •MaterialsScience •EngineeringManager • Astronomy •Green Energy • Environmental Consulting •CivilEngineer • Psychiatrist •Petroleum • Physician Assistant • X-raytechnician •NaturalSciencesManager • Nurses •Mining • OralSurgeon • Dentist • Internist • Anesthesiologist • Surgeon 20 High-PayingScienceCareers for theNextDecade Bioanalyst Audio Engineer Astrophysicist Astronomer Astronaut Astrogeologist Assembling Engineer Archeologist Anneal Physiology Agricultural Engineer Aeronautical Engineer Engineer Acoustical Research Life Science Writer Horticulturist Herpetologist Health Care Worker Geoscientist Geologist Forestry Forensic Scientist Forensic Chemist Forensic Anthropologist Food Science Technician Food Science Entomologist Engineer Education Dentist Cytogeneticist Computer Scientist Chemist Chemical Engineer Cardiologist Botanist Biochemist 136 than thatofnon-STEMjobs. jobs wasthree timesgreater Zoologist Zoo Keeper Wildlife Psychologist Wildlife Ecologist Wildlife Biologist Water Resources Engineer Veterinarian Systems Engineer Surgeon Structural Engineer Staff Space Scientist Solid StateChemist Researcher Quality InsuranceEngineer Psychologist Plastic Surgeon Plant Geneticist Plant Ecologist Physicist Physical Trainer Oceanographer Neurobiologist Molecular Biologist Marine Biologist continue togrow atafaster STEM jobsare expectedto The report alsoshowsthat and Mathematics(STEM) rate thanother jobsinthe of Commerce studyshows A recent U.S.Department years, growth inScience, Technology, Engineering Scientists that over thepast10 coming decade.

AP Comparative Government & Politics AP European History AP Human Geography AP Macroeconomics AP Microeconomics AP Psychology AP United States Government & Politics AP U.S. History Career Internship Program Civics Constitutional Law Economics Global Relations Human Geography Introduction to Psychology Sociology U.S. History (ELL, Prep, Accel) U.S. History American Studies (Prep, Accel) World History, World History ELL, World History Humanities

Social Studies

137 Social Studies

(rp ce) (Prep, Accel) North Campus11-12   SouthCampus9-10 Elective Off No SouthCampus10 South Campus9 Required Sequences Th Social StudiesDepartmentPhilosophy EMAIL: [email protected] TEL: SC(708)579-6546,NC579-6420 Mr. PaulHouston,DivisionChair into arealistic world view. writing, and cooperative group work, students willdevelop ability the to process information, analyze it, and synthesize it citizenship and to acquire analytical the needto 21stcentury. function inthe skillsthey Th gain understanding of cultural and diff ethnic may clearly think and make intelligent choices about whereare they going. Th andtory roots of customs, institutions, and beliefs, prejudices. It teaches young people have where they come from they so groups, and of part to be aworld madeup of of alltypes cultures and nations. Studies Social helps students examine his- the

    

History

   egoal studies of at instruction social LTHS isfor students to acquire knowledge of what it human, isto be to live insocial      APEuropean History   AP Human Geography World History World History Humanities

World History ELL Economics Global Relations Human Geography (10 only) (10 only) (9-10) (9-10) erings Gov’t & Politics Gov’t &Politics

 erences. asavehicle It to enable serves students also to duties the perform of   Govt & Politics PUie tts AP UnitedStates

iis Civics    or

Intro to Psychology  138 Economics Sociology osiuinlLw Constitutional Law Accel, AP)

Mrs. MicaVahl, Assistant DivisionChair   roughstudies students instruction, social will 

U.S. History (ELL,Prep, U.S. History American Studies rth Campus11-12 rough of use the critical reading, TEL: NC(708)579-6776  EMAIL: [email protected]      APEuropean APPsychology AP Microeconomics AP Macroeconomics Comparative AP AP UnitedStates SC (708)579-7476

Social Studies ects of of ects enduring ect an lls deliberative processes processes deliberative s local, regional, or global concerns and take take and global concerns or s local, regional, Identify evidence that draws information from from information draws evidence that Identify 139 Explain how supporting questions contribute to an an to contribute questions supporting how Explain Gather and evaluate information from multiple multiple from information evaluate and Gather Address essential questions that refl that questions essential Address Develop new supporting and essential questions through through questions essential and new Develop supporting Construct and evaluate explanations and arguments using using arguments and explanations evaluate Construct and obal concerns and SS.IS.9.9-12: Use SS.IS.9.9-12: Use and obal concerns Use interdisciplinary lenses to analyze the causes and eff and the causes analyze lenses to interdisciplinary Use Articulate explanations and arguments to a targeted audience in audience a targeted to arguments and explanations Articulate ne what all students in Illinois public schools should know and be should know and public schools all students in Illinois ne what fi ed information. ed eld Social Studies Department Standards Department Studies Social able to do. The purpose of these rigorous standards is to better prepare students to be college and career be college and career students to to better prepare is standards these rigorous The purpose of able to do. in Civics, and content skills focus on inquiry Science 9-12 for Social Standards The Illinois Learning ready. below. skills listed include the inquiry Studies courses All Social and History. Economics, Geography, Developing Claims and Using Evidence: SS.IS.5.9-12: Developing Claims and Using Evidence: SS.IS.8.9-12: Action: Informed Taking sources while considering the origin, credibility, point of view, authority, structure, context, and and context, structure, authority, view, of point credibility, the origin, while considering sources the sources. of value corroborative claims. strengthen revise or to sources multiple Communicating Conclusions: SS.IS.6.9-12: verifi relevant, and sources multiple Critiquing Conclusions: SS.IS.7.9-12: settings. diverse Communicating Conclusions and Taking Informed Action Informed Taking and Communicating Conclusions Gathering and Evaluating Sources: SS.IS.4.9-12: Gathering and Evaluating Sources: Evaluating Sources and Using Evidence Evaluating Sources Developing Questions and Planning Inquiries Developing Questions Questions: SS.IS.1.9-12: Constructing Essential Illinois Learning Standards for Social Science 9-12 Inquiry Ski Social Science Standards for Illinois Learning The Illinois Learning Standards (ILS) de Learning Standards The Illinois Determining Helpful Sources: SS.IS.3.9-12: and History courses can be found Economics, The Illinois Learning Standards for Civics, Geography, at: https://www.isbe.net/Documents/SS-Standards-9-12.pdf issue in the fi Questions: SS.IS.2.9-12: Constructing Supporting inquiry. sources. diverse using and collaboration, investigations, gl or regional, local, to solutions identify and addres to procedures and strategies democratic apply and school. of out in or action Social Studies Social StudiesGraduationRequirements  course. Furthermore, students course must inthis have previously Macroeconomics the taken AP course and this its APexamination, students should 4. year. every fallsemester periodicals. Th periodicals. topical familiarity by reading newspapers and enrolling course some inthis already possess enroll course.It inthis that students isexpected Macroeconomics APexamination, students should 3. 2. for Civics sophomore year. junior their and/or senior years or asasubstitute courses concurrently during of fallsemester the enroll course inthis studies and other social reading Students newspapers and periodicals. may some topical course the possess familiarity by Politics AP. It that isexpected students enrolling in should enroll inUnited States Government and Government and Politics APexamination, students In order prepared to be for United the States 1. (Hon) course following indicators: uponcourse based willbe an integrated analysis of the chair approval for placement into Studies aSocial AP AP examinations are available ineight areas. Division Social Studies Advanced PlacementExaminations ComparativeGovernment United States Government and Politics U.S. the satisfy Constitution graduation requirement. either Civics or APU. S.Government and Politics, and 1year of aU.S. History course off All students must successfully complete 1year of World History or APHuman Geography, of 1semester spring of semester junior their and/or senior years. studies coursesother concurrently social during the Politics AP. Students may enroll course inthis and should enroll inComparative Government and ernment and Politics APexamination, students In order prepared to be for Comparative the Gov- Microeconomics Macroeconomics United StatesGovernmentandPolitics c. concurrent enrollment inan (Accel) English or b. studies courses; pastperformance insocial a. teacher, counselor, and parental approval; is semester course isoff issemester In order prepared to be for In order prepared to be for the

and Politics ered inthe

140 7. 8. 6. 5. ter course isoff have mathematics asolid background. Th U.S. History Psychology European History enroll inU.S. History AP. Th United States History examination, students should off workthe iscollege-level equivalent. Th have well-developed reading and writing skillssince It that students isexpected enrolling class inthis studies electivea social requirement for graduation. course.in this Th Psychology APexamination, students should enroll 9. level equivalent. Th time-management work skills,sincethe iscollege- class havethis well-developed reading, writing, and quirement. It that students isexpected enrolling in course that satisfi should enroll course. inthis Th APHumanthe Geography examination, students Human Geography previous Studies Social and English courses. an interest and have inhistory well performed in particularly desirable that prospective students have course isopen to juniors both and seniors. It is Th must enroll semesters of inboth course. the U.S. History requirement for graduation. Students annual course. course isoff levels work sincethe high iscollege equivalent. Th course,in the students should read and write at varied background of academiccourses. To enroll on examination, the students should have and arich enroll course. inthis To dowell course inthe and AP European History examination, students should ered ingrades11and 12. ered ingrades10,11,and 12,and isan I re ob rprdfrte In order prepared to be for the In order prepared to be for AP the ered every year.ered every isan annual course that satisfi es the freshmanes the World History re- iscourse isonly off In order prepared to be for the In order prepared to be for ering. Civics and AP iscourse satisfi isan annual ered ingrade iscourse is is semes- es the e is es Social Studies will emphasize is course , students may apply for for apply may , students Guide rst time AP student in mind. In ad- In in mind. AP student time rst 11, 12 ered: Spring SS8482 12 11, ered: Fall SS8261 a thorough students giving at is aimed is course a with students provide e purpose is to this course of to students for opportunity excellent is an e course 141 AP Microeconomics AP 1/2 Credit: Off Grade None Prerequisite: Th the econo- of the principles of understanding thorough Level: V AP Macroeconomics AP 1/2 Credit: Off Grade None Prerequisite: Th ap- that concepts and the principles of understanding is on emphasis Particular system. economic our to ply determination, price and income national of the study with iarity famil students’ also develops the course and Level: V growth, economic measures, performance economic economic ics. Fundamental econom international and com- costs, and opportunity as scarcity, such concepts econ- Current be will included. advantages parative to in order will be presented questions and topics omic the AP Examination. for students prepare AP Human Geography is open to 9th grade students 9th to grade students is open Geography AP Human will and AP class, an of the challenge accept to willing the fi with be taught Geogra- the AP Human for students preparing to dition the sys- to students will introduce the course exam, phy shaped have that processes and patterns of study tematic of alteration the use and and understanding, human the College with accordance In surface. the Earth’s the nature will learn about Board curriculum, students migration, population, geography, perspectives of and of organization political processes, and patterns cultural rural use, land and food production agriculture, space, and cities development, economic and industrialization and concepts will use spatial use. Students land urban social organiza- human examine to analysis landscape will Students consequences. environmental its and tion use geographers tools the methodsalso and learn about Th practice. in their science and information evaluating and interpreting, recognizing, writing. discussion, and the purpose analysis, of for Th and cultures how understand to become geo-literate, plays geography therole analyze and societies develop, development. in that ective- sopho- to ered c conditions as outlined on p. 25 of the of 25 p. on outlined as conditions c to is intended e course Under specifi Under will be off is course cient enrollment at SC warrants. Sopho- SC warrants. at enrollment cient erent governments solve similar problems. problems. similar solve governments erent 9 ered: SS5896 Annual ered: 10 ered: Annual SS8216 11, 12 ered: Spring SS8242 exam- to approach uses e course a comparative Independent Study Independent Independent Study. In all cases, students must secure parent, teacher, counselor, divisional, and building building and divisional, counselor, teacher, secure parent, must cases, all students In Study. Independent course. be 8th taken semester/annual not as an may Study Independent approval. administration   SS5897 None Prerequisite: AP Human Geography AP 1 Credit: Off Grade Level: V give students an opportunity to experience to the pace and opportunity an students give in modern course European a college-level of intensity the from Europe of in the context Working history. skills in develop students the present, to Renaissance in the selection and and problems historical is of analys the of objective An important sources. of evaluation His- the AP European for students prepare to is course Th tory Examination. if suffi mores during NC take at this to course be able will not mores year. their Sophomore Students should take AP European History if they have if they History have take AP European should Students reading of capable feel in history and interest a strong Th level. a college at writing and Credit: 1 Credit: Off Grade None Prerequisite: 11, 12 SS8217 Level: V SS8212 Annual SS8211 AP European History European AP Credit: 1/2 Credit: Off Grade in- is a semester-long Government AP Comparative expose designed to students course college troductory the United outside life political of diversity the rich to Th States. Level: V AP Comparative Government & Politics Government Comparative AP None Prerequisite: six selected of challenges and structures ine the political the and Russia, Nigeria, Mexico, China, Iran, countries: the eff compare will Students Kingdom. United ness of approaches to many global issues by examin- global issues by many to approaches ness of diff how ing in disciplinary that practices will also engage Students com- make data, interpret and read them to require evidence-based develop and applications, and parisons arguments. Social Studies Civics requirement for graduation. sophomore year willallow students to fulfi completion of APU. S.Government and Politics during tions branches between the of government. Successful providedcivil liberties Constitution, inthe and interac- and infl their SS8311 cal participation and voting trends, linkage institutions course examines political and beliefs behaviors, politi- Fall analyze data to fi plain impact the of U.S. Supreme decisions, Court and connect political concepts to real-life situations, ex- V Level: government and political system. Students to willlearn of and ourexplain other aspects American democracy 11,12 foundational documents such Federalist asthe Papers to introductory college course. Students willanalyze AP U.S. Government and Politics long isasemester Prerequisite: None Grade Off Credit: 1/2 AP UnitedStatesGovernment&Politics ments inorder successful. to be skills and able be to complete nightly reading assign- to demonstrate expected be strong reading and writing perimentation. Students enroll who course inthis will learning the of psychologicalsolidify concepts and ex- therapy. Th psychologytion, and social psychological disorders and neuroscience, human development, learning, cogni- V Level: SS8512 approach to study the of psychology. Topics include: Examination. Th course, and includes preparation for APPsychology the students for completion successful of acollege level AP Psychology isaimed at and instructing preparing Prerequisite: None Grade Off Credit: 1 AP Psychology student for APExamination. the and problem inorder solving used willbe to prepare the presented.and willbe models Current economic topics ous markets inour country. Current economic problems of economic problems and situations found vari- inthe demand theory, of theory the fi nomic system. Th makers, consumers both and producers, within an eco- my that apply to functions the of individual the decision ee:1 Srn SS8317 Spring ered: 10 SS8511 Annual ered: 11,12 is class also analyzes isclass also current research to uence on government, civil rights and eteaching willemphasize ascientifi nd patterns and draw conclusions. Th iscourse willprovide basicsupply and rm, andrm, micro-analysis ll the statell the 142 c is Career InternshipProgram for APU.S. the History examination. arguments. Animportant ispreparing focus students SS8112 torical and evidence, write essays expressing historical V Level: Students willanalyze texts, visualsources, and other his- and writing skillsasconstructed by College the Board. emphasis on incorporation the of historical thinking of eight historical recurring logical survey with themes, college-level USHistory course, composed of achrono- Th Prerequisite: None Grade Off Credit: 1 AP U.S.History infl ture and participation, elections and campaigns, and the of President, the Congress, and courts, political the cul- fundamentalthe principles of our government, roles the III Level: edge of American government and politics, including Spring SS6317 learning. Studentsand service willgain essential knowl- troversial issues,simulations of democratic the process, of government institutions, analysis of current and con- Civics isaone-semester course that includes study the Prerequisite: None Grade Off Credit: 1/2 Civics guarantee admission. studentthe for awork internship, application not does discretionsole of eachdepartment team to recommend Th own transportation to and from work the place. for fi the evaluated teacher and by employer the supervising the op a culminating project upon be based experience, the have teacher, contact weekly with supervising the devel- for semester the credit for course. the Th Th ment that wishto receive they credit for experience. the student willapply for internship the through depart- the umr S58 SS5559 SS5558 Summer career upon graduation or aft IV Level: work inan area experience that wishto pursue they asa SS5552 Th Spring Grade Off Credit: 1/2(dc) estudent willwork aminimum of 90hours during iscourse isintended for qualifi iscourse may for taken be duplicate credit. It isthe iscourse isdesignedfor student the isseeking who uence of interest groups and media.Students nal grade. Th ee: 1 2 nul SS8111 Annual ered: 11,12 ee: 0 al SS6316 Fall ered: 10 ee: 1,1 Fl SS5551 Fall 11, 12 ered: estudent isresponsible for their er attending college. Th ed students a seeking estudent will

e Social Studies

ne is semester class by students challenges e class current analyzing on emphasis is an ere 11, 12 ered: Fall SS6111 10 9, ered: Fall SS6936 9, 10 ered: Fall SS5886 ict. Th policy a win- as foreign uses course U.S. is accelerated 143 Introduction to Psychology Introduction 1/2 (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade None Prerequisite: help processes mental and behavior predicting can How makes experience? What human own our enhance Level: III and change, thrive, do humans How human? someone SS6112 Spring is a course Psychology to Introduction others? impact through these questions answer students will help that learning, making, decision personality, of the study Stu- social and interaction. neuroplasticity, memory, research, psychological evaluate and will identify dents mental and behavior analyze and as apply as well social and psychological, biological, the from processes perspectives. Global Relations Global 1/2 Credit: Off Grade None Prerequisite: Th terrorism, globalization, poverty, the issues of into dow confl and SS6937 Spring Level: IV Human Geography 1/2 (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade None Prerequisite: the food eat, we the news watch, time where a we “In the deci- meet, and we the people wear, we the clothes know need to we global, increasingly are make we sions SS5887 Spring Th Geographic. – National the world!” from the world with interact Americans how examines standpoint. political and economic, cultural, Level: III a physical, base accompa- resource natural shrinking Our world’s defi to continues population world a growing nied by the developed and the developing between the balance high to these issues matter Why the world. of countries focus. will be a central school students international issues. Th international a textbook while utilizing a traditional use of foregoing read, to students require that materials written of variety level. advanced an at discuss and global relations write, is course course is the Cook to eld trip discourse. civil ective ll the state Civics requirement requirement Civics ll the state discus- class includes e course ered: 10 ered: Fall SS5916 11,12 ered: Fall SS6331 scal policy, and global trade. Students will apply will apply Students global trade. and scal policy, understand- an develop to students will help is course applies the legal system how emphasizes is class focuses on scarcity and economic systems, market forces forces market systems, economic and focuses scarcity on monetary indicators, economic demand, and supply of fi and as evaluat- such events, current to concepts economic in the market, stock investing scarcity, of the impact ing devel- economic analyzing and the president, advising opment. Credit: 1/2 (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade Level: III Th the principles a focus on including economics, of ing Th macroeconomics. and microeconomics of Economics None Prerequisite: 11, 12 Fall SS5911 Spring SS5917 Spring SS5912 Th of the impact evaluates and citizens, American all to the rights (including rights individual casescourt on thinking analytical on is placed Emphasis students). of of presentation evidence and of evaluation requires that Th arguments. persuasive Credit: 1/2 (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade None Prerequisite: Level: III SS6332 Spring a criminal mock mock and hearings, role-play, sion, Court has case that a Supreme research Students trial. may students addition, In rights. individual impacted take a fi to opportunity an have the judi- Criminal how Courthouse examine County to operates. cial system Constitutional Law Constitutional will apply theoretical concepts to current issues and and issues current to concepts theoretical will apply the necessary skills evaluat- for while developing events evidence and claim writing bias, for media sources ing in eff engaging and statements, Successful completion of Civics during sophomore year year sophomore during Civics of completion Successful fulfi to students will allow for graduation. for Social Studies all English III(Prep)all English and U. S.History (Prep) students. presentation opportunities and tests that are geared to work/collaboration, reading, writing, public speaking/ Th American experience. their about an immigrant group to discover what hasshaped or about immigrants, and research, write, and present simulation Island, of Ellis read short stories written by trends of immigration, students willparticipate ina Forthem. instance, studying while pastand current infl shape country’s this simultaneously while history being fully explore people, the events, and culture that helped community. Th a larger class environment to create agreater of sense daily inatwo-hour block of time, at timesallowing for SS5742 and U.S. History (Prep) courses. Th meet allof requirements the of English III(Prep) the students want who something alittle diff to try to learning American History/Literature designedfor Level: American Studies III(Prep) isathematic approach III Prerequisite: English II Grade Off Credit: 2(1credit for English and 1credit for U.S. History) U.S. History(Prep): American Studies and inequality global and prejudice. institutions social the of family, religion, and education, status,socialization, social roles, deviance, conformity, covered include culture, values, norms, globalization, to relevancethe lives. their topics Selected of sociology cultures, question causes the behavior of social and provides opportunity the Sociology to explore other ment and change how and technology social relate. infl Spring SS6012 plore issuesrelevant to life 21stcentury and how society III Level: andof human societies group behavior. Students ex- of history today. isthe Sociology It scientifi isthe Prerequisite: None Grade Off Credit: 1/2(cr/nc) Sociology uenced by and ideas the literature that came from uences behavior. Students examine develop- global ee: 1 nul SS5741 Annual ered: 11 ee: 1 2 al SS6011 Fall ered: 11,12 isstructure creates fl the iscourse involves group ecourse meets exibility to more erent, yet c study 144

Credit: 2(1credit for English and 1credit for U. S.History) U.S. History(Accel): American Studies sary for college.sary Emphasis isplaced on reading and writing skillsneces- III Level: conclude with issuesof the contemporary America. tration and study with and colonial the begin period SS5712 development of American society. Areas of concen- numerousthe factors have which played inthe apart U.S. History (Prep) promotes student understanding of Prerequisite: None Grade Off Credit: 1 U. S.History(Prep) from courses. both written analytical skillsthat synthesize information Th connectedtaries to historically America, and culturally. Students examine willalso poetry, music, and documen- and literarytexts to make connections to today’s world. sourcea variety of primary documents, works of art, ly. In way, this students analyze historical using themes forces that shaped it. Th skills by examining American culture and historical the literature and allows history students to practice these and reading current the world. Th literacy by drawing from sources and arts inthe media, synthesis, asking questions, abroader component of will practice four skillsthroughout each unit of study: classroom. andEnglish history Students course inthis and U.S. History credit, but diff all of requirements the for college preparatory English create agreater of sense community. Th hour block of time, at timescombining to classes both SS7412 (Accel) and English III(Accel) that meetsdaily inatwo- diff signed for students want who something alittle to try proach to learning American History/Literature de- Level: American Studies IV(Accelerated) isathematic ap- IV Prerequisite: English II(Accel) or (Hon) Grade Off roughout course, the amajor emphasis isplaced on erent, yet meetallof requirements the of U.S History ee: 1 2 nul SS5711 Annual ered: 11,12 ee: 1 nul SS7411 Annual ered: 11 isclass isorganized thematical- ers from atraditional ecombination of iscourse meets

Social Studies erent erent e struc- e ction that that ction t from a lower a lower t from demon- is course rmed, and approval approval and rmed, erences in environment and and environment in erences of the events explores e course confi ed and cant role in determining the diff in determining role cant that students to demonstrates is course 9 ered: Fall SS5856 erences in the environment and history have history and have in the environment erences 9, 10 ered: Annual SS5846 exibility of a three-hour block of time. Th time. of block a three-hour of exibility those students is especially designed for is course 145 Students learn that although human needs are basically basically are needs human although learn that Students the everywhere, same diff history have played a determining role in establishing in establishing role a determining played history have Th cultures/civilizations. in variety economics, geography, history, that students to strates basic to are life social cultural science, and and political development. human of the study World History ELL World 1 Credit: Off Grade (ELL) Bilingual Emergent Prerequisite: identifi SS5847 Level: III World History Humanities World 1 Credit: Off Grades Prerequisite: block Humanities for Recommendation three that of course one is Humanities History World integrate designed to block the Humanities up make reading. English, and the curricula history, world of the thematic skills through reading taught are Students Th content. of teaching non-fi and history the literature and world Level: III those connections to time periods as make as well relate SS5857 benefi issues. Students world current with and technology, current access to ratio, adult to student the fl instruction in level Prep incorporates the course of ture speaking, researching listening, and writing, reading, skills thinking critical while and century 21st infusing learning. brain-based with under- the students help to ELL aims History World develop- by in which they live world the complex stand people of feelings and the thoughts of awareness ing in the events as relating as well culture, ELL Coordinator their own of within learn that Students the future. to and the present past to every- the same basically needs are human although diff where, a signifi played ways people met these needs, thus establishing a variety a variety establishing met these people needs, thus ways Th cultures. of social cul- and and systems, political geography, history, development. human of the study to basic are life tural Th in English as write speak, to learning and read, who are their second language. ect con- ect ed and rough rough cance of events, note various various note events, of cance rmed, and approval of ELL of approval and rmed, those is especially designed for is course III Level: 11, 12 ered: Annual SS3411 9 ered: Annual SS5816 11, 12 ered: Annual SS7131 eff cause/ will make students is means U.S. History ELL attempts to promote student under- student promote to ELL attempts History U.S. a played which have factors the numerous of standing of Areas society. American of part in the development period begin the colonial with study and concentration America. contemporary the issues of with conclude and writ- and reading developing on is placed Emphasis Th skills. ing confi Coordinator in write speak, to learning and read, who are students English as their second language. Grade Off Grade (ELL) identifi Bilingual Emergent Prerequisite: SS3412 World History aims to help students understand the understand students help to aims History World insights developing by in which they live world complex their within people of feelings and the thoughts into cultures/civilizations, other and culture/civilization own future. and the present the past to as relating as well Credit: 1 Credit: Off Grade None Prerequisite: Level: III SS5817 World History World Credit: 1 Credit: U.S. History ELL (Emergent Bilingual) U.S. History ELL an examination of themes - Democracy, Federalism, Federalism, themes - Democracy, of examination an Liberties/Public Civil Safety, Policy, Foreign Economy, will loop - students Dream American Equality/ and under- in-depth history an through six times, ensuring contemporary on-going make to ability an and standing to will be assessed their ability on Students connections. and history, evaluate and analyze explain, and identify thinking historical develop will students in so doing, skills. Th U.S. History (Accel) is for the serious student who the serious student is for (Accel) History U.S. an with course high-level thinking intensive, an wants themes. Th around centered content engaging None Prerequisite: SS7132 U.S. History (Accel) History U.S. 1 Credit: Off Grade Level: IV nections, explain the signifi explain nections, perspectives on history, use evidence to make a claim use evidence a claim make to perspectives history, on U.S. In time. over change and continuity analyze and expect should critical increase to students Accel, History includes experience that engaging in an skills thinking oral in an character a historical of the role taking on presentation. Social Studies Classes When choosing Annual Courses, you will need the fi rst and second semester codes. Freshman Courses Junior and Senior Courses Annual Annual SS5816/7 World History SS8211/2 AP European History SS5846/7 World History ELL SS8511/2 AP Psychology SS5856/7 World History Humanities SS8111/2 AP U.S. History (Eng I Human. Prep/World History SS7131/2 U.S. History Accel Human. Prep/Reading I Prep) SS5711/2 U.S. History Prep SS5896/7 AP Human Geography SS3411/2 U.S. History ELL SS5741/2 U.S. History Prep: Am. Studies Electives SS7411/2 U.S. History Accel: Am. Studies Fall Only SS6936 Global Relations Fall Only SS5886 Human Geography SS8261 AP Macroeconomics Spring Only SS8311 AP US Govt & Politics SS6937 Global Relations SS6331 Constitutional Law SS5887 Human Geography SS5911 Economics SS6111 Introduction to Psychology SS6011 Sociology Sophomore Courses Annual Spring Only SS8216/7 AP European History SS8242 AP Comparative Govt & Politics Fall Only SS8482 AP Microeconomics SS6316 Civics SS6332 Constitutional Law SS5916 Economics SS5912 Economics SS6936 Global Relations SS6112 Introduction to Psychology SS5886 Human Geography SS6012 Sociology Spring Only SS6317 Civics Fall or Spring SS5917 Economics SS5551/2 Career Internship SS6937 Global Relations SS5887 Human Geography SS8317 AP US Govt & Politics

Social Studies

146 Social Studies 147

Psychology/Sociology Director Camp Counselor Career Clergyman Criminologist Demographer Director Personnel Psychologist Counselor Psychiatrist Employment Ethnologist Director Recreation Analyst Sociologist Industrial Counselor Psychology Quantitative Enforcement Law Psych-Sociology Teacher Studies American School Social Worker S. History U. Courses Sociology Planner Urban Foreign Service Criminologist Service Foreign Researcher Government Judge Administrator Public Politician Lawyer Science Teacher Political AP Govt Comparative Studies American Psychology Civics Planner Urban AP History European Law Constitutional Relations Global Economics History U.S. History World AP & Politics US Govt Political Science Courses History Dealer Antique Teacher Civics Architect Archivist History Art Historian Biographer Psychology Consultant History Engineer Civil Politician Columnist/Correspondent Business International Park National Lawyer Studies American Judge Writer Historian/Guide Curator Museum Librarian HistoryAP European Courses Law Constitutional AP & Politics US Govt AP Govt Comparative History World History U.S. Geography Planner Biographer Cartographer Enforcement Law Climatologist/Meteorologist Demographer Recreation Environmentalist ServiceForeign Geologist Teacher Geography Planner Land Use Relations Global Oceanologist Diplomat Agent Travel Management Resource Economics Studies American History World Geography Human Courses History U.S. Economics Accountant Actuary Executive Advertising Analyst Economist Banking Management Business Operator Manager City Franchise Adjuster Claims Trainee Management Teacher Economics Industrial/Agricultural Economist Economics Studies American Investment/Financial AP & Politics US Govt Agent Insurance AP Govt Comparative Specialist Taxation Researcher Planner Marketing Urban Geography Human History AP Microeconomics World AP Macroeconomics Psychology Courses AP History European History U.S. Anthropology Anthropology Teacher Anthropology Archaeology Criminology Ethnology Linguistics Curator Museum Studies American Sociology Courses History U.S. History World Geography Human Have You Ever Considered A Career In ? In Career A Considered Ever You Have Academic Resource Center (A.R.C.) Building Academic Skills for Effectiveness (B.A.S.E.) I and II Biology Career Training and Education Consumer Education Civics Driver Education English I, II, III & IV Geometry Health L.I.F.E. English L.I.F.E. Home Living Education L.I.F.E. Mathematics L.I.F.E. Physical Education L.I.F.E. Reading L.I.F.E. Social Skills L.I.F.E. and Work Skills I & II Math I & II Personal/Social Development Resource Personal/Social Development Core Classes Physical Science Practical Math Reading Social Awareness & Perspective Taking Advanced Social Awareness & Perspective Taking Transition Program Transition Home Living Transition Physical Education United States History World History Special Education

148 Dr. Melissa Moore, Division Chair Ms. Allison Doyle, Asst. Division Chair TEL: SC (708) 579-6521 TEL: SC (708) 579-6447 FAX: (708) 579-6031 FAX: (708) 579-6031 EMAIL: [email protected] EMAIL: [email protected]

Special Education Services Department Description

A continuum of support services are available for students with disabilities. Programs range from support services provided in the general education classroom to special education content area classrooms for instructional or functional academic needs.

Each Special Education Services teacher serves as a case manager for a group of students with disabilities. Th e case manager serves as a team member with the student’s counselor, social worker, and general education teachers in supporting the student with special needs. Th e department program coordinators and school psychologists facilitate annual review and other IEP meetings.

Th e department’s services are coordinated by the division chair and supported by program coordinators, psychologists, social workers, speech language pathologists, special education teachers, itinerants, and paraeducators.

Course Sequences and Off erings

All Learning Independence for Every Day (L.I.F.E.) Classes are housed at South Campus

LIFE English LIFE Physical Education LIFE Social Skills

LIFE Reading LIFE Home Living Education LIFE & Work Skills I & II

LIFE Mathematics

South Campus 9-10 North Campus 11-12 English I English II English III English IV

Math I Math II Geometry Practical Math

World History Health U.S. History B.A.S.E. II

B.A.S.E. I B.A.S.E. II Personal/Social Reading (Grade 9 only) (Grade 10) Development

Consumer Special Education Reading Biology Physical Science Education

Advanced Social Social Awareness & Drivers Academic Resource Perspective Taking Education Center Awareness & Social Skills Personal/Social Academic Resource Development Center

Transition Program Civics Career Training & Education

149 Special Education worker,case manager,and/ortheSpecialEducationServicesProgramCoordinator. services,and transitionservices.Parentsseekingassistanceintheseareasshould contact theirstudent’scounselor, social schoolhealth services,schoolpsychologicalsocialwork visionitinerant services,speech/language Th • Related Services Participationinthelunchroomandhallwayscontinues.Th selectedelectivecourseoff self-containedsettingatthehighschoollevelreceivesinstructioninrequiredcourseoff A student mayrequirespecializedinstructionthroughouttheschoolday,7-8periodsperday.Aina • Special EducationSelf-Contained tional Transition Programoff off skills. tioninginthecommunity. • help,motor,language,andcognitiveskillswith anemphasisonlifeskillstraining,vocationalandindependentfun LIFEacademicclassesprovideacommunitybasedapproachtothefollowingmajorareas:domestic,recreation/leisure,self- • education,socialstudies,andscience. organization,andworkcompletionprovideapractical approachtobasicskillandconceptdevelopment.Th are Instructionalacademicclassesforstudentswithsignifi off • PersonalSocialDevelopmentclass,InclusionFacilitator services,andVocational/TransitionalCoordinator services). sourcepulloutinstructionfortutorialand/orcompensatory instruction(i.e.,CurriculumSkillsResourceclass, consultationtotheclassroomteacherbySpecial EducationServicesstaff Supportservicesthatmaybeprovidedtothegeneral educationclassroomareaParaEducator,collaborative • EducationGeneral Special Classes, Educatio supports forstudentsandtheirfamiliesLADSEdistrictsta member districts.LADSE,inpartnershipwithitsdistricts,provides afullcontinuumofprograms, services,and LADSE isaspecialeducationcooperativegovernedbyDirecting Board madeupofthesuperintendentsits15 LADSE Mission LEAST RESTRICTIVE ENVIRONMENT OPTIONS student servicesare accessedthrough thestudent’s homedistrict. occupational andphysicaltherapy, speechlanguage,assistivetechnology, aswellprofessional development. All are housedinmemberdistrictschoolbuildings.LADSEalsoprovides toitsmemberdistrictsrelated servicessuchas e most commonly provided related services include hearing itinerant services, occupational therapy, physical therapy, emostcommonlyprovidedrelatedservicesincludehearing itinerantservices,occupationaltherapy,physical essrie nasmltdra-iestigwt ennflpatc n plcto fidpnetlvn n oa ers servicesinasimulatedreal-lifesettingwithmeaningfulpracticeand applicationofindependentlivingandvoca- ered inrequired subjectssuchasEnglish,mathematics,history,drivereducation,health,consumer ers transitionservicesforindividualswhoareages18to22withvarious disabilities.Th eig nSeilEuainSrie ihmnmlpriiaini eua dcto. erings inSpecialEducationServiceswithminimalparticipationregular education. Special EducationServices n Classes, andn Classes, Related Supportive Services cant educationalneedsinreading,writing,mathematics, 150 isconsideredaveryrestrictive environment. ff . LADSE’s multi-district,self-contained programs 1301 West Cossitt Avenue, LaGrange, IL60525 , modifi Dr. Ellie Ambuehl, ExecutiveDirector e urclm n/rr- ed curriculum,and/orre- erings andsome TTD: (708)354-5994 TTD: WEB: www.ladse.org TEL: (708)354-5730 LADSE ey eprogram

c- Special Education

e meets one is class t a variety of students’ students’ of t a variety require- meets the graduation is class part biology a “real” makes e course ties designed to fi ties designed to needs. their meet individual to ered: 11, 12 Annual IP2721 ered: 11, 12 Fall IP2851 ered: ered: 9,10 Annual IP2116 within training transportation will also include is course understanding an develop is to this course of e goal authen- with students provide e purpose is to this course of 151 campus job training and job shadowing within the communi- within job shadowing and job training campus Th ty. seeking on will focus activities Instructional the community. communi- self-determination, employment, for applying and Th behavior. ethics and work and solving, problem cation, needs and each student’s to according is individualized content IEP goals. Credit: 2 (dc) Credit: Off Grade None Prerequisite: Th Students work. of the world for preparation and tic training exploration awareness, career to skills related will focus on off with combined instruction direct through preparation and Level: III IP2722 Education Consumer 1/2 Credit: Off Grade None Prerequisite: man- money focuses personal on Education Consumer con- informed become more students help to agement address to how students teach units of A variety sumers. they will face in their adult issues that the consumer Spring IP2852 transporta- housing, insurance, include Topics lives. Level: III banking. goods, and services, health buying tion, credit, structures the basic economic to is also given Attention Th country. in our Economics. Consumer for ment Biology 1 Credit: Off Grade None Prerequisite: Th processes. and forms life of in the diversity the unity of introduced biology are of areas and concepts Major appropri- and practical, hands-on, of variety a through paced activi ately Level: III IP2117 & Education (CTE) Training Career developmentally appropriate transition-related activi- transition-related appropriate developmentally E. II also servesB.A.S. ties. as a period students where other with consult and/or assessments complete may staff school learning styles.learning Th their awareness increasing everyday by life students’ of Th in the their environment. place of Science. for requirements the graduation of to ese include include ese ectiveness ectiveness self-advo- practice learn and le, ered: ered: 10 Annual IP0326 ered: ered: 9 Fall IP0316 ered: ered: 10 Annual IP0336 B.A.S.E. II is a continuation of the B.A.S.E. I class in I class the B.A.S.E. of II is a continuation B.A.S.E. func- instruction on additional require which students organization, school success including skills for tional skills. study and preparation test time management, targeted instruction provide and will identify Teachers while emphasizing the students, needs of the unique to Credit: 1 (dc) (cr/nc) Credit: Level: III Off Grade 12 IP0321 Educa- Individual designee and or Director Prerequisite: 11, Annual approval (IEP) team Plan tion IP0327 IP0322 Building Academic Skills for Eff Skills for Academic Building organization, time management, long term planning, term planning, long time management, organization, skills and memory skills, preparation listening skills, test understand- gain students Additionally, IEP awareness. profi their learning of ing (B.A.S.E.) II B.A.S.E. I targets the skills required for a successful for the skills required I targets B.A.S.E. the high school experience. Th into transition B.A.S.E. topics. transition-related cacy explore and skills I also serves complete may as a period students where school other staff with consult and/or assessments Prerequisite: Director or designee and Individual Edu- Individual designee and or Director Prerequisite: approval (IEP) team Plan cation (B.A.S.E.) I (cr/nc) 1 Credit: Level: III Off Grade Spring IP0317 needs. meet their individual Building Academic Skills for Eff Academic Skills for Building A.R.C. is for students who are self-directed learners who learners self-directed who are students A.R.C. is for the developed have and strengths/challenges identify can be them to suc- allow skills to necessary compensatory will have cessful Students in the school academic setting. assistance for instructor a specialaccess to education daily with along self-advocacy, and solving problem with may Students academic progress. to regard in with check guidance schedule academic support/resources, seek out as needed. access accommodations and appointments 12 IP0331 None Prerequisite: 11, Annual IP0337 IP0332 Academic Resource Center (A.R.C.) Center Resource Academic 1 (dc) (cr/nc) Credit: Off Grade Level: III Special Education IP2227 of written language and reading comprehension. III Level: students address individual their IEPgoals areas inthe cabulary. Diff terms of plot, setting, confl ing and critical thinking skills. Novels in are discussed English IIcontinues development the of reading, writ- Prerequisite: English I Grade Off Credit: 1 English II sion. IP2217 areasthe of written language and reading comprehen- on helping students address individual their IEPgoals in III Level: classroom Diff discussion. of inference and techniques literary are stressed during critical thinking skills.Vocabulary development, use students improve areas inthe of reading, writing, and IisaliteratureEnglish class designedto help based Prerequisite: None Grade Off Credit: 1 English I For eligibility and classroom standards, page 75. see requirement for graduation at LTHS. pgs.vand (See 6). Summer school 9,10,11,12 Th III Level: At 15-years-old least and have at passed Prerequisite: Spring Fall IP9146 IP9147 Grade Off Credit: 1/2 Driver Education responsibilities of acitizen inademocracy. rent and controversial issues,along with rights the III Level: and IP1427 Spring students’ ability to research, analyze, cur- and discuss functions and institutions. Th and understand state, local, and federal government Students Illinois the willlearn and U.S. Constitutions, Prerequisite: None Grade Off Credit: 1/2 Civics eclassroom of phase Driver Education only isthe ee: 1 Ana IP2226 Annual 10 ered: IP2216 Annual 9 ered: ee: 0 1 2 Onesemester 10,11,12 ered: IP1426 Fall 10 ered: erentiated on focuses instruction helping previous two semesters. eight (fourleast classes credits) inthe erentiated instruction focuses ict, characterizationict, and vo- ecourse develop willalso 152 IP2242 areas of written language and reading comprehension. III Level: on helpingfocuses students address IEPgoals their inthe and comparisons are stressed. Diff ing. Compositions requiring students to make judgments reinforce and Language Arts to encourage critical think- In IV, English novels and non-fi Prerequisite: English III Grade Off Credit: 1 English IV IP2232 areas of written language and reading comprehension. helping students address individual their IEPgoals inthe III Level: emphasized.to be Diff guage assignments. Vocabulary development continues tion texts are basisfor the and discussion written lan- II.Novels inEnglish techniques discussed and non-fi English IIIisacontinuation of and themes the literary Prerequisite: English II Grade Off 1 Credit: English III IP2332 ing, and foster connections within mathematics, to other course promote communication, engage student reason- similarity. Problem-solving situations presented inthe two- and three-dimensional fi measurement, geometric patterns, coordinate geometry, Th vestigate geometric concepts, relationships, and systems. situations, manipulative to and in- models, technology Th Level: III Prerequisite: Math I,Math IIor Algebra I Grade Off Credit: 1 Geometry econcepts/topics emphasized course inthe include is course focuses on basic Geometry and problem uses on iscourse basicGeometry focuses ee: 1 Ana IP2241 Annual 12 ered: IP2231 Annual 11 ered: ee: 1,1 Ana IP2331 Annual 11,12 ered: erentiated on instruction focuses gures, congruence, and ction textsction are to used erentiated instruction c- Special Education e is e course cation, vocabu- cation, skills in builds e course meet to is individualized e course ers an individualized physical education education physical individualized an ers ered: 9 - 12 Annual IP1616 ered: 9 Annual IP1916 ered: 9 - 12 Annual IP1216 ered: 9 - 12 Annual IP7016 uency, spelling, and comprehension. A variety of of A variety comprehension. spelling, and uency, and individualized provide designed to is is course off is course living independent develop is to this e focus course of basic math enhance and develop is designed to is course 153 LIFE Reading 1 (dc) Credit: Off Grade approval Prerequisite: team IEP designee and or Director Th instruction. Th reading intensive Level: III identifi sight-word phonics, of the area fl lary, – based curricula research leisure and including texts, Th goals. used meet reading to books, are needs. student’s meet each to individualized IP1617 Skills I Work LIFE & 2 (dc) Credit: Off Grade 11 None Prerequisite: 10, Annual IP1926 Th skills development Level: skills. Life III readiness work skills and communication, behavior, of the areas will focus on IP1917 recre- money, self-awareness, grooming, community, IP1927 LIFE Mathematics Mathematics LIFE 1 (dc) Credit: Off Grade approval Prerequisite: IEP team Designee and or Director Th skills, telling money will focus on skills. Instruction Level: III measurement, computation, time management, time and Th problems. word and needs. each student’s Education LIFE Physical IP1217 1 (dc) Credit: Off Grade approval Prerequisite: team IEP designee and or Director Th Safety levels. ability various with students for program Level: III of component essential is an practice instruction and in a practice and participation, Instruction, the course. students helps activities recreational and physical of variety Th activities. team and in personal a foundation establish needs. meet each student’s to is individualized course IP7017 rst-aid. erentiated instruc- erentiated also e class addresses this of e content students is class helps e individualized needs of e individualized instruction in the in-depth provides e course ered: 9 - 12 Annual IP1316 ered: 9 - 12 Annual IP1516 ered: 10 Fall IP9016 Th goals. ects student based uses research course individualized is highly in- appropriately-paced and in-depth provides is course daily enhance and develop is to this course e focus of Th rst-aid. students based on their goals and transition plans. transition and their based goals on students course is designed to meet th is designed to course Th devel- Skill life. skills necessary success in adult living for and meal planning safety, kitchen will focus on opment self-care, appliances, household operating preparation, Th care. clothing and housekeeping, Prerequisite: IEP team designee and or approval Director IP1317 Credit: 1 (dc) 1 (dc) Credit: Off Grade Level: III LIFE Home Living Education Th arts language essential curriculum students teach to of understanding demonstrate learn to skills. Students that in a manner language written and stories, words, refl best approval 1 (dc) Credit: Off Grade Prerequisite: IEP team designee and or Director approval Level: III IP1517 arts across language generalize and connections make curricula. LIFE English Th phys- and anatomy human areas: struction in the following chronic education), death (including health mental iology, drugs alcohol, sexuality, diseases, human degenerative and and health, environmental health, consumer tobacco, and fi ology; mental physi and anatomy human areas: following degenera- and chronic tion); educa death (including health sexuality; tobacco; disease; drugs, and tive human alcohol, fi health; and health; environmental consumer Health 1/2 Credit: Off Grade None Prerequisite: Spring IP9017 Level: III disciplines, and to the real world. Th world. the real to and disciplines, reinforcing and in reviewing students of needs individual Diff concepts. algebra and pre-algebra their individual address students focuses helping tion on math and computation math of in the areas IEP goals reasoning. Special Education IP2317 III Level: Grade Off Credit: 1 Mathematics I IP1417 individualizedthe needs of students on IEPgoals. based adults. Th lish and maintain positive relationships and with peers, community activities, students how willlearn to estab- ments. Th skills across school, community, and work environ- III Level: in order for students to and learn demonstrate social Th approval Director or designeeand IEPteam Prerequisite: Grades Off 1(dc) Credit: LIFE SocialSkills IP1947 IP1937 III Level: IP1946 Annual LIFESkillsDirector Ior approval the or designeeand IEPteam approval of the 12 Prerequisite: Grade Off Credit: 2(dc) LIFE & Work SkillsII onbased goals their and transition plans. is designedto indi meetthe success inadult life. Th environment and development the for of skillsnecessary terests. Emphasis on be interaction willalso within the individualized on based student’s skills,abilities and in- work behaviors and on-campus work training is which er. Work readiness skillswillinclude career exploration, ation, safety, skills,timemanagement, social and weath- transition plans. vidualized needsof students on goals based their and content of course this isdesignedto indi- meetthe include interactions within various environments. Th abilities and interests. Curriculum implementation will ing isindividualized which on student’s based skills, skillsandjob seeking on and off careerwill include exploration, further work behaviors, management, and transportation. Work readiness skills awareness, money, recreation, safety, skills,time social havior, communication, community, grooming, self- continued life skilldevelopment areas inthe of be- for Th independence. increased developing, improving, and extending skillsrequired skills and work readiness skills.Students willwork on Th is class off isclass e focus of this course is to further enhance of life course efocus this isto further econtent of course this isdesignedto meet rough role playing, and discussion, other ee: 9 Ana IP2316 Annual 9 ered: IP1936 Annual 11 ered: ee:9 0 1 2 nul IP1416 Annual ered: 9,10,11,12 ers direct instruction and repeated practice econtent of course this vidualized needsof students eemphasis on willbe campus work train- 154 e math calculation and math problem solving. students address individual their IEPgoals areas inthe of mediation. Diff IP2327 on-going support inbasicmath skilldevelopment and re- ing into them algebraic language. Th dents to learn solve math everyday problems by translat- areas such asGeometry, Probability, and Statistics. Stu- strate how algebra isintegrated with related math content Th needtoskills they succeedinafi Th Prerequisite: Mathematics I Grade Off Mathematics II zation, and attendance. by earning daily points for behavior, participation, organi- strategies. Students willmonitor and refl setting goals for themselves, along with problem solving handle daily stress situations, developing future plans and IP2422 adjustment,self-image, social self-discipline, ability to Spring domain. Th IP2421 IP2417 mented defi Spring approvalTh Fall Director or designeeand IEPteam 11, Prerequisite: 12 III Level: Grade Off Credit: 1/2(dc)(cr/nc) Personal/Social DevelopmentResource problem solving. IEP goals areas inthe of math calculation and math ontion helping focuses students address individual their step problem solving techniques. Diff need to master word problems through guidedstep-by- tion. Students are equipped with essential the skillsthey recognizing properties of exponents, and scientifi topics include solving and simplifying linear equations, operations with integers, decimals,and fractions. Other concepts. Studentsbasic Geometry to learn perform problem solving, introduction to linear equations and bra course on focuses basicoperations with real numbers, cal background before studying Algebra. Th Th Prerequisite: None e curriculum includes application ecurriculum lessons that demon- eclass provides students with essential concepts and iscourse isfor Special Education students with docu- iscourse isdesignedfor students needing mathemati- ee: 1 Ana IP2326 Annual 10 ered: e e:9 0 al IP2416 Fall ered: 9, 10 ecourse will work with students inimproving cits social/emotional functioning inthe erentiated on focuses instruction helping rst-year Algebra course. e class also provides eclass also erentiated instruc- ect onect progress is pre-Alge- c nota- Special Education cally for for cally is class will have uency through uency ect their ability to learn and interact with with interact learn and to ect their ability ect their ability to learn and interact with with interact learn and to ect their ability ered: 11, 12 Annual IP2391 ered: 9, 10 Fall IP2516 ered: 9, 10 Annual IP2396 cantly aff cantly cantly aff cantly who have students the needs of targets is class who have students the needs of targets is class is designed specifi course is research-based 155 others within the school and community environments. environments. community the schoolwithin and others perspective taking, students teach units of A variety commu- non-verbal strategies, conversation meaningful demonstrate must Students self-advocacy. and nication as determined metalinguistic concepts of a knowledge Th Pathologist. the Speech-Language by these generalizing of the importance focus on a greater in settings them independently utilizing skills and others within the school and community environments. environments. community the school within and others perspective taking, students teach units of A variety commu- non-verbal strategies, conversation meaningful demonstrate must Students self-advocacy. and nication as determined metalinguistic concepts of a knowledge Pathologist. the Speech-Language by IP2392 & Perspective Awareness Advanced Social Taking 1 (dc) Credit: Off Grade Taking & Perspective Social Awareness Prerequisite: Th Level: III that in social communication pervasive impairments signifi Reading 1 (dc) Credit: Off Grade Prerequisite: approval team IEP designee and or Director Level:III Th program. reading intensive a more who require students 11, 12 this enables class approach, a guided reading Using focus- strategies reading practice learn and to students fl vocabulary and comprehension, on ing Data activities. individual and small-group IP2397 whole-group, curriculum through collected based is used measures to Fall needs of meet the individual to instruction in order adjust IP2511 Spring all students. IP2517 Spring IP2512 Taking & Perspective Awareness Social 1 (dc) Credit: Off Grade approval Prerequisite: IEP team designee and or Director Level: III Th that in social communication pervasive impairments signifi er- meets one is class erentiated instruc- erentiated elds. General problem e essential for successful em- for e essential a credit/no on available not ese classes are 11, 12 ered: Annual IP1241 ered: 11, 12 Annual IP2171 ered: 9, 10 9, ered: Annual TBD practi- of development will address e course learn the basic students help is designed to is course basic teach and reinforce is designed to e course solving strategies for everyday situations are also pre- are everyday situations for strategies solving Th sented. whole fractions, areas: skills in the following cal math probability, estimation, decimals, percentage, numbers, and metric customary measurement, basic statistics, and Diff charts. and graphs use of and the understanding Credit: 1 Credit: Off Grade Th ar skills that mathematical fi vocational in various ployment IP1242 Practical Math entiated instruction focused on helping students address address students instruction focused helping on entiated computa- math of in the areas IEP goals their individual reasoning. math and tion laws and principles found within Physics, Chemistry, Chemistry, Physics, within found principles and laws Chemis- and Meteorology and Earth Science, Astronomy their abili- improve and data with will work Students try. investiga- on Hands classify and information. infer ties to the skills apply students will help activities lab and tions Diff everyday to life. learning they are Th IP2172 1 Credit: Off Grade None Prerequisite: Level: III needs as indicated learning the students’ will address tion Th Plans. Education in their Individual Science. for requirements the graduation of Physical Science • PSD English I, II, III, IV English • PSD • I, II Mathematics PSD Geometry • PSD • (South Campus) History World PSD • Campus) (North History US PSD credit basis. basis. credit Credit: 1 Credit: Off Grade 12 11, Prerequisite: approval IEP team designee and or Director Fall De- in the Personal/Social enrolled who are Students also in the following be enrolled may class velopment TBD Th courses. Level: III TBD Spring Personal/Social Development - Development Personal/Social Courses Area Content students may encounter aft er high school (e.g. college/ Spring IP7117 vocational training sites, work, community, transporta- tion, leisure activities, etc.). Prerequisite: Director or designee and IEP team approval Th e Transition Physical Education class is off ered to transi- Transition Program tion-age students (ages 18-22) of various ability levels. Th e expectation for this class is that students will have obtained Credit: 1 (dc) (cr/nc) Annual IP1556 their Certifi cate of Completion. Transition Physical Educa- IP1557 tion focuses on appropriate recreation/leisure, health, life Grade Off ered: 12+ skills and community based physical activities. Th is class will visit the community for recreation two times per week. Th e goal of the Transition Program is to off er transition It is the goal of Transition Physical Education to promote the services to individuals with various disabilities/ability levels meaningful practice and application of a full spectrum of (ages 18-22) who have met the requirements for graduation. recreation/leisure activities that are present in the adult world. Th e Transition Program off ers a continuum of services in Students will be exposed to a healthier lifestyle which includes an authentic setting with meaningful practice and applica- a well-balanced diet and options for achieving and maintain- tion of a full spectrum of independent living and vocational ing a healthy weight. skills. Th e Transition Program follows a unique time table that does NOT align with the regular high school bell sched- ule. Individuals work on a variety of skills and activities based United States History on individual goals, including (but not limited to) life skills, community-based training, vocational training, transporta- Credit: 1 Level: III tion training and recreation/leisure activities. Additionally, Grade Off ered: 11, 12 Annual IP2211 students in the Transition Program have access to the LTHS IP2212 Transition House. Th e LTHS Transition House opened in Prerequisite: None winter of 2011 and serves to acquaint students with founda- tions of home living in an authentic setting. Th e Transition Th is course examines the growth of the United States House is used to teach basic home upkeep, gardening, laun- from colonial times to the present. A sequential ap- dry, cooking, home project management, home safety, etc.. proach to history is presented through individualized units to assure student success. Geography skills are Other topics may be covered as diff erent opportunities arise. empha sized throughout the course. Diff erentiated instruction will address the students’ learning needs as indicated in their IEP. Transition Home Living Credit: 1 (dc) (cr/nc) Level: III World History Grade Off ered: 12 + Annual IP5616 IP5617 Credit: 1 Level: III Prerequisite: Director or designee and IEP team approval Grade Off ered: 9 Annual IP2816 IP2817 Th e Transition Home Living class is off ered to transi- Prerequisite: None tion-age students (ages 18-22) of various ability levels. Th e expectation for this class is that students will have World History aims to help students understand the obtained their Certifi cate of Completion. Transition complex world in which they live by developing insights Home Living focuses on further enhancing indepen- into the thoughts and feelings of people within their dence in kitchen safety, meal planning/preparation, own culture/civilization and other cultures/civilizations, and the use of small household appliances in authentic as well as relating the past to the present and future. settings. It is the goal of Transition Home Living to pro- Students learn that although human needs are basically mote the meaningful practice and application of domes- the same everywhere, diff erences in environment and tic living as it exists in the adult world. Twice weekly history have played a determining role in establishing students will practice home living skills at the Transition variety in cultures/civilizations. Th is course demon- House. Students will leave the Transition Home Living strates to students that history, geography, economics, program with a better understanding of the expecta- political science, and social and cultural life are basic to the study of human development. Diff erentiated tions and requirements of functional adult living. instruction will address the students’ learning needs as indicated in their IEP. Transition Physical Education Credit: 1 (dc) (cr/nc) Level: III Grade Off ered: 12+ Fall IP7116 Special Education

156 Special Education Classes When choosing Annual Courses, you will need the fi rst and second semester codes. Freshman Courses Sophomore Courses (cont’d) Annual Fall Only IP2216/7 English I IP2416 Personal/Social Development IP2256/7 English I PSD IP2516 Reading IP2516/7 Reading Spring Only IP2316/7 Mathematics I IP2346/7 Mathematics I PSD IP9147 Driver Education Special Education IP2396/7 Social Awareness & Perpsective Taking IP2417 Personal/Social Development IP2816/7 World History IP2517 Reading IP2826/7 World History PSD IP1916/7 LIFE & Work Skills I Junior and Senior Courses IP1516/7 LIFE English IP1616/7 LIFE Reading Annual IP1416/7 LIFE Social Skills IP0331/2 Academic Resource Center IP1316/7 LIFE Home Living Education IP0321/2 B.A.S.E. II IP1216/7 LIFE Mathematics IP2391/2 Adv. Social Awareness & Perspective Taking IP7016/7 LIFE Physical Education IP2231/2 English III Fall Only IP2241/2 English IV IP0316 B.A.S.E. I IP2261/2 English II PSD IP2516 Reading IP2271/2 English III PSD IP2416 Personal/Social Development I IP2281/2 English IV PSD IP2511/2 Reading Spring Only IP2331/2 Geometry IP0317 B.A.S.E. I IP1241/2 Practical Math IP2517 Reading IP2361/2 Geometry PSD IP2417 Personal/Social Development I IP2171/2 Physical Science IP2211/2 U. S. History Sophomore Courses IP2831/2 U.S. History PSD Annual IP2721/2 Career Training & Education (CTE) IP0336/7 Academic Resource Center IP1936/7 LIFE & Work Skills II (Junior) IP0326/7 B.A.S.E. II IP1946/7 LIFE & Work Skills II (Senior) IP2216/7 English I IP1516/7 LIFE English IP2256/7 English I PSD IP1616/7 LIFE Reading IP2226/7 English II IP1416/7 LIFE Social Skills IP2266/7 English II PSD IP1216/7 LIFE Mathematics IP2516/7 Reading IP7016/7 LIFE Physical Education IP2396/7 Social Awareness & Perspective Taking IP1316/7 LIFE Home Living Education IP2116/7 Biology IP1556/7 Transition Program IP2316/7 Mathematics I IP5616/7 Transition Home Living IP2346/7 Mathematics I PSD IP7116/7 Transition Physical Education IP2326/7 Mathematics II Fall Only IP2356/7 Mathematics II PSD IP2851 Consumer Education IP2236/7 Practical Math IP2421 Personal & Social Development IP2416/7 Personal/Social Development IP2511 Reading Special Education IP2816/7 World History IP2826/7 World History PSD Spring Only IP1926/7 LIFE & Work Skills I IP2852 Consumer Economics IP1516/7 LIFE English IP2422 Personal & Social Development IP1616/7 LIFE Reading IP2512 Reading IP1416/7 LIFE Social Skills IP1316/7 LIFE Home Living Education IP1216/7 LIFE Mathematics IP7016/7 LIFE Physical Education Fall Only IP9146 Driver Education Special Education IP9016 Health Special Education

157 American Sign Language I, II American Sign Language Expressive Language American Sign Language Receptive Communication French I, II, III, IV, V French IIIH (ACP) French IVH (ACP) AP French Language & Culture Etymology German I, II German Communication German Language AP German Language & Culture Italian I, II, III, IV AP Italian Language & Culture Latin I, II Latin Poetry Latin Prose AP Latin Spanish I, II, III, IV, V Spanish IIIH (ACP) Spanish IVH (ACP) AP Spanish Language Spanish for Heritage Speakers Career Internship Program World Languages

158 Ms. Paula Nardi, Division Chair Mr. Mark Dahl, Assistant Division Chair TEL: SC (708) 579-6585, NC (708) 579-6488 TEL: NC (708) 579-6368 FAX: (708) 579-6497 EMAIL: [email protected] EMAIL: [email protected]

Fine Arts Division Philosophy Th e departments of the Fine Arts Division include the Visual Arts, Music, and World Languages. Th ey all focus on the need for individual expression and communication with others. Each area nurtures the internal development of creativity, intuition, reasoning, and imagination and off ers a unique means by which thoughts and feelings can be conveyed to familiar and foreign societies. It is the belief of the Division that, through these timeless disciplines, students will come to appreciate civilizations past and to contribute to the future advancement of the individual and society. World Languages Department Philosophy Th e study of a world language opens the world to the individual by providing the means and opportunity for per- sonal expression and communication with others. Th e cultural component, both historical and current, sets the appropriate context under which the language, beliefs, and customs of diverse societies can be studied, understood, and appreciated.

Regular Course Sequence

American Sign Language 91011 12 I Prep II Prep Expressive Language Accel/ Receptive Communication Accel/ I Accel II Accel Receptive Communication Accel Expressive Language Accel

French 9101112 I Prep II Prep III Accel or IV Accel or I Accel II Accel III Honors (ACP) IV Honors (ACP) II Prep IV Accel or III Accel or III Honors V Accel or AP (Hon) II Accel IV Honors (ACP) World Languages

German 9 101112 I Prep II Prep Communication Accel/ Language Accel/ I Accel II Accel Language Accel Communication Accel/ AP

159 Regular CourseSequence   Other Electives ce IIAccel IIPrep I Accel I Prep Italian rpIIPrep I Prep Latin rpI rpIIIAccel or IIIAccel or IIAccel IIPrep II Prep I Accel I Prep Spanish ce IIAccel I Accel eiaeSekr eiaeSekr IIIHon (ACP), Heritage Speakers Heritage Speakers II Accel

World Languages Etymology Prep/Etymology Accel high school and school havehigh placed year inasecond class been language inaTownship articulated program prior to language class. Students have who studied aforeign foreign country may placed or inasecond be third year Students have who bilingual parents or have lived ina Students With Previous LanguageExperience listening. to apply language the inreading, and writing, speaking, daily, to memorize thoroughly, to listen attentively, and student’s up successwilldepend knowledgethe of one’s own language and culture. Th of language the and culture of peoples of world the and Studying aworld language understanding increases the Success In World Languages 910 11 12 910 11 12 910 11 12  III Honors (ACP) on willingness to study III Honors (ACP) Poetry Accel/ProsePoetry Accel IV Hon (ACP) or AP(Hon) IV Honors (ACP) IV Accel or I ce IVAccel or AP(Hon) III Accel e 160 . Student/Parent preference 3. Performance Language Assessment Based 2. Information from eighth the grade teachers 1. on following the criteria: Students are placed inworld language based sections Placement into Ability Groups quent year. script untiltheendof note thatcreditwillnotappearonthestudent’s tran- C or better) of nextcourse the sequence. inthe Th creditschool retroactively on acredit/no credit basis. or Spanish for Heritage Speakers, awarded willbe high iscredit assignedupon willbe completion (gradeof IV Honors (ACP) IV Accel or AP (Hon) Prose Accel/Poetry Accel/ IV Honors or AP(Hon) V Accel or AP(Hon) fi rst semesterofthesubse-

Please Aft er the initial recommended placement of incom- Latin Th is examination measures knowledge of ing freshmen is made, the associate schools review the the works on the required reading list, the ability to results and recommend further changes. Such changes interpret literary texts, and competence in the use of are considered by the LTHS World Languages Depart- the language (translation and grammar) in one test: ment which, if in agreement, will make the placement Latin: Vergil. revision. Parents and students are notifi ed in writing of the fi nal placement decisions. Parents may then request French Language & Culture Th is examination changes and/or consultation about placement decisions evaluates the level of performance in the use of the by contacting the division chair. language, in understanding written and spoken French, and in responding with ease in correct and Course levels and sequences may be combined into the idiomatic French in oral and written expression. same section if course enrollment is insuffi cient to off er them as independent classes and/or if the curriculum is German Language & Culture Th is examination so developed. tests profi ciency in understanding written and spo- ken German and the ability to respond with correct Due to the sequential nature of World Languages cours- and idiomatic spoken and written German without es, students who receive an F for a fi rst semester grade special emphasis or knowledge of literature. will be dropped from the course for the second semester. Th is will necessitate successfully repeating the course in Italian Language & Culture Th is examination order to continue in the sequence. Schedule changes are evaluates the student’s level of Italian language profi - permitted under these circumstances. ciency and cultural understanding by means of read- College Credit ing, writing, speaking, and listening. In preparation Many colleges off er advanced standing and/or credit for the exam, students will read authentic texts, listen upon successful completion of third, fourth, or fi ft h to authentic broadcasts, speak on a variety of topics, year courses and/or scores on placement exams. and write comprehensive essays.

World Languages and Advanced Placement (AP) Spanish Language & Culture Th is examination Examinations evaluates the level of performance in the use of the Th e World Languages Department off ers students the language, in understanding written and spoken opportunity to prepare for six diff erent AP examina- Spanish, and in responding with ease in correct and tions. Latin, French Language, German Language and idiomatic Spanish in oral and written expression. Culture, Italian Language and Culture, Spanish Lan- guage and Culture. Th e names of these tests correspond The Illinois State Seal of Biliteracy Th e State to the names of the courses located in the World Lan- Seal is an award given to high school students that guages Department section of the Guide. appears as a seal on their diplomas and offi cial transcripts to certify that the student is biliterate in To prepare for an AP examination in a world language, English and one or more languages. A biliterate per- students should have son can read, write, speak, and understand another  completed the appropriate sequence of language language in addition to English at the Intermediate study in high school; High level of profi ciency.   sought placement in Level IV (Accel) and/ or Level V (Honors) sections of the language; Lyons Township High School is proud to off er the  used the language at every opportunity; and Illinois State Seal of Biliteracy to qualifying LTHS  enrolled in the course that provides direct Seniors who demonstrate a high level of profi ciency preparation for the examinations. in languages other than English. Th e languages cur- World Languages rently approved for this recognition at LTHS are: Arabic, French, German, Mandarin Chinese, Polish (starting in Spring 2018), Portuguese, Russian and Spanish.

Benefi ts of the seal include: Earning college credit in Illinois and possibly other states, distinguishing your resume and college appli- cation, earning scholarship and career opportunities, and understanding your profi ciency to set advanced language goals.

161 World Languages the school setting. school the A.Students apply language their within both and experience beyond comparisons of cultures the studied and own. their B. Students demonstrate an understanding of concept the of culture through Communities A.Students demonstrate an understanding of nature the of language through are only available through target the Standard languageV and its culture. study the of world the languages and culture. B. Students acquire information and recognize distinctive the viewpoints that Comparisons A.Students reinforce knowledge their and of further other disciplines through to practices the and products of cultures the studied.Standard IV generated by culture the studied. C.Students demonstrate an understanding of leading and beliefs the history B. Students demonstrate aknowledge of products the (formal and informal) Connections A.Students demonstrate aknowledge of traditions the and dailyStandard III habits of the on avariety of topics. D. Reading: students comprehend and interpret various written materials. C.Writing: students present inwritten form information, concepts, and ideas Culture B. Speaking/Listening: students engage inconversation, provide information, Standard II A.Listening: students understand and interpret spoken language on avariety Communication Standard I of topics. Independent Study course. and building administration approval. Independent study may asan not semester/annual taken 8th be application for Independent study. In students allcases, must parent, secure teacher, counselor, divisional, World LanguagesDepartmentStandards comparison of language the studied and own. their cultures studied. express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions. Under specifi c conditions asoutlined on p. 25of the 162 Guide , students may make World Languages - the communica- is that e expectation ciency benchmark of Novice High - Inter- High Novice ciency of benchmark in the communication is that e expectation 2021-2022, 2023-2024 ered: 2020-2021, 2022-2023 ered: in the the communication is that e expectation ciency benchmark of Intermediate Low - Interme- Low Intermediate ciency of benchmark 163 in new contexts. Th in new contexts. student- and/or (teacher-student the in classroom tion By language. in the target primarily take place student) the at will be or near students the course, of completion profi ACTFL Low. mediate Students continue to work to develop their compe- develop to work to continue Students the modes three of across language in the target tence the six AP themes. of in the context communication the students provide assessments Performance-based in independently use to the language the opportunity reading and listening Interpretive contexts. unfamiliar and comprehension focused both literal tasks on are regu- is provided Practice interpretation. inferential Cultural home. at and both the classroom within larly, authentic from drawn are comparisons and information will discussion. class Students and literary works print, classroom facilitate and debates in classroom participate presenta- student-led their own discussion through Th tions. take student-student) and/or (teacher-student classroom of completion By language. in the target primarily place profi the ACTFL at will be or near students the course, American Sign Language Receptive American Sign Language WL7942 Communication 1 Credit: 11, 12 Grades II ASL Prerequisite: Off Years Annual WL7941 Level IV - Intermediate Mid Intermediate ciency of benchmark High. American Sign Language Expressive Language Expressive American Sign WL7932 Language 1 Credit: 11, 12 Grades II ASL Prerequisite: Off Years their compe- develop to work to continue Students the modes three of across language in thetarget tence the six AP themes. of in the context communication the students provide assessments Performance-based Annual contexts in familiar useto the language WL7931 opportunity Level IV tasks reading and listening Interpretive independently. increasing with comprehension focused literal on are is pro- Practice interpretation. inferential on emphasis home. at and the both classroom within vided regularly, in new culture the target explore to continue Students Th contexts. student-student) and/or (teacher-student the classroom comple- By language. in the target primarily take place the ACTFL at will be or near students the course, of tion profi Mid. diate ered: 11, 12 ered: 9, 10 ered: 11, 12 ered: 9, 10 ciency benchmark of Novice Low - Novice High. High. - Novice Low Novice ciency of benchmark Credit: 1 Credit: GradeOff IV Level III or their competence develop to work to continue Students com- the modes three of across language in the target the six AP themes. Per- of in the context munication the the students provide assessments formance-based familiar in practiced, use to the language opportunity independence. Interpretive increasing with contexts and focused the acquisition on are reading and listening Prac- language. details in the key target of recognition and the classroom both within regularly, tice is provided culture the target explore to continue Students home. at (Accel) Annual WL7926 WL7921 WL7826 WL7821 II American Sign Language Annual Annual WL7827 (Prep) WL7927 Annual (Accel) Annual WL7822 (Prep) WL7922 Off Grade (Accel) None Prerequisite: This course can earn jual credit through College of through This course can earn jual credit DuPage. Students begin to develop their competence in the target in the target their competence begin develop to Students communication: the modes three of across language Perfor- interpersonal. and presentational, interpretive, in- and in the presentational assessments mance-based pro- writing) terpersonal modes and (speaking/signing in use to the language the opportunity vide the students Interpretive contexts. world real and familiar, practiced, reading, as listening, skills, such language receptive and comprehension the recognition, viewing, focus on and in the target information basic stated of application and of the cultures explore students Additionally, language. and comparisons making countries, language the target and experiences. their own Teachers with connections language in the target communicate to aim students completion By the course. of the majority throughout the ACTFL at will be or near students the course, of profi (Accel) Annual WL7916 WL7911 WL7816 WL7811 I Sign Language American Annual Annual WL7817 (Prep) 1 Credit: Off Grade WL7917 Annual (Accel) Annual WL7812 (Prep) WL7912 Off Grade (Accel) IV Level III or None Prerequisite: World Languages completion of course, the students near or willbe at the student) place take primarily target inthe language. By tion classroom inthe (teacher-student and/or student- contexts.new Th home. Students continue to explore target the culture in is provided regularly, within both classroom the and at recognition of target key inthe details language. Practice listening and reading are on acquisition the focused and contexts with increasing Interpretive independence. opportunity language the to use inpracticed, familiar formance-based assessments provide students the the munication context inthe of Per- sixAPthemes. the targetin the language across of three modes the com- Students continue to work to develop competence their Prerequisite: French I IIIor Level: IV (Accel) WL7422 (Prep) 11, WL5422 Annual (Accel) Grade Off Annual WL7427 Credit: 1 (Prep) 12 WL5427 French II Annual WL5421 Annual benchmark ofciency Novice Low -Novice High. course,the WL7421 students near or willbe at ACTFL the profi throughout majority the of course. the By completion of students aim to communicateWL5426 target inthe language connections with Teachers own their experiences. and targetthe language countries, making comparisons and language.WL7426 Additionally, students explore cultures the of and application of basicstated information target inthe and on focus viewing, recognition, the comprehension and receptive language skills,such aslistening, reading, practiced, familiar, and real world contexts. Interpretive studentsvide the opportunity the language the to use in (speaking/signing and modes terpersonal writing) pro- mance-based assessments presentational inthe and in- interpretive, presentational, and interpersonal. Perfor- language across of three modes the communication: Students to develop begin competence their target inthe Prerequisite: None IIIor Level: IV (Accel) WL7412 (Prep) 11, WL5412 Annual (Accel) Grade Off Annual WL7417 Credit: 1 (Prep) 12 WL5417 French I Annual WL5411 Annual WL7411 WL5416 WL7416 ee: 9, 10 ered: 9, 10 ered: eexpectation isthat communica- the 164 - Intermediate Mid. Intermediate ACTFL profi completion of course, the students near or willbe at the student) place take primarily target inthe language. By tion classroom inthe (teacher-student and/or student- contexts.new Th home. Students continue to explore target the culture in provided regularly, within both classroom the and at WL7431 Annual ing emphasis on inferential interpretation. Practice is are on literal focused comprehension with increas- independently. Interpretive listening and reading tasks opportunity language the to use infamiliar contexts IV Level: Performance-based assessments provide students the 11,12 communication context inthe of sixAPthemes. the tence target inthe language across of three modes the Students continue to work to develop compe- their Prerequisite: French II Grade Off Credit: 1 WL7432 French III WL7437 the teacher tothe dootherwise. granted hasbeen inclass, unlesspermission while by French 3Honors French course are to speak expected Notre semester. second Dame inthe Students inthe year with reading de the and of Bossu discussion Le various texts literary throughout year, the ending the language.in the Th and dialoguesinan attempt to increase profi their to an ever increasing amount of authentic texts, videos (ACTFL). As year the progresses, students are exposed onAmerican Council Teaching the of Foreign Language WL8432 interpersonal and presentational, by the asdescribed V Level: of threeties inthe modes communication: interpretive, WL8437 WL8431 Students French inthe 3Honors course on focus activi- PPrerequisite: French II 11, 12 Grade Off Credit: 1 French IIIH(ACP) mediate Low. ACTFL profi r e r e q u i s ee: 0 nul WL7436 Annual 10 ered: ee: 1 Ana WL8436 Annual 10 ered: i t e : ciency benchmark ofciency Intermediate Low - ciency benchmark ofciency Novice High -Inter-

F r eexpectation isthat communica- the e n eFrench 3Honors employ classes c h

I I ciency ciency World Languages is e expectation mastery is includes uency in oral and written expression. expression. written uency and in oral ciency benchmark of Intermediate High - High Intermediate ciency of benchmark ered: ered: 10 9, ered: ered: 12 11, Annual WL8411 the AP for students prepare is designed to is course authentic read to and in French converse to e ability 165 (Accel) Annual WL7616 WL5616 WL7611 Annual WL5611 Annual German I WL5617 12 (Prep) 1 Credit: WL7617 Annual Off Grade (Accel) Annual WL5612 11, (Prep) WL7612 (Accel) IV Level: III or None Prerequisite: in the target their competence begin develop to Students communication: the modes three of across language Perfor- interpersonal. and presentational, interpretive, in- and in the presentational assessments mance-based pro- writing) terpersonal modes and (speaking/signing in use to the language the opportunity vide the students Interpretive contexts. world real and familiar, practiced, reading, as listening, such skills, language receptive and comprehension the recognition, viewing, focus on and in the target information stated basic of application and of the cultures explore students Additionally, language. and comparisons making countries, language the target WL8412 Language & Culture French AP 1 Credit: Off Grade Prerequisite: IV French Th Th Examination. Language French fl and grammar of Th compositions original write to students enable materials feel- and of, evaluations to, their reactions expressing Level: V the examination for Practice topics. of a variety on ings practice reading and conversational intensive includes application. grammar contextual with along texts. Interpretive listening and reading tasks are focused tasks are reading and listening Interpretive texts. interpreta- inferential and comprehension both literal on theclass- bothwithin regularly, is provided Practice tion. comparisons and information Cultural home. at and room sources, audio-visual and print authentic from drawn are a will research discussion. class Students and literary works discussion through facilitate and topics cultural of variety Th presentations. student-led their own (teacher-student in the classroom the communication that language. in the takes target place student-student) and/or at will be or near students the course, of completion By profi the ACTFL Low. Advanced is ciency in ciency c themes. Performance-based in the communication is that e expectation ered: 12 ered: Annual WL7451 ered: ered: Annual WL8441 11, 12 ered: Annual WL7441 ciency in French by engaging in the three modes of engaging by ciency in French ciency benchmark of Intermediate Mid - Interme- Mid Intermediate ciency of benchmark assessments provide the students the opportunity to use to the the opportunity the students provide assessments con- unfamiliar and in familiar independently language Students continue to work to develop their competence their competence develop to work to continue Students commu- the modes three of across language in the target presentational, and interpersonal interpretive, nication: specifi of the context within Prerequisite: IVH or IVA French WL7452 Credit: 1 Credit: Off Grade Level: IV course also employs a variety of literary excerpts as well as well literary excerpts of a variety also employs course that novels two Prince, Le Petit and Nicolas as Le Petit profi strengthen discussion class and advance to opportunities also have Students language. the target topics. historical and cultural of a variety explore V French communication: interpersonal, presentational and in- and presentational interpersonal, communication: discussed and researched are events Current terpretive. Th sources. authentic other and websites French using Credit: 1 Credit: Off Grade their improve to continue will students this course, In profi Level: V French IVH (ACP) French IIIH ACP French III or French Prerequisite: WL8442 Students continue to work to develop their competence their competence develop to work to continue Students com- the modes three of across language in the target the six AP themes. Per- of in the context munication the the students provide assessments formance-based in unfa- independently use to thelanguage opportunity tasks reading and listening Interpretive contexts. miliar inferen- and comprehension focused both literal on are both regularly, is provided Practice tial interpretation. information Cultural home. at and the classroom within liter- print, authentic from drawn are comparisons and will participate discussion. Students class and ary works discus- classroom facilitate and debates in classroom Upon presentations. student-led their own through sion to will be prepared students this course, of completion and Language AP French or Level Five either into enter Th Culture. WL7442 WL7442 IV French 1 Credit: Off Grade Prerequisite: III French Level: IV student-student) and/or (teacher-student the classroom comple- By language. in the target primarily take place the ACTFL at will be or near students the course, of tion profi High. diate World Languages profi of course, the students near or willbe at ACTFL the throughout majority the of course. the By completion students aim to communicate target inthe language connections with Teachers own their experiences. and grammatical structures at an extended rigor level. of complexmastery and vocabulary awidevariety of ing material. Assessments are designedto test students’ expanded grammar structures and native-speaker read- studying at accelerated the level are challenged with activities, radioand other listening activities. Students are studied. Classwork issupplemented by fi and cultural readings andper magazinearticles, poetry writing. Aside from core the text, short stories, newspa- IV Level emphasis placed on reading, listening, and speaking, prove profi their Communication.German Students continue to im- off be will Language German German IIor German Prerequisite: Years Communication Grade Off Credit: 1 German Language Off WL7652 Low. Intermediate - High near or at ACTFL the profi language. By completion of course, the students willbe or student-student) place take primarily target inthe communication classroom inthe (teacher-student and/ culture contexts. innew Th and at home. Students continue to explore target the tice isprovided regularly, within both classroom the recognition of target key inthe details language. Prac- listening and reading are on acquisition the focused and contexts with increasing Interpretive independence. opportunity language the to use inpracticed, familiar formance-based assessments provide students the the munication context inthe of Per- sixAPthemes. the targetin the language across of three modes the com- Students continue to work to develop competence their German I Prerequisite: IIIor Level: IV (Accel) WL7622 I(Prep) 11, WL5622 Annual (Accel) Grade Off Annual WL7627 Credit: 1 (Prep) 12 WL5627 German II Annual WL5621 Annual WL7621 WL5626 WL7626 ciency benchmark ofciency Novice Low -Novice High. ee: 1 2 nul WL7651 Annual 11,12 ered: 10 ered: ciency in the German language German inthe ciency with ered: 2020-2021,2022-2023 eexpectation isthat the ciency benchmark of Noviceciency ered alternating years with lms, online 166 AP GermanLanguage&Culture structures at an extended rigor level. complex and vocabulary awidevariety of grammatical Assessments are designedto test students’ of mastery material. panded grammar structures and native-speaker reading studying at accelerated the level are challenged with ex- activities, radioand other listening activities. Students are studied. Classwork issupplemented by fi and cultural readings andper magazinearticles,poetry writing. Aside from core the text, short stories, newspa- IV Level emphasis placed on reading, listening, and speaking, improve profi their years with Language. German Students continue to German Communication off willbe Years Prerequisite: IIor German Language German Grade Off Credit: 1 Off German Communication WL7662 line activities, radioand other listening activities. corethe text. Classwork issupplemented by fi articles, poetry, novels and cultural readings, asidefrom study authentic stories, short and newspaper magazine ing and orally at an extended rigor level. Students will evaluate avariety of written materials, inwrit- both V Level: language to their use expected be skills to analyze and and acomprehensive grammar review. Students will practiced and applied includes idiomatic expressions AP language exam inGerman.Additional material Students studying at APlevel the willprepare for the Communication (Prep/Accel) Prerequisite: Language German (Prep/Accel) or German Grade Off Credit: 1 WL8612 ee:1,1 Ana WL7661 Annual ered: 11,12 ee: 2 nul WL8611 Annual 12 ered: ciency in the German language German inthe ciency with ered: 2021-2022,2123-2024 ered alternating lms, online lms, on- World Languages is that e expectation ciency Interme- of benchmark ciency benchmark of Novice High - Inter- High Novice ciency of benchmark ered: 11, 12 Annual WL7331 167 WL7332 III Italian 1 Credit: Off Grade II Italian Prerequisite: in their competence develop to work to continue Students communi- the modes three of across language thetarget the six AP themes. Performance- of in the context cation the opportunity students based provide assessments In- independently. contexts in familiar useto the language Level: IV focused liter- tasks on are reading and listening terpretive inferential on emphasis increasing with al comprehension both within regularly, is provided Practice interpretation. explore to continue Students home. at and the classroom Th in new contexts. culture the target (teacher-student in the classroom the communication in the target primarily take place student-student) and/or will be students the course, of completion By language. profi the ACTFL at or near Mid. - Intermediate Low diate tion in the classroom (teacher-student and/or student- and/or (teacher-student the in classroom tion By language. in the target primarily take place student) the at will be or near students the course, of completion profi ACTFL Low. mediate the communica- is that e expectation ciency benchmark of Novice Low - Novice - Novice Low Novice ciency of benchmark ered: ered: 10 ered: ered: 10 9, Students continue to work to develop their competence their competence develop to work to continue Students com- the modes three of across language in the target the six AP themes. Per- of in the context munication the the students provide assessments formance-based familiar in practiced, use to the language opportunity independence. Interpretive increasing with contexts and focused the acquisition on are reading and listening Practice language. details in the key target of recognition at and the classroom both within regularly, is provided in culture the target explore to continue Students home. Th new contexts. (Accel) Annual WL7326 WL6126 WL7321 Annual WL6121 Annual WL6127 12 (Prep) 1 Credit: WL7327 Annual Off Grade (Accel) Annual WL6122 11, (Prep) WL7322 (Accel) IV Level: III or I Italian Prerequisite: Italian II (Accel) Annual WL7316 WL6116 WL7311 Annual WL6111 Annual WL6117 12 (Prep) WL7317 Annual (Accel) Annual WL6112 11, (Prep) WL7312 (Accel) None Prerequisite: in the their competence begin develop to Students communica- the modes three of across language target interpersonal. and presentational, interpretive, tion: in the presentational assessments Performance-based writing) modes and (speaking/signing interpersonal and use to the language the opportunity the students provide Inter- contexts. world real and familiar, in practiced, as listening, skills, such language receptive and pretive compre- the recognition, viewing, focus on and reading, in information basic stated of application and hension the explore students Additionally, language. the target com- making countries, language the target of cultures experiences. their own with connections and parisons in the target communicate to aim students and Teachers By the course. of the majority throughout language the at will be or near students the course, of completion profi ACTFL High. Italian I Italian 1 Credit: Off Grade IV Level: III or World Languages Credit: 1 Level: V Level: Grade Off Credit: 1 AP ItalianLanguage&Culture High. Intermediate ACTFL profi completion of course, the students near or willbe at the context. Vocabulary expanded willbe considerably. By ing extensively willbe practiced and refi end. Th IV Level: materials and cultural resources toward used willbe that student’s communication skills,avariety of authentic Italian and speakers writers. to Designed enhance the Th Prerequisite: Italian III Grade Off Credit: 1 Italian IV Accel WL7342 Annual WL7341 English throughout majority the of course. the and Greece. Teachers and students communicate in WL7111 Annual (Accel) students explore culture the of and ancient history Rome translate and analyze adapted Latin text. Additionally, skills develop students’ ability to read, comprehend, Interpretive, interpersonal and presentational language WL5111 Annual cultures, connections, comparisons and communities. (Prep) Latinthe language across fi 11,12 Latin Istudents to develop begin competence their in IIIor Level: IV Prerequisite: None Grade Off Credit: 1 Latin I WL7112 WL5112 (Accel) WL7117 WL5117 Annual WL7116 enhancement, and contextual grammar application. authentic reading and listening selections, vocabulary ration willinclude intensive conversational practice, appliedbe to various activities and contexts. Prepa- presentational and interpretive. Th of three modes in the communication: interpersonal, Th APItalianthe Language and Culture exam. Th Prerequisite: Italian III WL8342 estudents willcontinue to develop profi their is course will further extend development their iscourse willfurther as iscollege-level course prepares APstudents the for eskillsof reading, and writing, listen- speaking, ee: 2 Annual 12 ered: 12 ered: ee: ,1 Pe) Ana WL5116 Annual (Prep) 9,10 ered: ciency benchmark ofciency Intermediate Mid - ve goals: communication, elanguage skills will ned inthematic

WL8341 ciency ciency 168 ity of course. the students communicate throughout inEnglish major- the and of history ancient Rome and Greece. Teachers and WL7122 Students continue to explore inmore depth culture the in preparation to read authentic Latin text inLatin III. WL5122 hend, translate and analyze more complicated Latin text advance students’skills further ability to read, compre- Interpretive, interpersonal and presentational language WL7127 cultures, connections, comparisons and communities. Latinin the language across fi Annual WL7121 WL5127 Latin IIstudents continue to develop competence their (Accel) Annual WL5121 Prerequisite: Latin I (Prep) 11, IIIor Level: IV 12 Annual WL7126 (Accel) Annual WL5126 (Prep) Grade Off Credit: 1 Latin II or year fourth of study. in alternating years and isthus ineither taken third the four year one-year Latin sequence, this course isoff andsocial political questions of today. As part of the political, cultural, and relate issuesasthey literary to and biography. Emphasis isplaced on of discussion culture examines and Roman history politics, history at an advanced level. Students’ exploration of ancient WL7132 comprehend, translate and analyze original Latin text presentational language skillsrequire students to read, sons and communities. Interpretive, interpersonal and goals: communication, cultures, connections, compari- literature. Instruction continues to center upon fi Students read various selections of authentic Latin prose IV Level: Years Off Prerequisite:Latin IIor Latin Poetry Grade Off Credit: 1 Latin Prose ered: 2020-2021,2022-2023 ee: 0 10 ered: ee: 1,1 nul WL7131 Annual ered: 11,12 ve goals: communication, ve ve ered World Languages ciency e curriculum e development, focuses reading is course on ered: 10 9, ciency benchmark of Novice Low - Novice High. - Novice Low Novice ciency of benchmark 169 (Prep) Annual WL5216 Spanish I WL7216 12 (Prep) 1 Credit: Annual Off Grade (Accel) WL5211 Annual WL5217 WL7211 11, (Prep) WL7217 Annual (Accel) Annual WL5212 WL7212 IV Level: III or None Prerequisite: in the tar- their competence begin develop to Students communication: the modes three of across language get Perfor- interpersonal. and presentational, interpretive, in- and in the presentational assessments mance-based pro- writing) terpersonal modes and (speaking/signing in use to the language the opportunity vide the students Interpretive contexts. world real and familiar, practiced, reading, as listening, skills, such language receptive and comprehension the recognition, viewing, focus on and in the target information basic stated of application and of the cultures explore students Additionally, language. and comparisons making countries, language the target and experiences. their own Teachers with connections language in the target communicate to aim students completion By the course. of the majority throughout the ACTFL at will be or near students the course, of profi in spoken Spanish and would like to improve their improve to like would and Spanish in spoken will Students skills. grammatical and writing reading, the three modes of across their competence develop presen- and interpersonal interpretive, communication: Th tational. facil- grammar, formal lexical expansion, orthography, appreciation fosters It composition. and in writing ity Th heritage. cultural-linguistic Hispanic of B, A and years cycle, year alternating an on is presented consecutive two for take this course in which students profi the ACTFL at will be or near Students years. By Low. - Advanced High Intermediate of benchmark 8 COD will receive students years, the two the end of credits. cant cant uent uent e course course e ered in ered ve goals: goals: ve ered: ered: 10 9, Annual WL7206 ered: ered: 12 Annual WL8141 ered: 11, 12 Annual WL7141 2023-2024 2021-2022, ered: themes in consider students the course, roughout ers students the opportunity to appreciate the impact the impact appreciate to the opportunity students ers is DuPage of College with course credited is dual of study focuses the in-depth course Latin e AP on Th fl degree some to who are students designed for Prerequisite: B A or year alternating test; Placement 11,12 2206 - SPANI DuPage of - College A: Dual Credit Year 4 credits 2208 - SPANI DuPage of - College B: Dual Credit Year 4 credits WL7201 Annual WL7207 WL7202 Credit: 1 (dc) 1 (dc) Credit: Off Grade Level: IV Spanish for Heritage Speakers Spanish for requires students to prepare and translate the readings the readings translate and prepare to students requires which context, these in a meaningful place texts and literary sensitivi- and historical, critical, develop helps ties. Th these works bring and literature ancient of the context and debates, discussions, classroom through life to both of from readings English Additional presentations. in a signifi readings the Latin place help these works context. Credit: 1 Credit: Off Grade Th litera- Latin in works the greatest of two from selections Th Gallic War. Caesar’s and Aeneid Vergil’s ture: Level: V AP Latin AP Poetry Latin or Prose Latin Prerequisite: WL8142 communication, cultures, connections, comparisons and and comparisons connections, cultures, communication, presen- and interpersonal Interpretive, communities. com- read, to students skills require language tational an at text Latin original analyze and translate prehend, art and culture Greco-Roman of Study level. advanced off modern on allusions mythological of relevance and Latin analyzing also for learn tools experiences. Students will strengthen poetic devices literary that style and the four of part As writers. and them as both readers is off course thissequence, Latin one-year year or the third taken in either is thus and years alternating study. of fourth year Latin Poetry Latin 1 Credit: Off Grade Latin authentic of selections various read Students fi upon center to continues Instruction poetry. Level: IV Prose Latin II or Latin Prerequisite: Off Years WL7142 World Languages diate Mid. profi tion of course, the students near or willbe at ACTFL the placetake primarily target inthe language. By comple- classroomthe (teacher-student and/or student-student) contexts. Th Students continue to explore target the culture innew vided regularly, within classroom both the and at home. emphasis on inferential interpretation. Practice ispro- are on literal focused comprehension with increasing independently. Interpretive listening and reading tasks opportunity language the to use infamiliar contexts IV Level: Performance-based assessments provide students the communication context inthe of sixAPthemes. the tence target inthe language across of three modes the Students continue to work to develop compe- their Prerequisite: Spanish II WL7232 WL7237 Grade Off 11, Credit: 1 Spanish III Annual 12 mediate Low. WL7231 ACTFL profi completion of course, the students near or willbe at the student) place take primarily target inthe language. By tion classroom inthe (teacher-student and/or student- contexts.new Th home. Students continue to explore target the culture in is provided regularly, within both classroom the and at recognition of target key inthe details language. Practice listening and reading are on acquisition the focused and contexts with increasing Interpretive independence. opportunity language the to use inpracticed, familiar Performance-based assessments provide students the the communication context inthe of sixAPthemes. the tence target inthe language across of three modes the Students continue to work to develop compe- their Prerequisite: Spanish I IIIor Level: IV WL7222 WL5222 Annual Accel Annual WL7227 Prep WL7221 11, WL5227 Annual WL5221 Accel Grade Off Annual Credit: 1 Prep 12 WL7226 Spanish II WL5226 ciency benchmark ofciency Intermediate Low -Interme- ee: 0 nul WL7236 Annual 10 ered: 9, 10 ered: eexpectation isthat communication the in ciency benchmark ofciency Novice High -Inter- eexpectation isthat communica- the 170 mediate Mid -Intermediate High. near or at ACTFL the profi language. By completion of course, the students willbe or student-student) place take primarily target inthe communication classroom inthe (teacher-student and/ AP Language and Culture. Th dents prepared willbe to enter into either Five Level or presentations. Upon completion of course, this stu- classroom through discussion own their student-led will participate inclassroom debates and facilitate tic print, works literary and Students class discussion. information and comparisons are drawn from authen- larly, within classroom the both and at home. Cultural inferential interpretation. Practice isprovided regu- aretasks on literal both focused comprehension and IV Level: unfamiliar contexts. Interpretive listening and reading opportunitythe language the to use independently in Performance-based assessments provide students the communication context inthe of sixAPthemes. the tence target inthe language across of three modes the Students continue to work to develop compe- their Prerequisite: Spanish III WL7242 Grade Off Credit: 1 Spanish IV classroom. communities. Spanish language primary isthe of the tions and comparisons and between local their global worldspeaking and its culture rich by making connec- understandingtheir and appreciation of Spanish- the ingful communication. Additionally, students expand WL8237 that are relevant to real-world situations and mean- and writing) through exploration the of thematic topics in allfour language reading skills(listening, speaking, V Level: language inthe immersed and profi their deepen In Spanish the 3HACP course, students are once again WL8231 PPrerequisite: Spanish II WL8232 11, 12 Grade Off Credit: 1 Spanish IIIH(ACP) Credit: 1 Level: V Level: WL8242 Prerequisite: Spanish III or Spanish IIIHACP Grade Off Credit: 1 Spanish IVH(ACP) r e r e q u i s ee: 1 2 nul WL7241 Annual 11, 12 ered: Annual WL8236 10 ered: ee: Ana WL8241 Annual ered: i t e :

S p a n i s h

I I ciency benchmark of Inter-ciency eexpectation isthat the ciency ciency Th is course is a continuation of Spanish 3H-ACP. Th is Etymology Prep/Etymology Accel course is designed to further enhance students’ pro- fi ciency in the three modes of communication. Th is Credit: 1/2 Level: III or IV course also strives to prepare students for the Span- Grade Off ered: 9, 10 ish AP course that will be take the following year. Th e Prep (c/nc) Fall WL5516 materials that are used in the course include but are not Prep (c/nc) Spring WL5517 limited to the textbook Anda, a variety of authentic print 11, 12 and audio texts, and technology. Course objectives and Prep (c/nc) Fall WL5511 goals are guided by several real-world themes where Prep (c/nc) Spring WL5512 students are exposed to advanced language structures 9, 10 and concepts that will aid in refi ning their skills in the Accel Fall WL7516 three modes of communication. Spanish is the primary Accel Spring WL7517 language used by the students and the instructor. 11, 12 Accel Fall WL7511 Accel Spring WL7512 Spanish V Prerequisite: None Credit: 1 Level: IV Students increase their vocabulary and prepare for tests Grade Off ered: 11, 12 Annual WL7261 such as ACT, SAT, and PSAT by learning Latin prefi xes WL7262 and roots to understand word meanings and relation- Prerequisite: Spanish IVA or Spanish IVH ships. Magazines, newspapers, computer programs, games, puzzles, and other supplementary materials Students continue to work to develop their competence are used to enhance the course. Th e students learn to in the target language across the three modes of commu- read with more understanding and enjoyment. Th ose nication: interpretive, interpersonal and presentational, students taking the course at the accelerated level are within the context of specifi c themes. Performance- expected to do additional work with English words based assessments provide the students the opportunity derived from Greek roots and apply them in context. to use the language independently in familiar and unfa- Activities and tests are designed to practice and assess miliar contexts. Interpretive listening and reading tasks the student’s ability to use the vocabulary in context at are focused on both literal comprehension and inferen- an extended rigor level. tial interpretation. Practice is provided regularly, both within the classroom and at home. Cultural information Career Internship Program and comparisons are drawn from authentic print and audio-visual sources, literary works and class discussion. Credit: 1/2 (dc) Level: IV Students will research a variety of cultural topics and Grade Off ered: 11, 12 Fall WL5551 facilitate discussion through their own student-led pre- Spring WL5552 sentations. Th e expectation is that the communication in Summer WL5558, WL5559 the classroom (teacher-student and/or student-student) takes place in the target language. By completion of the Th is course is designed for the student who is seeking course, students will be near or at the ACTFL profi cien- work experience in an area that they wish to pursue cy benchmark of Intermediate High - Advanced Low. as a career upon graduation or aft er attending college. Th e student will apply for the internship through the department that they wish to receive credit for the AP Spanish Language & Culture experience. Th e student will work a minimum of 90 hours during the semester for credit for the course. Th e Credit: 1 Level: V student will have weekly contact with the supervising Grade Off ered: 11, 12 Annual WL8211 teacher, develop a culminating project based upon the WL8212 experience, be evaluated by the supervising teacher and

Prerequisite: Spanish III, Spanish Language, or the employer for the fi nal grade. Th e student is respon- World Languages Advanced Spanish Communication sible for their own transportation to and from the work place. Th is course may be taken for duplicate credit. It Th is college-level course will prepare students for the is the sole discretion of each department team to rec- AP Spanish Language Examination. Th e students will ommend the student for a work internship. Application continue to develop their profi ciency in the three modes does not guarantee admission. of communication: interpersonal, presentational and interpretive. Th e language skills will be applied to vari- ous activities and contexts. Preparation will include intensive conversational practice, authentic reading and listening selections, vocabulary enhancement, and contextual grammar application. By completion of the course, students will be near or at the ACFTL profi cien- cy benchmark of Intermediate High - Advanced Low.

171 WL5626/7 GermanIIPrep WL7626/7 GermanII Accel WL5616/7 GermanIPrep WL7616/7 GermanI Accel FrenchIIIH ACP WL8436/7 WL7436/7 FrenchIII Accel WL5426/7 FrenchIIPrep WL7426/7 FrenchII Accel WL5416/7 FrenchIPrep WL7416/7 FrenchI Accel Amer. SignLang.II Accel WL7926/7 Amer. SignLang.IIPrep WL7826/7 WL7916/7 Amer. SignLang.IPrep WL7816/7 Annual Sophomore Courses Etymology Accel WL7517 EtymologyPrep WL5517 Spring Only Etymology Accel WL7516 EtymologyPrep WL5516 Fall Only WL7206/7 WL5226/7 SpanishIIPrep WL7226/7 SpanishII Accel WL5216/7 SpanishIPrep WL7216/7 SpanishI Accel WL5116/7 Latin IPrep WL7116/7 Latin I Accel WL6116/7 Italian IPrep WL7316/7 ItalianI Accel WL5616/7 GermanIPrep WL7616/7 GermanI Accel WL5426/7 FrenchIIPrep WL7426/7 FrenchII Accel WL5416/7 FrenchIPrep WL7416/7 FrenchI Accel Amer. SignLang.II Accel WL7926/7 Amer. SignLang.IIPrep WL7826/7 Amer. SignLang.I Accel WL7916/7 Amer. SignLang.IPrep WL7816/7 Annual Freshman Courses World Languages World LanguagesClasses Amer. SignLang.I Accel Spanish for Heritage Speakers Spanish forHeritageSpeakers Culture WL7611/2 German I Accel WL5611/2 German IPrep WL7451/2 FrenchV WL8411/2 AP FrenchLanguage& FrenchIVH(ACP) WL8441/2 WL7441/2 FrenchIV FrenchIIIH(ACP) WL8431/2 WL7431/2 FrenchIII Accel WL7421/2 FrenchII Accel Communication(2021-2022) WL5421/2 FrenchIIPrep WL7411/2 (2020-2021) French I Accel WL5411/2 French IPrep Amer. SignLang.Receptive WL7941/2 Amer. SignLang.Expressive WL7931/2 Amer. SignLang.II Accel WL7921/2 Amer. SignLang.IIPrep WL7821/2 Amer. SignLang.I Accel WL7911/2 Amer. SignLang.IPrep WL7811/2 Annual Junior andSeniorCourses WL7517 Etymology Accel WL5517 EtymologyPrep Spring Only WL7516 Etymology Accel WL5516 EtymologyPrep Fall Only WL7206/7 SpanishIIIH ACP WL8236/7 WL7236/7 SpanishIII Accel WL5226/7 SpanishIIPrep WL7226/7 SpanishII Accel WL5216/7 SpanishIPrep WL7216/7 SpanishI Accel WL5126/7 LatinIIPrep WL7126/7 LatinII Accel WL5116/7 Latin IPrep WL7116/7 Latin I Accel WL6126/7 ItalianIIPrep WL7326/7 ItalianII Accel WL6116/7 Italian IPrep WL7316/7 ItalianI Accel Spanish for Heritage Speakers Spanish forHeritageSpeakers 172 WL5551/2 CareerInternship Fall orSpring Etymology Accel WL7512 EtymologyPrep WL5512 Spring Only Etymology Accel WL7511 EtymologyPrep WL5511 Fall Only Speakers Culture WL7201/2 SpanishforHeritage WL7261/2 SpanishV WL8211/2 AP Spanish Language& SpanishIVH(ACP) WL8241/2 WL7241/2 SpanishIV SpanishIIIH(ACP) WL8231/2 WL7231/2 SpanishIII WL7221/2 SpanishII Accel WL5221/2 SpanishIIPrep WL7211/2 Spanish I Accel WL5211/2 Spanish IPrep WL8141/2 AP Latin WL7131/2 LatinProse(2020-2021) WL7141/2 LatinPoetry(2021-2022) WL7121/2 LatinII Accel Culture WL5121/2 LatinIIPrep WL7111/2 Latin I Accel WL5111/2 Latin IPrep WL8341/2 AP ItalianLanguage& WL7341/2 ItalianIV Accel WL7331/2 ItalianIII Accel WL7321/2 ItalianII Accel Culture WL6121/2 ItalianIIPrep WL7311/2 (2021-2022) Italian I Accel WL6111/2 Italian IPrep (2020-2021) WL8611/2 AP GermanLanguage& GermanCommunication WL7661/2 GermanLanguage WL7651/2 WL7621/2 GermanII Accel WL5621/2 GermanIIPrep Summer Academic Program

173 Summer Academic Program

class during a one or more days of semester. willmiss reason, they plans, or iffor any havethey vacation academic courses if register for summer based on suffi  and communityconnections. basic skillreinforcement andremediation, middleschooltohightransitions,communityservice, Program provides opportunitiesforacceleratedacademicgrowth, abilityleveltransitions,personalenrichment, Extending theLyons Township High Schoolcurriculumtoitsstudentsandthecommunity, the Academic principles ofitsMissionStatement: Lyons Township HighSchoolDistrict 204o Summer Academic ProgramPhilosophy  your own. You must on dothis meracademiccourses. register you for sum-  no later than celled, students notifi willbe ity. facility, andteacher availabil- Courses willbeoff Students should Students Counselors PLEASE NOTE If acourse must can- be      cient enrollment, JJune 4,2021. DO NOT u n encouraging thelifelonglearningprocess. fostering fullintellectual,physical,moral,andaestheticgrowth providing comprehensive academicandco-curricularoptions creating anatmosphere ofencouragement making dedicatedteachingandmeaningfullearningthehighestpriority 2021 Summer Academic Program e

4 ered not ,

2 0 2 1

. ed

 Semester IIMonday, Semester IMonday,        Th 1credit (6weeks)$390.00 eSummer Program isaself-supporting program. Tuition/fees are asfollows. Science lab coursesScience are ($195tuition semester $245per +$50lab fee) Consumer Economics Onlinecourse is$225for summersemester. the andArt Food courses are $215($195tuition +$20lab fee) Textbooks are included intuition/fees, except consumables such asworkbooks Driver Education is$365($195tuition of State) +$150fee +$20Secretary ½ credit (3weeks)$195.00  Driver Educationwillmeetfrom There will notbeclasseson own their transporta-  Programs. Academic/Activity tion to/from Summer Students must provide District 204Resident ff ers aSummer Academic Program inorder toful 174 SUMMER ACADEMIC PROGRAM ACADEMIC TUITION registration. information and descriptions, activity for course full www.lths.net/summer Visit MMonday, July5. ue7-Tusa,Jn 4 JJune 7- Thursday, June24 June28-Friday, July16 o J u n u n d n WWednesday, June2-Friday, June25. e a e

y 7   e

2 , 1credit (6weeks)$600.00

d

- 8 J

n ½ credit (3weeks)$300.00 T

u - e l

h s F y

d u

r 5 a r i . s d y

d , a

a J y y u ,

, J n

Non-Resident J u e u

l 2 y n (708) 579-7441 

e - 1

through program to about academic the Direct questions 6 F fi 2 llthefollowing 4 r i d a y , June 4,2021. J

J u n u e n

4 e ,

2 2 5 0 . 2 1 .

Summer Academic Program Registration

Registration Procedures • All registrations for 2021 Summer Academic Courses will be completed online. (Except Driver Ed. Please go to www.lths.net for Driver Ed information.) • Visit www.LTHS.net for a full list of courses, registration information, and links for payment by credit card.

Access to Technology During Summer Classes • Technology and Network access will only be granted if students have a Network Access Agreement form con- fi rmed online in the parent portal. • Current LTHS students do not need to resubmit the form online. • Non-LT students will submit a paper form during the fi rst week of classes.

EXPECTATIONS REFUNDS Students attending the Summer Academic Program  A cancellation fee is assessed for each class that is dropped must meet the expectations outlined by the classroom by 3:00 p.m. JJuneune 44,, 22021021 (fi rst semester and annual teacher, instructors, supervisors, and administra- courses) and JJuneune 225,5, 22021021 (second semester classes) tors. Expectations are reviewed on the fi rst day of class, and students sign a statement indicating they  Cancellation Fee schedule: understand these requirements. Th ose who do not  Feb.Feb. 1313 - AprilApril 330:0: $$2525  MMayay 1 - MMayay 114:4: $$7575 follow them may be subject to disciplinary action or  MayMay 1515 - MayMay 331:1: $$5050  JJuneune 1 - DDayay beforebefore classclass bbeginsegins: $$100100 dismissal from the Summer Academic Program with a grade of WF.  Refunds for the second semester of an annual course will not be honored aft er JJuneune 44,, 22021.021. A second semester class (which is not a continuation of WITHDRAWALS an annual course) must be dropped by 3:00 p.m. on JJuneune 225,5, 22021021 to qualify for a refund. Prior to semester midpoint: no refund and a grade  No refund will be issued if a student withdraws aft er the of W. specifi ed date, is dropped for disciplinary reasons, or is  Aft er semester midpoint: no refund and a grade dropped for attendance reasons. of WF.

ATTENDANCE Because of the length and nature of the Summer Academic Program, excellent punctuality and attendance are vitally important contributors to success. As a result, each student is expected to arrive at school on time and to be in atten- dance. Students and parents should take special note of the following Summer Academic Program policy. A student may be dropped from a semester summer school course with a grade of “WF” (Withdrawal/ Failure) and receive no credit if he/she... • accumulates more than one excused absence per semester (the equivalent of 4 hours); • accumulates more than two tardies to school or from the mid-morning break per semester (10 minutes or less per incident); and/or • accumulates any unexcused absence (any tardy exceeding 10 minutes may be considered an unexcused absence depending on the circumstance.) Activities such as family vacations, athletic competitions, and other non-illness related absences are unexcused absences. If a student is unable to attend class for any reason, a parent/guardian must report the absence to the Summer Program Offi ce as early as possible on the absence date. We will take calls beginning at 7:30 a.m. Voice mail will record messages at other times.

JJuneune 7-July7-July 1616 attendance telephone: 579-6528. Summer Program offi ce hours: 7:00 a.m. - 1:00 p.m. Visit www.lths.net/summer for up-to-date class off erings.

175 Technology Center of DuPage

176 TCD .

e only e FAX: (630) 691-7592 FAX: TEL: (630) 620-8770 IL 60190 Addison, Rd., nishing fi

E-MAIL: [email protected] 301 S. Swift Dr. Jason Hlavacs, TCD Principal TCD Hlavacs, Jason Dr.

TCD WEBSITE: http://www.tcdupage.org WEBSITE: TCD program the TCD read in the fall, eld trip Road between North Avenue and Army Trail Trail Army and Avenue North Road between Law, Public Safety, Corrections & Security Corrections Safety, Public Law, Manufacturing Design Technology Engineering & Precision Technology Automation Robotics & Auto Body Repair & Re Engineering, & MatH Technology, Science, Technology & Logistics Transportation Automotive

Electronics Technology Electronics 177 TCD Programs

(STEM)

Welding Technology Welding at participation fee of $100 (exception: Cosmetology – see the TCD website for information). for Cosmetology– see website $100 (exception: the TCD of fee participation at cations or licenses, and the chance to explore a career before making important college decisions. Th decisions. college important making before a career explore to the chance and licenses, or cations DuPage Area Occupational Educational System (DAOES) System Educational Occupational Area DuPage TECHNOLOGY CENTER OF DUPAGE (TCD) (TCD) DUPAGE OF CENTER TECHNOLOGY Construction Trades Construction Trades Wiring HVACR/Residential Communications & Technology A-V Arts, Production Multimedia & Television Training Education & Early Childhood Education & Care Health Science Foundations Healthcare Careers & Healthcare Medical Terminology Science Fire Criminal Justice Medical Technician Emergency Information Technology Technology Information Computer Information Systems & & Game Design Nursing Assistant Training Program Assistant Training Nursing Tourism Hospitality & Human Services Cosmetology Courses ELEMC Professional Cooking, Baking & Service Professional & Construction Architecture Technology Center of DuPage prepares juniors and seniors for college and a career through nineteen advanced career and career advanced nineteen through a career and college for seniors and juniors prepares DuPage of Center Technology District high member 14 school #204 districts, including among agreement joint by is operated It electives. education technical Students spend part of each school at the TCD campus, located at 301 S. Swift 301 S. at located campus, the TCD each school spend at part of Students District #204. Township Lyons by is provided TCD from and to Transportation Road in Addison. time), avail- the same at credit college transferable free, (both high school and credit dual include TCD through Opportunities industry certifiable cost to the student is a fl the student cost to fi take the TCD their counselor, contact should students further information, For electives: the following about information complete for (www.tcdupage.org) website theTCD visit or guide, TCD Mission/Vision Technology Center of DuPage will provide an educational environment that supports and encourages individual learning styles, develops occupational skills, fosters professionalism, promotes academic growth, and assists students in discovering their potential. All students attending Technology Center of DuPage will be prepared to successfully transition to post-secondary education and careers.

TCD General Information Th e TCD campus is located in Addison, IL, approximately 30 minutes from LTHS North Campus. A student who enrolls in one of the programs attends TCD for three hours during the morning session each weekday and attends LT the other portion of the school day. Students earn 1.5 credits per semester and 3.0 credits per year. Programs/ Courses are posted both in the Guide and on the TCD website: www.tcdupage.org. Th e most up-to-date course information is on the TCD web page. Information in Th e Guide is for planning purposes only.

A student who desires to enroll in a particular TCD program should review the course descriptions and LTHS pre-requisites and Lyons Township High School basic graduation requirements. Counselors will provide additional information and an application for enrollment at TCD.

Th ere are deadlines to register for programs at TCD. A student who wishes to attend must turn in a completed application to his/her counselor one week in advance of the arena registration process. If the student’s application is received aft er this deadline, his/her name will be placed on a waiting list. Students who do not meet this dead- line or meet the prerequisites fi rst semester, may enroll in a program at TCD during the second semester. Th ose students will be allowed to do so if they have completed an application and if there is available space.

Prerequisites In general, juniors and seniors who have completed 2 years of English, Mathematics, and Science at LT are eligible for enrollment at TCD. A few programs have specifi c LT prerequisites which students must meet; others have suggested but not mandatory prerequisites. It is important for students and parents to consult each program’s web page for syllabus information and academic recommendations. Most programs off er college credit, so are essen- tially a college level class.

College Credit through TCD Programs/Courses Most TCD programs off er dual credit or articulated college credit. Dual credit means earning high school through TCD and free college credit simultaneously through College of DuPage. Th is credit appears on the student’s high school transcript and is transferable to any school that accepts COD credit. Articulated credit is awarded aft er en- rolling with a specifi c college or university, sometimes aft er successfully completing a test or other prerequisites. Th rough TCD, students may: • Reinforce academic skills through hands-on applications in a self-paced, goal-by-goal learning environment. • Earn industry-recognized certifi cations or prepare for state, federal, professional, or national licensing exams. • Create an eff ective résumé and workplace skills portfolio, valuable for applications or interviews for scholarships, colleges, or jobs. • Build workplace skills and confi dence through experience: job shadowing, internships, or TCD’s own student-run shops and labs. •Research the post-secondary educational options and scholarship opportunities; in the past four years, TCD seniors were awarded over $1.3 million in scholarships.

What TCD Is and Is Not TCD is not a separate educational institution, a trade school, or a college. It is part of LT’s elective courses, and course off erings are supplemented to LT’s curriculum. TCD has a strong academic focus on teaching basic prin- ciples of math, science, communications, and technology. However, TCD never underestimates the importance of real-world skills development in securing satisfying, well-paying employment. Th at’s why TCD’s unique combina- tion of classroom instruction, career skills building, and hands-on experience is so eff ective in preparing students for today’s high-performance workplace. TCD

178 Th e Technology Center of DuPage is regarded as one of the Midwest’s fi nest schools for career studies.  Participation Fee Th e fl at participation fee includes educational supplies, equipment, materials, and/or course book purchase or rental. Additional fees may include supplies purchased directly from a vendor or specialized curricula. See www. tcdupage.org for the latest and most complete information. In no case should a program fee prevent a student from enrolling in a Technology Center of DuPage program.

ARCHITECTURE/CONSTRUCTION forced-air, hydronic, electrical, and oil-based heat- ing systems, and air conditioning systems. Advanced skills include sheet metal fabrication, light commercial Construction Trades HVACR equipment, and the opportunity to earn EPA 608 refrigerant certifi cation. Understand the career Credit: 1.5 (Semester) Level: III pathways in residential service, new construction, and 3.0 (Annual) commercial property maintenance. Grade Off ered: 11, 12 Annual TC9280 Well-trained technicians can integrate, install, and Fall TC9281 troubleshoot a variety of residential subsystems, includ- Spring TC9282 ing wiring, cabling, HVACR, security, audio, and other Prerequisite: Recommended - Introduction to technologies. Furniture Making Th is course also covers the basics of safety, terminol- ogy, National Electric Code, and proper use of tools and Th is program provides the hands-on experiences, testing equipment. Learn the fundamentals of circuits, cutting-edge tools, and step-by-step learning modules to outlets, lighting distribution panels, low voltage wir- develop your basic talents for successful progression to ing, high voltage wiring, network wiring, and system entry-level employment, a postsecondary apprenticeship, planning. Rough in, trim out, and retrofi t wiring in a or a college-level construction management program. residential room. Advanced topics include digital signal Step one is tackling those must-have basics: job-site theory, conduit installation, and system testing / trou- safety, the proper use of hand and power tools, and bleshooting. College credit available. construction math. Develop your carpentry skills in new construction as well as additions, renovations, and repairs on existing structures. You will have hands-on experience in framing through a variety of applications: walls and ceilings, fl oors, roofi ng, and windows and doors. Related specialized skills include drywall installa- tion and fi nishing; trimwork; plan/blueprint reading; and site layout. Projects start small and expand as your skills develop. College credit available.

Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning, and Refrigeration (HVACR)/Residential Wiring

Credit: 1.5 (semester) Level: III 3.0 (Annual) Grade Off ered: 11, 12 Annual TC9110 Fall TC9111 Spring TC9112

Prerequisite: None

HVACR technicians work in a diff erent setting every day, or are part of a team that manages the challenging systems of a large complex like Willis Tower. Learn the safety, mechanical, and electronic fundamentals needed to become a qualifi ed HVACR technician. Master the TCD theory and electrical skills critical for successful postsec- ondary training. Install, maintain, and repair residential

179 TCD Early ChildhoodEducationandCare credentialed student qualifi ral Agencies). Aft (Illinois Network of ChildCare Resource &Refer- & Education (ECE)Credential through INCCRRA programchildhood that off TCD fi wasthe 4hoursearn dual credit with College the of DuPage. Child Development Associate (CDA) credential and campus work Students experiences. may prepare for the of preschool the child; and participate inextended emotional, intellectual social, and physical development preschooltory for 3to 5year olds; understand basic the children;school implement activities inTCD’s labora- TC9211 prepare developmentally appropriate activities for pre- teacher. Students willhave opportunity the to to: learn Fall for preschool lead teacher or education elementary assistant or continue education their at college the level TC9212 employment to seek skillsnecessary the asachild care Spring Successful completion of program this gives student the III Level: Prerequisite: ChildDevelopment 3.0 Grade Off (Annual) Credit: 1.5 (semester) DuPage. Earns college credit. team. 9hours dual college credit through College of camera operator, lighting director, and control booth HD television studio, rotating jobssuch asfl tion. Work aspart of aproduction team inTCD’s private studio and remote lighting; videographics; and anima- recording; design;script set writing and boarding; story Cut Pro and AVID; digital videoand audio; multi-track Skillswebcasts. include computer TC9481 editing using Final Test tainment industry, to from commercials news local to Keyboarding or Keyboarding Profi Fall multi-billion inthe scenes the behind Go dollar enter- TC9482 Spring Recommended III Prerequisite: of -1semester Level: Grade Off 3.0 (Annual) Credit: 1.5 (Semester) Multimedia & Television Production COMMUNICATION

ARTS, A-VTECHNOLOGY& EDUCATION & TRAINING ee:1,1 nul TC9210 Annual ered: 11,12 TC9480 Annual ered: 11,12 rst DuPage to school off high er graduation from school, the high ers the Level 1Early Careers Level the es for ascholarship to pursue er early oor director, ciency ciency 180 Healthcare Foundations Training. opportunity to certifi earn safety and infection control practices, you willhave the critical for fi successinthis teamwork, communication, and employability skills introducedbe aswell to asthe medicalterminology issues common to today’s healthcare industry. You will TC9051 ment, medicalmath, and legal, the ethical, and social disorders, wellness and nutrition, growth and develop- Fall tion inbasicanatomy, physiology, TC9052 common diseases/ Spring lab activities, and group projects, you willlay afounda- broad of career spectrum pathways. Th Explore Healthcare modern the System Delivery and its III Level: Grade Off 3.0 (Annual) Credit: 1.5 (Semester) games; and multimedia activities. Along way, the you pressions, etc.); medical reports and studies; case word on activities; analysis, specimen (dissection, dental im- knowledge through acombination of interactive hands- healthcare professionals. You and willuse apply your registered nurse, may and guestspeakers include other and are Classes medicalspecialties. taught by alicensed relates system to and each body to healthcare careers You extensive willlearn biomedical asit terminology programthis your can be start. head and of pathways overview health science and careers, for acomprehensive biomedical course terminology such programs. With an opportunity to dual earn credit course asaprerequisiteterminology to admission to competitive.very Many colleges require abiomedical occupational or physical therapy, and many others) is cal assisting, nursing, of 1semester Keyboarding radiology, or Keyboard- surgical technology, TC9081 Admission to college healthcare TC9082 programs (i.e. medi- Spring Fall ing Profi Prerequisite: Recommended and -1year of Chemistry III Level: Grade Off 3.0 (Annual) Credit: 1.5 (Semester) Medical Terminology &Healthcare Careers page, www.tcdupage.org. college Earns credit. education; fi fi an ECEassociate’s degree at acommunity college. Th nancial aid can continue for post-secondary further HEALTH SCIENCE ee:1,1 nul TC9050 Annual ered: 11,12 ee:1,1 nul TC9080 Annual ered: 11,12 nd more information at program’s this web- ciency ciency Test cation inCPRand First Aid eld. In addition to basic rough research, is TCD - ey ey ce admin- ce students) year rst to only is open is program will team your weeks three en for College curriculum year choice. rst cations and dual credit (both high school and credit dual and cations 11, 12 ered: Annual TC9360 rst year, begin ServSafe® with certifi -- a short year, rst Cooking, is Baking or the year of e remainder 181

TOURISM & HOSPITALITY TC9361 Cooking, Baking & Service Professional (Annual) 1.5 (semester) Credit: 3.0 Off Grade Fall Culinary Arts Prerequisite: Level: III fi your In by -- followed managers for in food safety course cation in- of range a to skills common kitchen and measurement three-week in a those pathways Explore dustry pathways. service and baking, cooking, careers through rotation Cooking Baking or choice: is your the year of the rest and to the opportunity have you year, one In Curriculum. certifi earn credit). college spend in C-B-S Boot six weeks Second students year TC9362 Spring a develop design and to in small teams working Camp, foodservice Th concept. fi of a crew (managing concept run that service Café Gateway or Deli, Bistro, TCD’s through Th areas. fi your of the reverse available. credit the indus- of A self-study Study-- Independent ProStart® the curriculum, by developed try-recognized ProStart® Foundation. Educational Association Restaurant National earn scholar- compete, learn, intern, to opportunity an It’s industry with leaders. network and ships, Medical assistants deal with patient care and assessment, assessment, and care patient deal with assistants Medical Th medications. administer and treatments perform health care other and doctors to assistance also provide cover programs training assistant Medical professionals. offi pertaining health, to courses of a variety Th care. patient and istration students who will be SENIORS during the 21-22 school during who will be SENIORS students year. cation, cation, ciency ciency Optional Optional ed as a

er high school transport , and Earns college credit. college Earns

cation exam. cation cation criteria, includ- criteria, cation sessions, er school clinical ective healthcare environ- healthcare ective cation in one year. Learn about caring caring Learn about year. in one cation ered: 12 ered: Annual TC9090 11, 12 ered: Annual TC9120 cation Eligibility: You are eligible to take the to eligible are Eligibility: You cation ap- Program Training Assistant is is a Basic Nurse Senior standing Prerequisite: Spring TC9092 Fall TC9091 Credit: 1.5 (Semester) Credit: (Annual) 3.0 Off Grade Level: III Medical Assisting Medical courses available at additional fees. additional at available courses Th If Health. Public of Department the Illinois by proved can you succeed, to determined senior or a junior you’re experi- a clinical including requirements, meet the state certifi for ence, understanding observations; and reporting patients; for health disease, common of and body the nature systems, communica- and the medical terms Master problems. eff an to skills critical tion Credit: 1.5 (Semester) Credit: (Annual) 3.0 Off Grade Level: III - 1 semester of Recommended Prerequisite: Spring TC9122 Test Fall Profi Keyboarding or Keyboarding TC9121 ment. lift move, safely to will learn how You per- perform signs; vital record and measure patients; a variety to respond skills; and technical and care sonal basic of knowledge acquired Your conditions. patient of certifi achieve do not if you skills, even healthcare as facilities living assisted in work to you will prepare care. home duty as private well Certifi the complete successfully if you exam competency state certifi meet IDPH and program aft or Saturday mandatory ing See a valid Social possession of and Security number. requirements. eligibility more for webpage the program will be certifi you exam, the state passing Upon seek to employ- you enabling (CNA), Assistant Nursing care, agency home facilities, care in long-term ment Aft facilities. healthcare other or hospitals, pro- degree a nursing to also apply may you graduation, of College through is available credit dual 7 hours gram. a certifi for you Prepares DuPage. Nursing Assistant Training Program Training Assistant Nursing may also learn basic healthcare skills such as CPR and as CPR and skills such also learn healthcare basic may strengthening to addition In practices. control infection and anatomy arts skills through language science and select medical explore will you medical terminology, dual of learn skills. 8 hours job-seeking and topics math Earns DuPage. of College through is available credit credit. college TCD Cosmetology ting. College credit available. trouble-shooting, and maintaining systems in any set- Photoshop. Acquire skillsinmanaging, new running, Studio (Visual and Basic C#),GameMaker, and Adobe languages: Unity, Java, HTML, 3DStudio Max, Visual of designsoft art the andstoryboarding, 3Dcharacter development. Use state websites, or apps asyou develop skillsinwriting code, TC9041 ative, detail-oriented people. your Design own games, Game programming and web development require cre- TC9042 Fall Spring up your skillsindesign, development, and debugging. Whether gaming or soft Prerequisite: of 1semester keyboarding III Level: Grade Off 3.0 (Annual) Credit: 1.5 (semester) Design Computer InformationSystems&Game INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Prepares you for alicense exam. college Earns credit. graduation. tion requirements to obtain an associate’s degree aft DuPage, leaving only completion the of general educa- to up earn to 46hours of dual credit through College of and other program-sponsored activities. It ispossible TCD’s “Salon 301”(open to thepublic), internships, ics. Application of skillsisaccomplished these through nail technology, and esthetics, application the of cosmet- ulum includes haircutting, styling, coloring, permanents, and understandingdiseases; chemical processes. Curric- ics, aswell asanatomy/physiology; skin,scalp, and nail nail technology, and esthetics, application the of cosmet- lum includes haircutting, styling, coloring, permanents, TC9201 state the take examination. license Th and/or of 1semester Psychology and passing TCD’s practical exam, astudent qualifi Fall course; Fashion and Interior Design; Upon completion successful of 1500clock hours of work TCD operates TC9202 of astate Cosmetology. School licensed Spring III Level: Prerequisite: Recommended of -1semester any Art 3.0 Grade Off (Annual) Credit: 1.5 (semester) HUMAN SERVICES ee:1,1 nul TC9040 Annual ered: 11,12 TC9200 Annual ered: 11,12 ware and today’s programming ware is your passion, pump is rigorous curricu- es to er 182 Criminal Justice through College of DuPage. Earns college credit. son Police Department. 1hour of dual credit isavailable Training (and certifi possible Students receive willalso Citizens EmergencyResponse out at private, local, the state, and federal levels of service. will help you understand how career these pathways play Viewing justice criminal the system from ground the up lectures, fi includes simulations, demonstrations, report preparation, paths require training or further education. Th for fi successinthis munication, documentation, and “people” skillscritical systems; and more. Develop your com- observational, prevention; crime law; criminal court the and corrections basicsofthe traffi rensics, and related public safety career pathways. Cover TC9071 TC9072 corrections, homeland Spring security, investigative fo- services, in pursuing acareer inlaw enforcement, Fall law, criminal Th III Level: Prerequisite: None Grade Off Credit: 1.5 (Semester) 3.0 (Annual) Fl TC9261 TC9262 Spring Firefi Fall 1001 (National Fire Protection Association) Standard for Th Prerequisite: credits Earned for junior standing III Level: Grade Off 3.0 (Annual) Credit: 1.5 (Semester) Fire Science

Certifi onwill be road the to future Operations Basic Firefi CORRECTIONS isprogram lays foundation the for students interested isprogram follows standards the of training inNFPA

LAW, PUBLICSAFETY, ghters and National Standards. Aft cation at age 21. ee:1,1 nul TC9070 Annual ered: 11,12 ee: 11 nul TC9260 Annual ered: 11,12 eld trips and work-based learning experiences. c law/traffi eld. You which career learn willalso c enforcement; juvenile and & SECURITY cation) through Addi- the er age 18,you e program ghter TCD g- er confi ed system, erent welding test posi- test welding erent fo- course pneumatic and e hydraulic 11, 12 ered: Annual TC9880 eld with broad applications and opportunities. and applications broad eld with ROBOTICS & AUTOMATION ROBOTICS &

Controlled (CNC) machines and how to program and and program to how and machines (CNC) Controlled centers. turning and machining CNC operate aft a degree or apprenticeship an pursue you Whether a high- succeed in the skills to will have high you school, tech fi

TECHNOLOGY and the industrial enter to be to prepared ready you Are skill and the knowledge with workplace manufacturing process controllers, programmable surrounding; levels maintenance? mechanical and instrumentation control Al- for the basic principles students Courses will provide (DC) motors Current Direct and (AC) current ternating Th generators. and Welding Technology Welding (Annual) 3.0 1.5 (Semester) Credit: Off Grade Level: III None Prerequisite: welding production and Experience custom of the variety Fall arc, stick processes: major the four including techniques, Spring all these are how Discover oxyacetylene. and TIG, MIG, TC9882 TC9881 Learn read to brazing. and cutting, in welding, utilized and Develop symbols. welding understand and blueprints prepara- estimate industry skills including practice life math- industrial time management, expansion, shop tion, students skills. Advanced communication and ematics, measuring accurate metal practice will identify shapes, diff recognize , and techniques credit. college Earns tions. cylinders, etc. boosters, valves, motors, cuses pumps, on will additionally Students power. control and transmit tor in industrial robots of learn basic theory operation and automation. electronic ever-morphing today’s by fascinated are you If how – and theydevices, work how imagine learning custom- Learn install, to YOU. by they be improved can electronics edge cutting today’s maintain and repair ize, and designing tackle include can you Projects technology. amplifi RMS stereo a 14 watt building energy genera- alternative exploring networks, PC uring PLCs controls, motor using and wind), and (solar tion system. mini-automated design your to robotics and available. credit College 183 ghter ghter cation exam. exam. cation ware and and ware engineering e precision Auto- Revit, like ware be- could 18, you er age as architec- elds as diverse rescue/extri- behavior; re er age 21. Students must select must 21. Students er age ware tools and robotic production systems. systems. production robotic and tools ware ghters, and Emergency Medical Technician Technician Medical Emergency and ghters, cation, aft cation, 11, 12 ered: Annual TC9140 11,12 ered: Annual TC9270 hazard- and safety includes Science e Fire program in training of the standards follows ese programs eld can include precision controls, replication, and and replication, controls, precision include eld can Discover how 2D modeling soft how Discover nanotechnol- fabrication; optical and optics fabrication; ogy; (electro- interferometry metrology (measurement); It processing. technology); materials and magnetic wave is! because it futuristic, sounds discover production, is ultra-precision passion your If manu- aided CAM (computer with CAD interfaces how soft facturing) solid modeling part soft 3D parametric Use 3.0 (Annual) 3.0 1.5 (Semester) Credit: Off Grade Level: III None Prerequisite: Fall fuels Adobe or design), Inventor, aided CAD (computer Spring in fi innovation and creativity TC9142 TC9141 bio- engineering, civil manufacturing, construction, ture, Th more. medical technology and fi will learn You 3D printers. TCD’s with prototypes create Numerically Computer sophisticated control to how Manufacturing, CNC & Machine Manufacturing, CNC & Machine Technology MANUFACTURING come an EMT -- and be on the road to future Firefi future to the road be on and EMT -- an come Basic certifi Science EMT. Fire or either Th fi recognition; materials ous Th Stan- Association) Protection Fire (National 1001 NFPA Firefi for dard Aft Standards. (EMT) National standing junior for Earned credits Prerequisite: Fall Spring TC9272 TC9271 life”); of the “jaws use of (including techniques cation maintenance. use and equipment and communications; Emergency Medi- includes Emergency training medical Techni- (EMR), Emergency Medical cal Responder must CPR. You Provider Healthcare and (EMT), cian and state, old), meet the necessary least 18 years (at age the state challenge to in order industry requirements Science the Fire Visit exam. EMT licensing national or detailed EMT exam more for www.tcdupage.org at page through is available credit dual of 22 hours requirements. certifi a for you Prepares DuPage. of College Emergency Medical Technician Medical Emergency 1.5 (Semester) Credit: (Annual) 3.0 Off Grade Level: III Earns college credit. credit. college Earns TCD Electronics Technology ENGINEERING&MATHEMATICS Spring TC9162 through Highland College and Nashville Auto-Diesel. Fall TC9161 kee Community College; Articulated credit isavailable certifi opportunitythe Classpoints Gold earn toward I-CAR systems;suring and shop management. Students have painting; cost/timees areas include alignment body equipment; fi anding basicsheetmetal welding techniques. Other Th Prerequisite: None III Level: Grade Off Credit: 1.5 (Semester) 3.0 (Annual) Auto BodyRepair &Refi TRANSPORTATION &LOGISTICS mated system. College credit available. controllers and robotics to designyour own mini-auto- tive generation, energy and using programmable logic 14 watt RMSstereo amplifi Projects you may include tackle designing and building a of transformers, capacitors, inductors, circuits. and DC signalvoltages.varying Understand fundamentals the to convert,oscilloscope and record observe, constantly TC9241 TC9242 troubleshoot electronic circuits, using adigital storage Spring bly tools, and system testing procedures. Build, test, and Fall fabrication, including of art the soldering, using assem- safety measures, and diagrams. Th language the Learn of electronics: symbols, data sheets, III Level: Prerequisite: None Grade Off 3.0 (Annual) Credit: 1.5 (semester) eprogram teaches allfacetsof collision repair, includ-

SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY, cations. 12 hours of dual credit through Kishwau- ee:1,1 Annual TC9160 ered: 11,12 TC9240 Annual ered: 11,12 timating; plastics; fi ed system, exploring alterna- en begin electronic enbegin nishing

berglass; berglass; mea- nishing and 184 colleges and technical schools. college Earns credit. Spring TC9172 or articulated college credit isavailable through several Fall TC9171 hours of dual college credit through College of DuPage test for ASE certifi agnostics transmissions, and engine building. You can alignment. year Second students develop skillsindi- cooling, and exhaust systems; and steering, and wheels, engine tune-up and lubrication; brakes; fuel, electrical, and advanced skillsincomputerized engine controls; ASE-certifi Prerequisite: Aor BinAuto Mechanics III Level: Grade Off Credit: 1.5 (Semester) 3.0 (Annual) Automotive Technology ee:1,1 Annual TC9170 ered: 11,12 ed instructors help you build fundamental cation inair conditioning and 8 earn TCD

Spring TERM TERM

3 Spring Spring 3 3 Spring Spring 3

185

(2nd Year) (2nd Year) (EDD students only) 1110 - Intro to Fire Science Fire to 1110 - Intro 3 Fall

DUAL CREDIT DUAL Fire Auto 1040 Auto 1110 Auto 3 CIS 1400 CIS 1211 I Methods 1141 - Construction ARCH 2 Cosme 1101 4 Cosme 1111 3 Spring 3 Spring Fall 3 Fall CJ to CRIMJ 1100 - Intro Spring Childhood Early to ECEC 1100 - Intro 3 3 Spring Fall

2271 - EMT Basic Fire 10 Spring ET 1100 - Electricity & Electronics 3 Spring Technology to ET 1110 - Intro 2 Spring TCD PROGRAM TCD PROGRAM PROGRAM COD HOURS NO. OF Emergency Medical Technician Emergency Medical Responder 2283 - First Fire 3 Spring 1150 - CPR Fire FIRE 2221 - Tactics 1150 - CPR Training Fire 1 3 1 Fall/Spring Spring Fall ELECT 1141 - Digital Fundamentals Fundamentals 1141 - Digital ELECT 3 Fall Fire Science Fire 1140 Tech Auto Automotive Technology Technology Automotive Construction Criminal Justice Early Childhood Education Electronics Electronics/Digital CIS 2212 3 Spring Fall Fall Fall Spring Spring Spring Fall Fall Fall Fall Spring Spring Spring Spring Summer Spring 3 2212 3 3 3 3 2 1103 3 1105 3 1107 3 3 1113 2 1115 3 1117 3 Info Systems 2201 Computer 3 2203 & Game Design 2 2205 CIS 3 2207 2 2221 2223 2225 2227 2250 Cosmetology 2253 Cosme Cosme Cosme Cosme Cosme Cosme Cosme Cosme Cosme Cosme Cosme Cosme Cosme Cosme Cosme Cosme & Society CRIMJ 1110 - Police 3 2253 - CPR PHYS Spring 1 Fall TCD C RGA O RGA O FHUS TERM NO.OF HOURS CODPROGRAM TCD PROGRAM H 10-Boeia emnlg 4 Spring Welding Pro-CBS (Culinary) 4 Spring HS1110-Biomedical Terminology Program Nursing Assistant Training Multimedia 3 Medical /Health &Equipment HVAC ED10 edn 3 Spring 3 WELD1100-Welding 1

H 10-Sre fHat aer 2 Spring 2 of Health HS1100-Survey Careers

US 15-BscN riig Spring 7 NA NURSA1105-Basic Training MT12 dtn oinPcueT 3 Spring 3 MPT1020-Editing Motion Picture/TV P 20-Itot VPouto 3 Spring 3 MPT1220-Intro Production to TV UI 10-FosrieSntto 2 Fall 2 SanitationCULIN 1120-Foodservice Fall/Spring MPT 1011-Intro to3 Motion Picture/TV Airc 1108-Refrigerant Certifi Airc 1105-Intro to Safety, Materials DUAL CREDIT 186 cto 1 Spring 1 cation Associate School Directory (708) 354-4910 (708) 485-7448 (708) 839-8503 (708) 780-9725 (708) 246-9010 Fax: Fax: Fax: Fax: Fax: eld.org IL 60513 eld, www.sd103.com www.StJohnsLutheran.org www.KidsSoar.com www.spbrookfi www.TrinityLutheranBurrRidge.org (708) 246-4454 (708) 246-4454 (708) 354-1690 (708) 485-0650 (708) 839-1444 (708) 783-4107 Web: Web: St. John of the Cross St. John Street 708 51st IL 60558 Springs, Western Tel: Web: Lutheran School St. John’s Road 505 S. Park IL 60525 LaGrange, Tel: Web: Lutheran School St. Paul’s Avenue 9035 Grant Brookfi Tel: Web: Trinity Lutheran School Lutheran Trinity Road Church 11500 German IL 60521 Hinsdale, Tel: Web: Middle School Washington Avenue 8101 Ogden IL 60534 Lyons, Tel: 187 (708) 482-2724 (708) 246-0220 (708) 352-2057 (630) 969-0131 (708) 485-2966 (708) 354-0109 (708) 482-2402 (708) 352-0092 (708) 352-0788 Fax: Fax: Fax: Fax: Fax: Fax: Fax: Fax: Fax: eld Road eld www.averycoonley.org www.district106.net www.dist102.k12.il.us www.d107.org www.d105.net www.d101.org www.nazarethacademy.com www.stcletusparish.com www.sfx-lg.org (708) 482-2400 (630) 969-0800 (630) 969-0800 (708) 482-2700 (708) 246-3085 (708) 246-3700 (708) 354-0061 (708) 246-3210 (708) 352-2175 (708) 352-4820 LYONS TOWNSHIP HIGH SCHOOL ASSOCIATE SCHOOL DIRECTORY SCHOOL ASSOCIATE SCHOOL HIGH TOWNSHIP LYONS Avery Coonley School Avery Maple 1400 W. 60515 Il Grove, Downers Tel: Middle School Gurrie F. William Avenue 1001 S. Spring IL 60525 LaGrange, Tel: School Highlands Middle 1850 Plainfi LaGrange, IL 60525 LaGrange, Tel: Web: Web: Web: McClure Junior High School Junior McClure Road 4225 Wolf IL 60558 Springs, Western Tel: Academy Nazareth Avenue Ogden 1209 West IL 60526 Park, LaGrange Tel: School High Park Junior Road 325 N. Park IL 60526 Park, LaGrange Tel: Pleasantdale Middle School Road 7450 S. Wolf IL 60527 Ridge, Burr Tel: St. Cletus 700 55th Street IL 60525 LaGrange, Tel: St. Francis Xavier Avenue 145 N. Waiola IL 60525 LaGrange, Tel: Web: Web: Web: Web: Web: Web: Web: Web: Index of Courses Constitutional 143 Law ...... 63 Computer Principles Science AP ...... 63 Computer A,AP Science ...... Computer 64 Applications (MOS) ...... Comparative Government and Politics AP 141 ...... 142 Civics ...... Girls,Chorus (Boys, Fresh., 113 Soph.) ...... Choir Varsity, (Concert, Treble) 113-114 ...... Child Development 1&2 74 ...... 131-132 ...... Chemistry 75 Chefs ...... 56 ...... Ceramics World 169 Languages ...... 142 Science Social ...... 134 Science ...... 122 Physical Education ...... Music 111 ...... 107 Math ...... 91 Language Arts ...... Family 76 &Consumer Science ...... 66 Business ...... 58 Art...... Applied 51 Tech ...... Career Internship Career 76 &Community Partnerships ...... Car Care Essentials 49 ...... 106-107 ...... Calculus 63 Business Law ...... 130-131 ...... Biology 122 Defense for Self Basic Girls ...... 111-113 Symphonic, (Concert, Band Sinfonietta) ...... Aviation 47 ...... 49 Automotive &Diagnostics ...... Service Automotive 49 Engineering &Fabrication ...... 130 Astronomy ...... History AP Art 56 ...... Architectural 48 Engineering I,II Design ...... 122 Applied Personal Fitness ...... 57 Animation ...... 144 American Studies...... 85, American Sign Language 163 ...... 106 Algebra ...... 103, Alternative Program 42 ...... 74 Adult Living ...... Accounting 63 1&2 ...... arebers listed e.g., English I,Algebra, Physics, French, Latin, etc. over 300 specifi isanBelow indexof courses off 2021-2022 Academic Program GuideIndexofCourses c courses, not allcourse titles are listed here. ered at Lyons Township and High inthe School posted 188 Nuaoeu...... 64 INCubatoredu ...... 145 Humanities ...... 83, 141 Human Geography AP ...... Human Geography 143 ...... Human Anatomy &Physiology 133 ...... Home Maintenance and Repair 51 ...... 123 Health ...... 111 Guitar ...... 57 Graphic Design ...... Global Relations 143 ...... 165-166 ...... German 104 ...... Geometry 133 ...... Geology 50 Furniture/Cabinet Making I&II ...... 164-165 French ...... Fashion 75,76 and Interior Design ...... Forensic Science 132 ...... Family 123 Health Issues ...... 74, Exercise Physiology 123 ...... European History AP 141 ...... 171 Etymology ...... Environmental AP Science 132 ...... 132 Environmental Science ...... 112 Ensemble (Jazz, Wind) ...... English IV ...... 86-88 English III ...... 85-86 84 English II ...... 83 English I ...... Engineering 49 and Invention 1&2 ...... Engineering Design 48 ...... Engine Rebuild 48 &Diagnostics ...... Emergent Bilinguals 123,145 ...... 95-98, 143 Economics ...... TeachingElementary Internship 1&2 ...... 74-75 EducationEarly Childhood 74 Internship ...... Drones: UAS 47 ...... 69 Driver Education ...... Drawing and Painting 56 ...... 57 Digital Photo Art ...... Dance Studies 123 ...... 122 Dance Fitness ...... Dance Arts 122 ...... 75 Arts Culinary ...... Creative 89 Writing ...... Consumer Economics 64 ...... Instead, general titles with corresponding page num- Guide . While LT off ers Index of Courses ciating ...... 123 ciating eatre ...... 92, 93 ...... 92, eatre Curriculum Skills ...... 151 ...... 151 Skills Education Curriculum ...... 152 Driver ...... 152 English ...... 152 Geometry ...... 152 Health English ...... 153...... 152 LIFE Hall Study Inclusion Mathematics ...... 153 ...... 152 LIFE Education Living LIFE Home ...... 153 Reading Education LIFE Physical LIFE ...... 154-155...... 154 ...... LIFE Social Skills 154 ...... 155...... 153-154 Development II I and Skills Mathematics LIFE & Work ...... 155 Science Personal/Social Math Physical ...... 155 Practical Reading ...... 156...... 155 Taking & Perspective Social Awareness ...... 156 Program Living Home Transition ...... 156 ...... Education Physical Transition 156 Transition History ...... History World States United 156 ...... Speech 91 Offi Sports ...... 134 Research STEM ...... 107 AP Statistics ...... Art Studio 58 ...... 173-175 Program Academic Summer ...... (TCD) DuPage of Center 176-186 Technology Th ...... 92-93 TV Production ...... 142 AP & Politics Government U.S...... 142, 144, 145 S. History U...... 113-114 Techniques Vocal ...... 66 Development Page Web ...... History 145 World 189 ...... 43 (IDW) ciating ...... 124 ciating eory AP ...... 111 AP eory ed Physical Education ...... 124 Education ed Physical Special Education ...... Education Special 148-157 ...... 151 Center Resource Academic .....155 Taking & Perspective ...... 151 Social Awareness Adv. Biology ...... 151 ...... 151 Biology II I and B.A.S.E...... 151...... 151 ...... 156 Education & Education Civics Training Career Consumer Music Design and Technology ...... Technology Design and Music 111 ...... 114 Groups Enrichment Music Th Music ...... (Concert, Symphony) Orchestra 112 ...... 133 ChemistryOrganic ...... (A+) Maintenance PC Repair 65 ...... 91 Self-Knowledge of Philosophy ...... 57-58 Photography ...... 124-125 Program Education Physical ...... 133 Science Physical ...... Physics 133-134 ...... Pre-Calculus 105 ...... 47 Science Aeronautical of Principles ...... Operations Pilot Private 47 ...... 66 in Python Programming ...... 142,Psychology 143 Radio ...... 91, 93 ...... Humanities I Reading 83 ...... Scuba Diving 123-124 ...... 48 Engines Small Sociology ...... 144 ...... Spanish 169-171 Offi Sports Industrial and Related Occupations...... Related and Industrial 51 Workshop Inter-Disciplinary ...... 75 Foods International ...... Business to Introduction 64 ...... 76 Sciences Consumer and Family to Introduction ...... 50 1 & 2 Making Furniture to Introduction ...... 124 Medicine Sports to Introduction ...... Italian 167-168 ...... 57 Jewelry & Metalsmithing ...... 89 Writing Journalistic (Newspaper/Yearbook)...... Journalism 90 ...... Keyboarding 64 ...... Latin 168-169 ...... 141 AP Macroeconomics (Senior)...... Madrigals 114 ...... Marketing 65 ...... 90-91 Arts Media ...... 141 AP Microeconomics ...... 65 1 & 2 MobileMakersEdu Modifi